CLI Command Guide For FX PDF
CLI Command Guide For FX PDF
Alcatel-Lucent 7330
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE NODE
Alcatel-Lucent 7360
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FX
CLI COMMAND GUIDE FOR FD 100/320GBPS NT AND FX NT
RELEASE 4.5.02
3 H H - 08079-DFC A- T C ZZA E d ition 01 Released
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed
or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Copyright 2013 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Status Released
Change Note
Short Title CD CLI CMD GUIDE
All rigths reserved. Passing on and copying of this
document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from
Alcatel-Lucent.
Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
Contents
Contents
1- ISAM CLI 1
1.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.3 CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1.4 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.5 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1.6 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.7 Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1.8 Getting help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.9 The CLI Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.10 Entering CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
1.11 CLI Backward Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.12 Phase Out Strategy Obsolete Commands and/or Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
1.13 Command Phase Out Annoucement Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released i
Contents
ii Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
Contents
iv Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
Contents
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released v
Contents
vi Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
Contents
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released ix
Contents
x Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
Contents
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released xi
Contents
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released xv
Contents
xx Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
Contents
111.10 SHDSL Span Current Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .2942
111.11 SHDSL Span Current Day Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .2944
111.12 SHDSL Span Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .2946
111.13 SHDSL Span Previous Day Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .2948
113.41 Voice Gpon POTS Call Statistics Command for Current 15 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . .3074
113.42 Voice Gpon POTS Call Statistics Command for Previous 15 Minutes . . . . . . . . . .3076
113.43 GPON Ont Sip Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3078
113.44 Voice Gpon SIP Agent Statistics Command for Current 15 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . .3080
113.45 Voice Gpon SIP Call Statistics Command for Current 15 Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . .3083
Index 3601
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 1
1 ISAM CLI
1.1 History
This history section enumerates the CLI commands which are new, modified or removed between any two
subsequent releases. No details are provided within this section. The command description, syntax and parameters for
each new and modified command is in the Command Syntax section of the respective command in the CLI
Command Guide.
2 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin interface trouble-shooting ethernet statistics (troubleshooting
counters on the FD-REM link)
show interface trouble-shooting ethernet statistics (troubleshooting
counters on the FD-REM link)
configure cfm domain association remote-mep (CFM Enhancement to
support CCM messages)
show alarm current cfm (CFM Enhancement to support CCM
messages)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 3
1 ISAM CLI
4 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 5
1 ISAM CLI
Removed Commands
none
New Commands
configure qos nni-ctrl-pkt-policer (to configure OBC policer for NNI
port)
configure qos profiles [no] rate-limit (IPv6 protocol policer per LLID
on FX 10G/EPON)
configure system auto-laser-shutdown (Configurable ALS)
show alarm current efm-oam (new alarm)
show alarm current ellid (new alarm)
show alarm current eth-cfm (new alarm)
show alarm log efm-oam (new alarm)
show alarm log ellid (new alarm)
show alarm log eth-cfm (new alarm)
show alarm snap-shot efm-oam (new alarm)
show alarm snap-shot ellid (new alarm)
show alarm snap-shot eth-cfm (new alarm)
show qos profile-usage rate-limit (show IPv6 protocol policer)
show vlan prio-regen-name (show regeneration profile selection by
name)
show vlan prio-regen-next (show next regeneration profile selection)
show voice sip redundancy-node ext-redundancy-state (change for
feature Autonomous fail-over indication)
show xdsl vect-disturber-list upstream (nbr of vectored lines per
6 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Removed Commands
admin alarm (removed parameter clr-shub-config-loss)
New Commands
admin alarm (new parameter names)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 7
1 ISAM CLI
8 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 9
1 ISAM CLI
10 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin efm-oam (OAM remote Loopback support for NELT-B)
admin efm-oam interface interface loopback-action (OAM remote
Loopback support for NELT-B)
admin epon (Rogue ONU discovery)
admin epon diagnostic (Rogue ONU discovery)
configure equipment eont interface rms (10G-EPON LT, Support of
CU EPON C1 OAM)
show efm-oam loopback-info (OAM remote Loopback support for
NELT-B)
show epon rogue (OAM remote Loopback support for NELT-B)
configure ai application (Application Intelligence Evolution)
configure ai platform (Application Intelligence Evolution)
configure ai platform xxx application (Application Intelligence
Evolution)
show alarm log ai (Application Intelligence Evolution)
show alarm snap-shot ai (Application Intelligence Evolution)
show alarm current ai (Application Intelligence Evolution)
show ai application (Application Intelligence Evolution)
show ai platform (Application Intelligence Evolution)
show ai platform-application (Application Intelligence Evolution)
telnet-ai (Application Intelligence Evolution)
Removed Commands
configure port-protection primary-port paired-port (FR Fixing)
show pon protection (FR Fixing)
show port-protection primary-port (FR Fixing)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 11
1 ISAM CLI
Modified Commands
show igmp channel protocol (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show interface port (OMCI for remote MDU management, ATM
Pseudowire)
show interface stack (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show interface test (OMCI for remote MDU management, ATM
Pseudowire)
show iphost ont operational-data (OMCI for remote MDU
12 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
management)
show iphost ont statistics current-15min (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show ipv6 users (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show mcast active-groups (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show mcast grp-membership (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show oper-data-port (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics client-port (OMCI
for remote MDU management)
show pppox-relay cross-connect session client-port (OMCI for remote
MDU management)
show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics client-port (OMCI for
remote MDU management)
show qos interface-bandwidth (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show qos statistics queue current-15min (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show qos statistics queue prev-15min (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show security pae authenticator (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show security pae diagnostics (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show security pae eapol-stats (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show security pae port-details (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show security pae session-stats (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show vlan bridge-port-fdb (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show vlan cross-connect (OMCI for remote MDU management)
show vlan dup-mac-alarm (OMCI for remote MDU management)
Modified Commands
show vlan residential-bridge extensive (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show vlan residential-bridge summary (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show vlan vmac-bridge-port-fdb (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
show xdsl config-data-port atm-pvc (OMCI for remote MDU
management, ATM Pseudowire)
show xdsl oper-data-port igmp (OMCI for remote MDU management,
ATM Pseudowire)
show trouble-shooting statistics interface (OMCI for remote MDU
management, 2p VDSL2 bonding with vectoring in SLV)
show trouble-shooting statistics uni-interface (OMCI for remote
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 13
1 ISAM CLI
Modified Commands
configure cfm (Minor Bug Fixing)
configure interface alarm (Minor Bug Fixing)
configure linetest cluster ltparm test-name (Minor Bug Fixing)
configure linetest single ltparm test-name (CI Drop)
configure qos profiles (10G EPON)
configure trap (Minor Bug Fixing)
configure trap definition (Minor Bug Fixing)
configure syatem max-lt-link-speed (Minor Bug Fixing)
configure vlan unicast-mac vlan-id (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
configure vlan vlan-port unicast-mac (OMCI for remote MDU
management)
configure voice cluster equipment termination (OMCI for remote
MDU management)
14 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin cfm (CFM Application enhancement)
admin cfm ltm (CFM Application enhancement)
admin cfm ltm domain (CFM Application enhancement)
admin cfm mclbm (CFM Application enhancement)
admin cfm mclbm domain (CFM Application enhancement)
admin cfm uclbm domain (CFM Application enhancement)
configure port-protection (PON Redundancy for GPON Linecards)
show port-protection (PON Redundancy for GPON Linecards)
configure snmp-agent ont read-community write-community
iphc-vlan (OMCI for remote MDU management)
configure dist-router (ATM Pseudowire)
configure dist-router mpls (ATM Pseudowire)
configure dist-service (ATM Pseudowire)
admin dist-service (ATM Pseudowire)
admin dist-service statistics (ATM Pseudowire)
admin dist-service statistics apipe-pvc (ATM Pseudowire)
show dist-service (ATM Pseudowire)
show dist-service statistics (ATM Pseudowire)
show dist-service statistics apipe-pvc (ATM Pseudowire)
show dist-service accessport-svc (ATM Pseudowire)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 15
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
show epon interface current-15min (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show epon interface current-1day (FX: RSSI support on NTandNTIO
uplink port, EPON support extended)
show epon interface previous-15min (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show epon interface previous-15min interval-num (FX: RSSI support
on NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show epon interface previous-1day (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show epon interface previous-1day (pon-idx) interval-num (FX: RSSI
support on NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer (FX: RSSI support on NTandNTIO
uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer current-15min (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer current-1day (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer previous-15min (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer previous-15min interval-num (FX:
RSSI support on NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer previous-1day (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment eont tc-layer previous-1day interval-num (FX: RSSI
support on NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show equipment rssiprof (FX: RSSI support on NTandNTIO uplink
port, EPON support extended)
show ethernet eont tc-layer current-15min (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
show ethernet eont tc-layer current-1day (FX: RSSI support on
NTandNTIO uplink port, EPON support extended)
16 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin port-protection activate (Pon Redundancy)
configure bcmp (FX EPON features MIB readiness)
configure bcmp system (FX EPON features MIB readiness)
configure equipment rssiprof (RSSI CLI development)
configure eth-cfm (Core-0 changes for CFM in IHUB)
configure voice sip statistics (10G EPON)
configure voice sip statistics stats-config (10G EPON)
show alarm current ont (CI Drop)
show alarm current ontsnmp (CI Drop)
show alarm current sfprssi (CI Drop)
show alarm log ontsnmp (CI Drop)
show alarm log sfprssi (CI Drop)
show alarm snap-shot ontsnmp (CI Drop)
show alarm snap-shot sfprssi (CI Drop)
show bcmp (FX EPON features MIB readiness)
show bcmp counters (FX EPON features MIB readiness)
show eth-cfm (Core-0 changes for CFM in IHUB
configure bridge port vlan-id static-user ipv6-address (IPv6
anti-spoofing on FD and FX)
show hpna (Support HPNA ONT)
show hpna ont (Support HPNA ONT)
show hpna ont performance-data (Support HPNA ONT)
show hpna ont performance-data current-interval (Support HPNA
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 17
1 ISAM CLI
ONT)
show hpna ont performance-data previous-interval interval-nbr
(Support HPNA ONT)
oam
New Commands
configure tr069serv (VEIP and VEIP associated TR069MgtServer
support)
configure tr069serv ont securi-prof (VEIP and VEIP associated
TR069MgtServer support)
show alarm current tr069serv (VEIP and VEIP associated
TR069MgtServer support)
show alarm log tr069serv (VEIP and VEIP associated
TR069MgtServer support)
show alarm snap-shot tr069serv (VEIP and VEIP associated
TR069MgtServer support)
show pon pon-diagnostics (Rogue ONT Detection Enhancements)
show ethernet eont port fdb (EPON support extended)
show voice eont pots information (EPON support extended)
show voice eont pots statistics (EPON support extended)
Removed Commands
admin pon protection (AnytoAny Pon Redundancy)
configure pon interface protection secpon (AnytoAny Pon
Redundancy)
show alarm current psc (DR6 Feature)
show alarm log psc (DR6 Feature)
show alarm snap-shot psc (DR6 Feature)
18 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 19
1 ISAM CLI
20 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin equipment eont (Full CLI for EPON)
admin equipment eont interface (Full CLI for EPON)
admin equipment eont llid (Full CLI for EPON)
admin equipment eont sw-version (Full CLI for EPON)
admin equipment eont swdw (Full CLI for EPON)
admin ethernet (Full CLI for EPON)
admin ethernet eont (Full CLI for EPON)
admin ethernet eont port (Full CLI for EPON)
configure epon (Full CLI for EPON)
configure epon interface (Full CLI for EPON)
configure epon interface otdr (Full CLI for EPON)
configure epon profiles (Full CLI for EPON)
configure epon profiles digitmap (Full CLI for EPON)
configure epon profiles filters (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont interface (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont sw-ctrl (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont interface llid (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont interface management (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont interface port (Full CLI for EPON)
configure equipment eont interface rssi (Full CLI for EPON)
configure ethernet eont (Full CLI for EPON)
configure ethernet eont port (Full CLI for EPON)
configure ethernet eont port filter (Full CLI for EPON)
configure ethernet eont port mcastvlan (Full CLI for EPON)
configure ethernet eont port snoopmcastvlan (Full CLI for EPON)
configure ethernet eont port usercvlan (Full CLI for EPON)
configure system epon pm-collect (Full CLI for EPON)
configure voice eont (Full CLI for EPON)
configure voice eont comm-para (Full CLI for EPON)
configure voice eont media-gateway (Full CLI for EPON)
configure voice eont pots (Full CLI for EPON)
configure voice eont sip-useragent (Full CLI for EPON)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 21
1 ISAM CLI
22 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Removed Commands
show qos pcc-rules fwd-port (Resource Admission Control feature)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 23
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin alarm clear-alarm filetransfer ip-address (manually clear
filetransfer alarm)
admin alarm clear-alarm login-failure ip-address (login logout Trap
management)
admin system security pmfile upload (SIP: Collect statistics via FTP)
configure igmp mc-vlan-xlate (GPON IOP for IGMP CAC and
access-rights)
configure igmp mcast-svc-context (GPON IOP for IGMP CAC and
access-rights)
configure qos ctrl-pkt-policer (Upstream policing per protocol)
configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (GPON LT color-aware
trTCM)
configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark dot1p-value (GPON LT
color-aware trTCM)
configure system user-user-hairpin (U2U Hairpin feature )
configure system security pmfile upload (SIP: Collect statistics via
FTP)
configure system sntp server-table (NTP and multiple xNTP servers
support )
24 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Removed Commands
configure system security domain ip-pool (removal of DR6ed
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 25
1 ISAM CLI
features)
configure system security domain user (removal of DR6ed features)
configure voice sip termination local-loop (SIP Restoration)
configure xdsl line local-loop (removal of DR6d features)
show alarm current llu-relay (removal of DR6d features)
show alarm current sip-user-agent (SIP Restoration)
show alarm log llu-relay (removal of DR6ed features)
show alarm log sip-user-agent (SIP Restoration)
show alarm snap-shot llu-relay (removal of DR6ed features)
show alarm snap-shot sip-user-agent (SIP Restoration)
26 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
report- CFM)
configure cfm domain association mep (Jitter, Latency, RT
performance report- CFM)
show cfm stack (Jitter, Latency, RT performance report- CFM)
configure equipment ont interface (OMCIv2)
configure xdsl ont line (OMCIv2)
configure equipment ont slot (OLT/OMCI/ONT support for TR-69)
configure xdsl ont service (minor problem solving)
show arp-relay-stats vlan (minor problem solving)
New Commands
show ipv6 users (IPv6 on FD)
configure mcast chn (Multicast channel selection by vlan-id)
configure mcast monitor (Multicast channel selection by vlan-id)
admin igmp mcast-chn (Multicast channel selection by vlan-id)
show xdsl-bonding operational-data link (Transport B-Fast)
configure xdsl ont dpbo-profile (MDU : VDSL enhancements)
configure xdsl ont dpbo-profile micpsd-pt-down (MDU : VDSL
enhancements)
configure xdsl ont dpbo-profile epsd-pt-down (MDU : VDSL
enhancements)
configure xdsl ont interface dpbo-profile (MDU : VDSL
enhancements)
configure veip (OLT/OMCI/ONT support for TR-69)
configure veip ont domain-name (OLT/OMCI/ONT support for
TR-69)
configure veip port pm-collect (OLT/OMCI/ONT support for TR-69)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 27
1 ISAM CLI
28 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 29
1 ISAM CLI
30 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
on FD)
configure voice sip termination (ISAM-V)
configure voice sip lineid-syn-prof (ISAM-V)
configure voice sip vsp (ISAM-V)
configure xdsl overrule-data (standard ARQ for ADSL2 (+)and
VDSL2)
configure xdsl service-profile (SRA for VDSL2)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 31
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin ces (Full CLI support)
admin ces ont (Full CLI support)
admin ces ont line (Full CLI support)
admin dhcp-relay v6-port-stats (IPv6 Protocol Aware CC with
DHCPv6 on FD)
admin equipment ont (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont data-store (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont interface (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont slot (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont sw-ctrl (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont sw-version (Full CLI support)
admin ont-xdsl-line (Full CLI support)
admin pon (Full CLI support)
admin pon ber-stats (Full CLI support)
admin voice (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots diagnostics mode (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots pb-dial-tone slow-pull-timer (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots sip-dial-tone sip-phone-number (Full CLI
support)
configure ani (Full CLI support)
configure ani ont (Full CLI support)
configure ani ont tca-thresh (Full CLI support)
configure ani ont video (Full CLI support)
32 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 33
1 ISAM CLI
34 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 35
1 ISAM CLI
36 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 37
1 ISAM CLI
38 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
support)
show xdsl ont counters far-end line previous-interval interval-no (Full
CLI support)
show xdsl ont counters near-end (Full CLI support)
Removed Commands
configure mcast src (Fixed multicast VLAN per IGMP channel)
configure mcast src packagemember (Fixed multicast VLAN per
IGMP channel)
show bridge port-to-atm-pvc (ISAM-V H248 : CLI enhancements)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 39
1 ISAM CLI
40 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 41
1 ISAM CLI
42 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin ces (Full CLI support)
admin ces ont (Full CLI support)
admin ces ont line (Full CLI support)
admin dhcp-relay v6-port-stats (IPv6 Protocol Aware CC with
DHCPv6 on FD)
admin equipment ont (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont data-store (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont interface (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont slot (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont sw-ctrl (Full CLI support)
admin equipment ont sw-version (Full CLI support)
admin ont-xdsl-line loop-diagnostic (Full CLI support)
admin pon (Full CLI support)
admin pon ber-stats (Full CLI support)
admin voice (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots diagnostics mode (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots pb-dial-tone slow-pull-timer (Full CLI support)
admin voice ont pots sip-dial-tone sip-phone-number (Full CLI
support)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 43
1 ISAM CLI
44 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 45
1 ISAM CLI
46 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 47
1 ISAM CLI
48 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 49
1 ISAM CLI
50 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Removed Commands
configure mcast src (Fixed multicast VLAN per IGMP channel)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 51
1 ISAM CLI
52 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 53
1 ISAM CLI
New Commands
admin system security kill-debug (management security feature)
configure qos profiles shaper (8 queue support on IFX feature)
configure service epipe (MPLS feature)
configure service sdp (MPLS feature)
configure system security peripheral-mgnt (Management port on
FD-REM)
configure vlan vlan-port (VLAN translation feature)
configure voice sip termination tca (ISAM-V,SIP POTS statistics
feature)
monitor service (MPLS feature)
54 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Removed Commands
show bridge port (VLAN translation feature)
show vlan port-vlan-map (VLAN translation feature)
show vlan residential-bridge (VLAN translation feature)
admin voice cluster (not supported)
configure voice cluster (not supported)
show voice cluster (not supported)
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 55
1 ISAM CLI
1.2 Preface
Scope
This user guide describes the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands supported by the Alcatel-Lucent 7302
ISAM, 7330 ISAM FTTN and 7360 ISAM. These commands are used for installation, configuration, management
and troubleshooting.
User Profile
The guide is intended for operating personnel (sometimes called craft persons).
56 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Command Types
The commands of the CLI language can be divided into two groups: global and environmental commands.
Global commands (such as the logout command) can be entered in any context and have the same effect in each
context.
Environmental commands (such as the info command) can only be entered in some contexts (for example, the info
command cannot be used in the show node) and have a different effect in each context. The purpose of the
command (for example, showing the configuration) is the same but the implementation or the generated output is
different.
Some commands are also implicit. For example, when you enter only the node name configure system security
snmp community fden, you run an implicit command that changes your context to the specified node and that
creates this node if it did not previously exist.
The available commands are discussed in a separate chapter.
Access Rights
Not every operator can execute every command.
Access to commands is granted via the operator profile.
It is possible that an operator can execute a given command in one context and not in another.
Command Completion:
command can complete with a root command iso the IHUB command
if the characters before the completion are similar to the characters of
the root command
no command completion for combined types (e.g. nt-a:sfp:1)
no command completion for parameter alternatives
command completion can cease to work when entering a range
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 57
1 ISAM CLI
Ranges:
a range allows only decimal numeric values
command execution with numerical ranges will fail when a context
change occured
commands which contain a valid range syntax (no context change),
are executed without displaying the different individual commands
Prompt:
dynamic resource-id is not displayed in the prompt
Online Help:
global command <help> not supported for IHUB commands : use <?>
or <TAB>
online help not scaled down (not restrictive) depending the installed
equipment practice
no online help for combined types
General:
global command <back> returns to the context from which the current
level was entered
keystroke <insert> not supported
Info Command:
info command must be executed from within a node, it cannot take an
argument
the output format option "xml" is not applicable, only a textual
(=hierarchical) output is supported
Show Command:
the output is tailored depending on the provided parameters
Absolute path:
Cli commands can be executed in any context by specifying the full
path from the CLI root. The command may or may not change the
current context, depending on whether or not it is a leaf command
IACM command execution after executing "exit" :
IACM command execution can cease to work when the command
was entered after executing the "exit" command from within an IHUB
context, for which the parent node has both: IACM and IHUB
children nodes
Tree Command:
When a tree command is executed in a node who has both :IACM and
IHUB subnodes, the indentation in the tree structure gets lost for the
IHUB related subnodes
58 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
1.4 Nodes
Node Definition
A command definition tree, further abbreviated to "command tree" is a structure of nested command nodes from
which CLI commands can be derived. A command node consists of a node name and zero or more resource
identifiers. The resource identifiers behave like parameters, but identify a particular resource. For example, public
in configure system security snmp community public is an unnamed resource identifier of the node community.
One such command node identifies a context. A CLI command can be derived from a command tree starting from
the root node, but a command with the same meaning and impact can also be derived from a lower level node or
subnode. The following are examples of equivalent commands:
• info configure system security snmp community public in any node.
• info system security snmp community public in node configure
• info security snmp community public in node configure system
• info snmp community public in node configure system security
• info community public in node configure system security snmp
• info in node configure system security snmp community public
The root node is the highest level. Directly below the root node are important command nodes such as configure
and show.
Node Creation
A dynamic node is a sub-node of the configure node that corresponds to a configurable resource that an operator
can create.
An operator can create a dynamic node by navigating to it. The system will automatically create the node. The
operator can configure its prompt in such a way that it shows if the operator navigated to an existing or a new node.
The ability to create nodes is limited by the access rights of the user.
It is also possible that the system creates additional subnodes in other nodes, for example, in the show node due to
the creation of a new dynamic node in the configure node.
Node Deletion
A dynamic node can be deleted by placing no in front of the node name. For example, configure system security
snmp no community public deletes the specified node and all its subnodes. The ability to delete nodes is limited
by the access rights of the operator.
Resource Attributes
The value of resource attributes can be changed by entering the name of the resource attribute followed by the new
value. For example, password plain:secret sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the plain
text string secret.
Resource attributes can be set to their default value by entering no followed by the name of the resource attribute.
For example, no password sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the default value (no
password required).
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 59
1 ISAM CLI
1.5 Parameters
Parameter Types
Parameter values belong to a parameter type. Parameter types limit the parameter values to strings that the system
can understand.
Parameter types consists of 1 to N fields with separators in between. Each field belongs to a basic type. The
separator is in most cases a colon : or a slash /.
The name of parameter types always starts with an uppercase character and can contain an optional domain name.
The domain name is separated from the parameter name by ::.
The sequence in which the fields appear can differ in case one of the fields belongs to an enumeration type. For
example, if provided some possible values for the parameter type ExtendedFileName (the first field is an
enumeration field with possible values file and ftp, host-name, user-name, password and local-file are also fields):
• file: local-file
• ftp: host-name @ user-name : password / local-file
Basic Types
Basic types can be divided in two groups: fixed length basic types and variable length basic types.
Examples of variable length basic types are:
• integers
• printable strings (representing operator chosen names or descriptions)
• SNMP object identifiers
• binary strings
The length of a variable length basic type is in most cases limited. The definition of logical length depends on the
basic type: number of characters for printable strings, number of bytes for binary strings, and number of numbers in
the object identfier for SNMP object identifiers.
Examples of fixed length basic types are:
• ip-address
• fixed-length printable strings
• enumeration types (limited list of allowed strings)
60 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Binary strings must be entered as: hex-byte : hex-byte :...: hex-byte. hex-byte is a number between 0 and 255 in
hexadecimal format (all lowercase).For example, 3f:23:ff:b2 is a valid binary string.
Object identifiers and ipv4-addresses must be entered as: decimal-number . decimal-number .....
decimal-number.For example, 128.17.32.45 is a valid object identifier.
The values of all fields may be placed within double quotes. A field separator can never be placed within double
quotes. For example, "1"/"1" is a valid shelf identifier, but "1/1" is not a valid shelf identifier.
A field value can contain multiple double quotes. For example, "hallo world" is equivalent to hallo" "world or to
"hallo"" ""world".
Printable strings must be placed within double quotes if they contain special characters: double quote ", a backslash
\, a question mark ?, a cross #, a space, a tab, a carriage return, or a new line.
The backslash \ is the escape character. The double quote " and backslash \ characters must be preceded by the
escape character. The \ char is equivalent to char with the following exceptions:
• \r : carriage-return
• \t : tab
• \n : new-line
In some cases it is possible that a command is ambiguous. For example, info operator detail can be interpreted in
two ways: list the configuration of the operator with the name detail or list the configuration of all operators in
detail.
The ambiguity is solved by the parser in the following way: if the string contains quotes, it is interpreted as a
printable string, otherwise it is interpreted as a keyword. For example, info operator "detail" lists the
configuration of the operator with the name detail and info operator detail lists the configuration of all operators
in detail.
Syntax Check
The system verifies if each typed character is syntactically correct.
In case the system detects a syntax error, it will position the cursor at the offending character and beep.
This can give strange effects if you are entering characters in the 'insert mode': the invalid characters will shift to
the right and any newly entered character will be inserted in front of the faulty characters.
To avoid this strange effect, it is recommended to work in the (default) overwrite mode.
Command Repetition
Values of parameters may contain decimal, hexadecimal or character ranges. These ranges indicate that the
concerned command must be repeated a number of times with the different values as specified in the range.
Decimal ranges are entered as [ d: start...end ] in which start and end are integers. Example of a decimal range:
lt:1/1/[4...16]
Hexadecimal ranges are entered as [ h: start...end ] in which start and end are hexadecimal numbers. start and end
values may not contain uppercase characters and the number of characters of the first start value determines the
number of characters to be entered for the following values in the range. Example of a hexadecimal range:
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 61
1 ISAM CLI
03:06:ff:[h:aa...bd]
Character ranges are entered as [ c: start...end ] in which start and end are characters. start and end value must
belong to the same character class: digit, lowercase or uppercase. Special characters are not allowed. Example of a
character range : operator[c:a...f]
Ranging is not supported for float values
Ranges have following restrictions:
• One command may only contain 1 range.
• The default range type is decimal. It will be used if the type is not explicitely mentioned with 'd:' , 'h:' or 'c:'.
• Subranges can be separated with a comma. For example: [d:17...19,32,60...62] will be replaced consecutively
with the values 17, 18, 19, 32, 60, 61 and 62.
• Ranges between quotes are not expanded.
• Command completion may refuse to work once a range is entered.
• Execution of command repetition will stop once an iteration in the range fails.
The system sometimes restricts which range type may be used: the system only allows a decimal range where a
decimal number can be entered or a hexadecimal range where a hexadecimal number can be entered. It even
imposes that the range replaces completely the number. Example: 1[2...3] is invalid, [12...13] must be entered
instead. Also the start and end of the range must fall in the allowed range for the number. Only text strings may
contain all types of ranges.
The way the system handles a range depends on the command.
• Some commands can handle ranges directly. Repeating the command will be done internally. The command
will then behave for the operator as a normal command..
• For the other commands, the system will execute the command end - start + 1 times in which the specified
range is each time replaced by a number out of the range. Each expanded command is shown to the operator.
Commands that normally change the context, don't do this in this case. The command repetition can be stopped
via an interrupt.
• Range commands in combination with help "?" character always show the complete list of available parameters
and subnodes and do not suppress subnodes in case of the existing nodes.
62 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
1.6 Filters
The language provides filters to manipulate the output of commands.
For list of available filters, please refer to command description of section "CLI Filters".
Filters can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify a sequence of filters as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | count lines.
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 63
1 ISAM CLI
1.7 Printers
The language provides printers to allow the user to decide how the output must be printed on his terminal.
The available printers are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Printers can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify maximum one printer as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | more
The default printer can be specified for the CLI session or the operator.
64 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 65
1 ISAM CLI
66 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 67
1 ISAM CLI
Strategy
ISAM has provided a Command Line Interface since the beginning. With each new Software Release, new features
are added and as a consequence also the CLI commands need to evolve.
New features often result in new commands or extension of existing commands.
68 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 69
1 ISAM CLI
Announcement Release
The announcement release is the release in which we announce to the customer that a defined set of "impacted" cli
commands will phase-out in the phase-out release. The announcement release is independent from the release in
which the commands and/or parameters became 'obsolete'. The "impacted" cli commands are the commands which
are obsolete or the commands which contain obsolete parameters.
See chapter 'Command Phase Out Annoucement Release' for the list of "impacted" CLI commands.
Customer Impact
• List of impacted commands (See chapter 'Command Phase Out Annoucement Release') should carefully be
checked in the CLI Command Guide chapter Announcement Release. The obsolete commands and/or obsolete
parameters are indicated in the command tree by the prefix X.
• The customer should determine the phase-out release.
• Any OSS systems and/or scripts using CLI commands should be checked and updated if required.
• Once the command is phased-out, the normal error reporting will be applicable.
70 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 71
2- Environment Configuration Commands
72 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
2 Environment Configuration Commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Environment Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----environment
- [no] prompt
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] print
- [no] inhibit-alarms
- [no] mode
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 73
2 Environment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the session-specific parameters. These parameters are only valid for
a specific session and are lost when the user logs out.
The default values for prompt and print can be found in configure system security operator operator-name.
The default value for terminal-timeout can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
terminal-timeout: A value of 0 equals an infinite timeout value (i.e. the terminal will never time out).
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 2.2-2 "Environment Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::EnvInactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "timeout : 30"
( default specify the inactivity timeout of
| timeout : <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ) the terminal
Possible values:
74 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
2 Environment Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 75
3- Alarm Configuration Commands
76 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----alarm
- log-sev-level
- log-full-action
- non-itf-rep-sev-level
----entry
- (index)
- [no] severity
- [no] service-affecting
- [no] reporting
- [no] logging
----delta-log
- indet-log-full-action
- warn-log-full-action
- minor-log-full-action
- major-log-full-action
- crit-log-full-act
----[no] custom-profile
- (name)
- [no] mnemonic1
- [no] description1
- [no] visible1
- [no] audible1
- [no] polarity1
- [no] severity1
- [no] mnemonic2
- [no] description2
- [no] visible2
- [no] audible2
- [no] polarity2
- [no] severity2
- [no] mnemonic3
- [no] description3
- [no] visible3
- [no] audible3
- [no] polarity3
- [no] severity3
- [no] mnemonic4
- [no] description4
- [no] visible4
- [no] audible4
- [no] polarity4
- [no] severity4
- [no] mnemonic5
- [no] description5
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 77
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
- [no] visible5
- [no] audible5
- [no] polarity5
- [no] severity5
78 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to maintain a log that contains all alarm state changes by enabling the logging
mode and setting the severity level equal to or higher than the severity level that the operator is interested in.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.2-2 "Alarm Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
log-sev-level Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter
Format: set the lowest severity level to log
( indeterminate alarms
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action if log buffer is full
( wrap
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
non-itf-rep-sev-level Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter
Format: set minimum severity level to
( indeterminate report non itf alarms
| warning
| minor
| major
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 79
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
80 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage local alarm entries.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.3-1 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
( xtca-ne-es
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach
| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 81
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
82 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 83
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
84 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 85
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
86 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 87
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
88 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 89
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
90 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 91
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
92 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 93
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
94 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 95
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
96 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 97
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
98 Released 3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-08079-DFCA-TCZZA 01 Released 99
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Output
Table 3.3-3 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
category Parameter type: <Alarm::category> category of an alarm
( communications This element is always shown.
| qos
| processing-error
| equipment
| environmental )
Possible values:
- communications : communications related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related alarms
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the action of the system when the alarm log buffer is full.
If the action is set to wrap, older log records are overwritten by recent records. If the action is set to halt, logging
is stopped until the log buffer is reset.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.4-2 "Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
indet-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when indeterminate
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
warn-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: action in case indeterminate delta
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
minor-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when minor delta
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
major-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set action when major delta log
( wrap buffer is full
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the external alarm profile. The profile is made to be assigned to a
remote LT board. The profile reflects a configuration of external alarms parameters that corresponds to a certain
environment where the remote board is located (in an outdoor cabinet, basement cabinet, ...). The use of a profile
avoids the need to specify the parameters for each remote board separately. The alarm profile groups all five
external alarms parameters. The profile contains a description/meaning of each alarm, as well as an indication
that tells us whether or not any alarm outputs are to be triggered if the corresponding external input alarm is
raised. On top of these parameters, a mnemonic (short for the description), the polarity and the severity are
configurable.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.5-1 "Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: custom profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----trap
----definition
- (name)
- priority
----[no] manager
- (address)
- [no] priority
- [no] cold-start-trap
- [no] link-down-trap
- [no] link-up-trap
- [no] auth-fail-trap
- [no] change-trap
- [no] line-test-trap
- [no] init-started-trap
- [no] lic-key-chg-occr
- [no] topology-chg
- [no] selt-state-chg
- [no] dhcp-sess-pre
- [no] alarm-chg-trap
- [no] phys-line-trap
- [no] eqpt-change-trap
- [no] success-set-trap
- [no] other-alarm-trap
- [no] warning-trap
- [no] minor-trap
- [no] major-trap
- [no] critical-trap
- [no] redundancy-trap
- [no] eqpt-prot-trap
- [no] craft-login-trap
- [no] restart-trap
- [no] ntr-trap
- [no] rad-srvr-fail
- [no] login-occr-trap
- [no] logout-occr-trap
- [no] trapmngr-chg-trap
- [no] mst-genral
- [no] mst-error
- [no] mst-protocol-mig
- [no] mst-inv-bpdu-rx
- [no] mst-reg-conf-chg
- [no] alrm-chg-occur
- [no] outofsync
- [no] max-per-window
- [no] window-size
- [no] max-queue-size
- [no] min-interval
- [no] min-severity
Command Description
This command allows the operator to define the priority of a given trap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 4.2-1 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the trap
( cold-start
| link-down
| link-up
| auth-failure
| change-occured
| line-test-report
| init-started
| lic-key-chg-occr
| topology-chg
| selt-state-chg
| dhcp-sess-pre
| radius-server-failure
| login-occured
| logout-occured
| trapmngr-chg-occr
| mst-genral
| mst-error
| mst-protocol-mig
| mst-inv-bpdu-rx
| mst-reg-conf-chg
| alrm-change-occured
| out-of-sync )
Possible values:
- cold-start : the node is reinitializing
- link-down : one of the communication links of the node
has failed
- link-up : one of the communication links of the node
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMP manager, which will receive traps when an event occurs
in the system.
The SNMP manager can easily be flooded by events if something happens to the system. This command allows the
operator to specify which traps the manager is interested in (trap filtering) and how the traps must be distributed in
time (trap shaping).
Traps that cannot be delivered will be dropped.
The Following traps will be sent as a part of changeOccuredTrap alarm-chg-trap, phys-line-trap,
eqpt-change-trap, success-set-trap, other-alarm-trap, warning-trap, minor-trap, major-trap, critical-trap,
redundancy-trap, eqpt-prot-trap, craft-login-trap, restart-trap, ntr-trap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure trap ( no manager (address) ) | ( manager (address) [ no priority | priority <Trap::Priority> ] [ [ no ]
cold-start-trap ] [ [ no ] link-down-trap ] [ [ no ] link-up-trap ] [ [ no ] auth-fail-trap ] [ [ no ] change-trap ] [ [ no ]
line-test-trap ] [ [ no ] init-started-trap ] [ [ no ] lic-key-chg-occr ] [ [ no ] topology-chg ] [ [ no ] selt-state-chg ] [ [
no ] dhcp-sess-pre ] [ [ no ] alarm-chg-trap ] [ [ no ] phys-line-trap ] [ [ no ] eqpt-change-trap ] [ [ no ]
success-set-trap ] [ [ no ] other-alarm-trap ] [ [ no ] warning-trap ] [ [ no ] minor-trap ] [ [ no ] major-trap ] [ [ no ]
critical-trap ] [ [ no ] redundancy-trap ] [ [ no ] eqpt-prot-trap ] [ [ no ] craft-login-trap ] [ [ no ] restart-trap ] [ [ no ]
ntr-trap ] [ [ no ] rad-srvr-fail ] [ [ no ] login-occr-trap ] [ [ no ] logout-occr-trap ] [ [ no ] trapmngr-chg-trap ] [ [ no
] mst-genral ] [ [ no ] mst-error ] [ [ no ] mst-protocol-mig ] [ [ no ] mst-inv-bpdu-rx ] [ [ no ] mst-reg-conf-chg ] [ [
no ] alrm-chg-occur ] [ [ no ] outofsync ] [ no max-per-window | max-per-window <Trap::WindowCount> ] [ no
window-size | window-size <Trap::WindowSize> ] [ no max-queue-size | max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> ] [
no min-interval | min-interval <Trap::Interval> ] [ no min-severity | min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 4.3-1 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 4.3-2 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----equipment
----rack
- (index)
- [no] description
----shelf
- (index)
- [no] class
- [no] planned-type
X [no] unlock
- [no] lock
X [no] extended-lt-slots
- [no] mode
- [no] description
----slot
- (index)
- [no] planned-type
- [no] power-down
- [no] unlock
- [no] alarm-profile
- capab-profile
- dual-host-ip
- dual-host-loc
----applique
- (index)
- [no] planned-type
- [no] applique-profile
----protection-group
- (prot-group-id)
- [no] admin-status
- [no] eps-quenchfactor
----protection-element
- (index)
- [no] redcy-ctrl-status
----external-link-host
- (faceplate-number)
- [no] direction
----external-link-assign
- (faceplate-number)
- [no] remote
----[no] diagnostics
----[no] sfp
- (position)
- [no] rssi-prof-id
- [no] rssi-state
----[no] rssiprof
- (index)
- name
- [no] temp-alm-low
- [no] temp-alm-high
- [no] temp-warn-low
- [no] temp-warn-high
- [no] voltage-alm-low
- [no] voltage-alm-high
- [no] voltage-warn-low
- [no] voltage-warn-high
- [no] bias-alm-low
- [no] bias-alm-high
- [no] bias-warn-low
- [no] bias-warn-high
- [no] tx-pwr-alm-low
- [no] tx-pwr-alm-high
- [no] tx-pwr-warn-low
- [no] tx-pwr-warn-high
- [no] rx-pwr-alm-low
- [no] rx-pwr-alm-high
- [no] rx-pwr-warn-low
- [no] rx-pwr-warn-high
- [no] ebias-alm-low
- [no] ebias-alm-high
- [no] ebias-warn-low
- [no] ebias-warn-high
- [no] etx-alm-low
- [no] etx-alm-high
- [no] etx-warn-low
- [no] etx-warn-high
- [no] erx-alm-low
- [no] erx-alm-high
- [no] erx-warn-low
- [no] erx-warn-high
- [no] profile-type
----[no] sfpe1t1
----[no] clock
- (position)
- [no] clocksource
----global
- (position)
- [no] serdes-loopback
- [no] sgmii-local-lb
- [no] sgmii-remote-lb
----tdmintf
- (position)
- [no] window-number
- [no] window-length
----[no] pwtdm
- (position)
- channel
- packet-length
- jitter-buff-size
- vlanid
- priority
- conseq-number
- ecid-rx
- ecid-tx
- source-mac
- dest-mac
----framer
- (position)
- [no] frame-mode
- [no] iwf-on-liu
- [no] liu-on-iwf
- [no] liu-on-liu
- [no] iwf-on-iwf
- [no] pm-to-iwf
- [no] ais-to-iwf
- [no] rai-to-iwf
- [no] rei-to-iwf
- [no] pm-to-liu
- [no] ais-to-liu
- [no] rai-to-liu
- [no] rei-to-liu
----liu
- (position)
- [no] distance
- [no] cable-impedance
----isam
- [no] description
----envbox
- [no] enable-supervise
----fan-tray
- fanmode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the rack. The operator can configure the following parameter:
• description: text that describes the location of the rack.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.2-1 "Rack Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physcial position of the rack
<Eqpt::RackId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Table 5.2-2 "Rack Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the shelf. The operator can configure the following parameters:
• class: the classification of the shelf. The following shelf classes are supported:
- main-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can contain NT and LT units. There
must be at least one shelf of this class in the system.
- ext-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can only contain LT units.
• planned-type: the type planned for this shelf. The not-planned parameter indicates that a shelf will not be
inserted at this position.
• unlock: locks or unlocks the shelf.
• shelf-mode: the shelf mode,applicable to NEP only, and when the shelf mode was changed successfully,the NE
will reboot automatically.
• description: text that describes the location of the shelf.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment shelf (index) [ no class | class <Equipm::ShelfClass> ] [ no planned-type | planned-type
<Equipm::ShelfType> ] [ [ no ] unlock ] [ [ no ] lock ] [ [ no ] extended-lt-slots ] [ no mode | mode
<Equipm::HolderMode> ] [ no description | description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 5.3-1 "Shelf Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical identification of the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> shelf
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Table 5.3-2 "Shelf Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] class Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfClass> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "main-ethernet"
( main-ethernet the class to which the shelf
| ext-ethernet ) belongs
Possible values:
- main-ethernet : main shelf - supports ethernet-based traffic
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a slot.
The slot is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameters can be configured for the slot:
• planned-type: the unit type that will be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that a unit
will not be inserted into that slot.
• power-down: the operator can power-up or power-down slots. This is only applicable to LSM.
• unlock: the operator can lock or unlock a unit. A unit in the locked state cannot be used. This attribute is only
supported for the NT (the system will refuse to lock the NT of a simplex system), EXT, and a managed LSM.
• alarm-profile: the operator can assign a customizable alarm profile to a remote LT board. This is only
applicable for REM and SEM boards
• capab-profile:This parameter only applies to LSMs.For BCM based boards default capab-profile is "default"
for Intel based boards it is "8vc_default".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.4-1 "Slot Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical number of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| nt
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an applique.
The applique is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameter can be configured for the slot:
• planned-type: the applique type to be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that an
applique will not be inserted into that slot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.5-1 "Applique Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical number of the
( iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> applique
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
| ntio-1
| ntio-2 )
Possible values:
- iont : an nt applique slot
- lp : an lt applique slot
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
- the applique slot number
Field type <Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
- the LT Applique slot number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection group.
The protection group is identified by the eqptProtGroupId attribute (index). The value 1 is reserved for extension
chain protection group which is always present and cannot be deleted.
The protection group(s) are created implicitly by the system as part of the default configuration. Use "show
equipment protection-group" to display the valid protection group identifier(s). Note that the default admin-status
for protection-group 1 at system level is locked where it is always unlocked at cli level.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.6-1 "Protection Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(prot-group-id) Format: Index in eqpt Prot Group Table
- index of protection group
Table 5.6-2 "Protection Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unlock"
( unlock changes the administrative-status
| lock ) to lock or unlock
Possible values:
- unlock : unlock
- lock : lock
[no] eps-quenchfactor Parameter type: <Equipm::TimeTicks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1440000"
- timer value for quench mechanish timervalue of quenching
- unit: 1/100 sec mechanism, 0 is valid value
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection element.
The protection group is identified by the eqptProtGroupId attribute. The value 1 to 9 are reserved for the extension
chain protection group which are always present and cannot be deleted. Group 1 corresponding with NT 1+1
group, and Group 2-9 corresponding with possible 8 LT 1+1 groups.
The redcy-ctrl-status parameter is used to force a switchover between elements of a protection group or to keep one
of the elements active. The forced-active parameter indicates that the NTA or NTB slot or LT slot is configured as
active.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.7-1 "Protection Element Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: Index in eqpt Prot Element Table
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 5.7-2 "Protection Element Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the traffic direction of the configurable external-links on the host
expansion card. The configurable parameters are:
• direction: The traffic direction. Two directions are supported:
- network (default): the direction is configured to allow the trafic from the network
- remote-lt : the direction is configured to allow the trafic to the remote line termination card
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.8-1 "External-link-host Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(faceplate-number) Format: the faceplate number of the
( <Eqpt::ExtLinkConfigurableDeviceIndex> configurable external-link
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
Possible values:
- sfp : SFP port
- xfp : XFP port
Field type <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostPortIndex>
- host port number
Field type <Eqpt::ExtLinkConfigurableDeviceIndex>
- the faceplate number of the configurable external link
Table 5.8-2 "External-link-host Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] direction Parameter type: <Equipm::ExternalLinkConfigType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "network"
( network the external-link traffic direction
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the association between a host shelf SFP/XFP and a remote LT.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.9-1 "Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(faceplate-number) Format: host shelf SFP/XFP number on
( <Eqpt::SfpFaceplateNumber> the faceplate
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostToRemotePortIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostToRemotePortIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostToRemotePortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
Possible values:
- sfp : SFP port
Field type <Eqpt::ExtLinkHostToRemotePortIndex>
- a host port connected to remote LT
Field type <Eqpt::SfpFaceplateNumber>
- host SFP faceplate number
Table 5.9-2 "Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] remote Parameter type: <Equipm::ExpansionSlotIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0/0/0"
<Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> / <Eqpt::ExpSlot> the expansion shelf LSM
Field type <Eqpt::ExpRack>
- the physical number of the expansion rack, 0 stands for no
remote
Field type <Eqpt::ExpShelf>
- physical nbr of expansion shelf within expansion rack, 0
stands for no remote
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RSSI profile on SFP/XFP:
• The slot index of the sfp
• The number of the sfp cage
• The index of rssi profile which would be configured on SFP/XFP.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment diagnostics ( no sfp (position) ) | ( sfp (position) [ no rssi-prof-id | rssi-prof-id
<Eqpt::RssiProfileIndex> ] [ no rssi-state | rssi-state <Eqpt::RssiState> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 5.10-1 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> : sfp :
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> : xfp :
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> : qsfp :
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : qsfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> : sfp
: <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> :
xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> :
qsfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the RSSI parameters on SFPs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment ( no rssiprof (index) ) | ( rssiprof (index) name <Eqpt::DisplayString> [ no temp-alm-low |
temp-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-alm-high | temp-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-warn-low |
temp-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-warn-high | temp-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no
voltage-alm-low | voltage-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-alm-high | voltage-alm-high
<Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-warn-low | voltage-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-warn-high |
voltage-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no bias-alm-low | bias-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-alm-high |
bias-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-warn-low | bias-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-warn-high |
bias-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no tx-pwr-alm-low | tx-pwr-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no tx-pwr-alm-high |
tx-pwr-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no tx-pwr-warn-low | tx-pwr-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no
tx-pwr-warn-high | tx-pwr-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-alm-low | rx-pwr-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [
no rx-pwr-alm-high | rx-pwr-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-warn-low | rx-pwr-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr>
] [ no rx-pwr-warn-high | rx-pwr-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no ebias-alm-low | ebias-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaBias>
] [ no ebias-alm-high | ebias-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no ebias-warn-low | ebias-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [
no ebias-warn-high | ebias-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no etx-alm-low | etx-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no
etx-alm-high | etx-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no etx-warn-low | etx-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no
etx-warn-high | etx-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no erx-alm-low | erx-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no
erx-alm-high | erx-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no erx-warn-low | erx-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no
erx-warn-high | erx-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaPwr> ] [ no profile-type | profile-type <Eqpt::RssiProfileType> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 5.11-1 "Sfp RSSI Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: an unique index of the rssi
- an unique index value for the rssi profile(1-20 are reserved profile(21-200)
for default profile, 21-200 are configurable, 65535 is for
RSSI_AUTO_MODE)
- range: [0...65535]
Table 5.11-2 "Sfp RSSI Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Eqpt::DisplayString> mandatory parameter
Format: A unique profile name
- string to identify the rssi profile
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure clock source on the 2xE1/DS1 sfp:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment sfpe1t1 ( no clock (position) ) | ( clock (position) [ no clocksource | clocksource
<Eqpt::ClockSource> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 5.12-1 "2xE1/DS1 CLOCK configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> :
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> )
Possible values:
- acu : acu slot
- iont : an nt applique slot
- remote-sfp : remote sfp
- nt : active nt slot
- lt : lt-slot
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure global configurations on the 2xE1/DS1 sfp:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.13-1 "2xE1/DS1 Global configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> :
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> )
Possible values:
- acu : acu slot
- iont : an nt applique slot
- remote-sfp : remote sfp
- nt : active nt slot
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure PWTDM interface parameters on the 2xE1/DS1 sfp:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.14-1 "2xE1/DS1 Pseudo Wire TDM Interface configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> :
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> )
Possible values:
- acu : acu slot
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure pseudowire TDM parameters on the 2xE1/DS1 sfp:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment sfpe1t1 ( no pwtdm (position) ) | ( pwtdm (position) channel <Eqpt::Channel> packet-length
<Eqpt::Packetlength> jitter-buff-size <Eqpt::JitBufSize> vlanid <Eqpt::VlanId> priority <Eqpt::Priority>
conseq-number <Eqpt::ConseqNo> ecid-rx <Eqpt::ECID> ecid-tx <Eqpt::ECID> source-mac
<Eqpt::PhysicalAddress> dest-mac <Eqpt::PhysicalAddress> )
Command Parameters
Table 5.15-1 "2xE1/DS1 Pseudo Wire TDM SFP configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> :
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure Framer parameters on the 2xE1/DS1 sfp:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.16-1 "2xE1/DS1 Framer configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> :
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure distance and cable impedance on the 2xE1/DS1 sfp:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment sfpe1t1 liu (position) [ no distance | distance <Eqpt::distance> ] [ no cable-impedance |
cable-impedance <Eqpt::CableImpedance> ]
Command Parameters
Table 5.17-1 "2xE1/DS1 Line Interface Unit SFP configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> :
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> : <Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
<Eqpt::TributaryIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::E1dsx1SfpCageNumber> :
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the NE. The operator can configure the following parameter:
• description: text that describes the location of the ISAM.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.18-2 "NE Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure environment monitoring status to enable/disable the data relay
from an external monitor box connected on the NTIO board of ISAM to the monitor server. The operator can
configure the following parameters:
• enable-supervise: enable relay of environment monitoring from an external monitor box.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.19-2 "Environment Monitoring Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable-supervise Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable environment monitoring
relay
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the fan tray parameter fanmode.
The fanmode determines the applied speed of the fan trays. This is effective only if intelligent fan packs are
installed. Traditional fan packs (A-fans) do not support speed change, the 'classic' mode applies.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.20-2 "Configure Fan Tray parameters" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
fanmode Parameter type: <Eqpt::FanMode> optional parameter
Format: Fan Tray mode
( auto
| eco
| protect
| classic )
Possible values:
- auto : runs in average mode; fan speeds determined by
predefined thermal margins
- eco : runs in 'green' mode; minimal thermal margins
- protect : runs in protected mode; wider thermal settings wrt
auto
- classic : fixed fan speed; no SW control
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Gpon ONT Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----equipment
----ont
----[no] interface
- (ont-idx)
- [no] battery-bkup
- [no] berint
- [no] desc1
- [no] desc2
- [no] provversion
- [no] sernum
- subslocid
- sw-ver-pland
- [no] fec-up
- [no] bridge-map-mode
- [no] pwr-shed-prof-id
- [no] ont-enable
- [no] p2p-enable
- [no] optics-hist
- [no] sw-dnload-version
- [no] plnd-var
- [no] rf-filter
- [no] us-police-mode
- [no] enable-aes
- [no] voip-allowed
- [no] iphc-allowed
- [no] slid-visibility
- admin-state
- [no] log-auth-id
- [no] log-auth-pwd
- [no] cvlantrans-mode
----tc-layer
- [no] olt-pm-collect
- [no] od-pm-collect
- [no] ont-pm-collect
----tc-layer-threshold
- [no] lost-frags-down
- [no] lost-frags-up
- [no] bad-headers-down
----mcast-tc-layer
- [no] ont-pm-collect
----fec-tc-layer
- [no] ont-pm-collect
----ethernet
- [no] ont-pm-collect
----[no] slot
- (ont-slot-idx)
- planned-card-type
- plndnumdataports
- plndnumvoiceports
- [no] port-type
- [no] transp-mode-rem
- [no] admin-state
----[no] sw-ctrl
- (sw-ctrl-id)
- hw-version
- [no] ont-variant
- [no] plnd-sw-version
- [no] plnd-sw-ver-conf
- [no] sw-dwload-ver
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the ONT parameters.
provversion - when '*'is set, it detects ONT hardware version on board and is updated accordingly.
sernum - User can only set it when admin state is down and admin-state cannot be changed to up with default
sernum (ALCL:00000000). The First 4 bytes form the vendorid and the last 8 butes form the serial no.
sw-ver-pland - The special string of 'AUTO' is used to indicate that if this ONT's hardware version (eqpt-ver-num
in 'show ont interface command) and planned variant (plnd-var) has a matching entry created using 'configure
equipment ont sw-ctrl', then the plnd-sw-version from the gponOntSwVerCtlTable table will be downloaded to the
ONT. The special string of 'UNPLANNED' is used to avoid any download. The special string of 'DISABLED' is
used not to control onu sw version, and not report mismatch alarm.
subslocid - 0 to 12 ASCII character string or 0 to 20 HEX string depending on slidmode.
sw-dnload-version - The special string of 'AUTO' is used to indicate that if this ONT's hardware version
(eqpt-ver-num in 'show equipment ont interface command) and planned variant (plnd-var) has a matching entry
created using 'configure equipment ont sw-ctrl', then the plnd-sw-version from the gponOntSwVerCtlTable table
will be downloaded to the ONT. The special string of 'DISABLED' is used to indicate this feature as blocked. If
sw-ver-pland is set to 'DISABLED', sw-dnload-version can only be 'DISABLED'.
NOTE: In order to change power-shed-profile, provversion, sernum, fec-up, us-police-mode, log-auth-id and
log-auth-pwd parameters, the ONT state must be in Out-of-Service. If not specified, the values of the above
parameters stay unchanged.
admin-state - cannot be modified in the same command execution with any other parameter and vice versa. If not
specified, the value of this parameter stays unchanged.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment ont ( no interface (ont-idx) ) | ( interface (ont-idx) [ no battery-bkup | battery-bkup
<Gpon::BatteryBkup> ] [ no berint | berint <Gpon::BertInterval> ] [ no desc1 | desc1 <Gpon::Desc> ] [ no desc2 |
desc2 <Gpon::Desc> ] [ no provversion | provversion <Gpon::ProvVersion> ] [ no sernum | sernum
<Gpon::SerNum> ] [ subslocid <Gpon::SubsLocId> ] sw-ver-pland <Gpon::SwVerPlnd> [ no fec-up | fec-up
<Gpon::FecUp> ] [ no bridge-map-mode | bridge-map-mode <Gpon::BridgeMapMode> ] [ no pwr-shed-prof-id |
pwr-shed-prof-id <Gpon::PwrShedProfIndex> ] [ no ont-enable | ont-enable <Gpon::OntEnable> ] [ no p2p-enable |
p2p-enable <Gpon::P2PEnable> ] [ no optics-hist | optics-hist <Gpon::OpticsHist> ] [ no sw-dnload-version |
sw-dnload-version <Gpon::SwVerDn> ] [ no plnd-var | plnd-var <Gpon::PlndVar> ] [ no rf-filter | rf-filter
<Gpon::RfFilter> ] [ no us-police-mode | us-police-mode <Gpon::UsPoliceMode> ] [ no enable-aes | enable-aes
<Gpon::EnableAES> ] [ no voip-allowed | voip-allowed <Gpon::VoipAllowed> ] [ no iphc-allowed | iphc-allowed
<Gpon::IphcAllowed> ] [ no slid-visibility | slid-visibility <Gpon::SlidAvailabilityStatus> ] [ admin-state
<Gpon::ItfAdminStatus> ] [ no log-auth-id | log-auth-id <Gpon::LogAuthId> ] [ no log-auth-pwd | log-auth-pwd
<Gpon::LogAuthPwd> ] [ no cvlantrans-mode | cvlantrans-mode <Gpon::CVlanTransMode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.2-1 "ONT Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 6.2-2 "ONT Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] battery-bkup Parameter type: <Gpon::BatteryBkup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable battery backup
| enable )
Possible values:
- disable : ONT is not equiped with battery backup
- enable : ONT is equiped with battery backup
[no] berint Parameter type: <Gpon::BertInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "8000"
- BER Interval accumulation interval (in number
- range: [8000...100000] of downstream frames) for ONU
BER calculation
[no] desc1 Parameter type: <Gpon::Desc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- desc free-form textual field for user to
- length: x<=64 describe the ONT
[no] desc2 Parameter type: <Gpon::Desc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- desc free-form textual field for user to
- length: x<=64 describe the ONT
[no] provversion Parameter type: <Gpon::ProvVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "*"
- provisioned version number the provisioned version number
- length: x<=14
[no] sernum Parameter type: <Gpon::SerNum> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ALCL : 00000000"
<Gpon::VendorId> : <Gpon::SerialNo> the provisioned serial number
Field type <Gpon::VendorId>
- vendor id - 4 ASCII characters
- range: [A-Z]
- length: 4
Field type <Gpon::SerialNo>
- serial num - 8 ASCII characters
- range: [a-fA-F0-9]
- length: 8
subslocid Parameter type: <Gpon::SubsLocId> optional parameter
Command Output
Table 6.2-3 "ONT Interface Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> operational state of the interface
( up This element is always shown.
| down
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable the following GEM port performance monitoring counters.
• PM Mode of OLT-side TC-layer (GEM-based) counters
• PM Mode of OLT-side TC-layer (GEM-based) counters for errored fragments
• PM Mode of ONT-side TC-layer (GEM-based) counters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.3-1 "GPON GEM port performance monitoring Configuration Commands" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 6.3-2 "GPON GEM port performance monitoring Configuration Commands" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] olt-pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmTcaCollect> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable configuration of performance Monitoring counter thresholds for
ONT-Side TC-layer errored fragments.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.4-1 "ONT-SIDE TC-layer Performance Monitoring Counter Thresholds Configuration
Command for ONT" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 6.4-2 "ONT-SIDE TC-layer Performance Monitoring Counter Thresholds Configuration
Command for ONT" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] lost-frags-down Parameter type: <Gpon::TcaThresholdValue> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the ONT-side Multicast Port Performance Monitor
collection for the ONT.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.5-1 "Multicast TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for ONT" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 6.5-2 "Multicast TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for ONT" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ont-pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable ONT-side multicast performance
| disable ) monitoring
Possible values:
Command Output
Table 6.5-3 "Multicast TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for ONT" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
interval-no Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of rows currently present
- a signed integer in the
gponMulticastServiceOntsideGemInterv
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the ONT-side Fec Port Performance Monitor collection for
the ONT.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.6-1 "Fec TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for ONT" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 6.6-2 "Fec TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for ONT" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ont-pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable ONT-side FEC performance
| disable ) monitoring
Possible values:
- enable : enable PM
- disable : disable PM
Command Output
Table 6.6-3 "Fec TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for ONT" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fec-interval-no Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of rows currently present
- a signed integer in the
gponFecOntsideGemIntervalTable
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable the following PON Aggregate Ethernet performance monitoring
counters.
• PM Mode of ONT-side PON Aggregate Ethernet counters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment ont interface (ont-idx) ethernet [ no ont-pm-collect | ont-pm-collect <Gpon::OntPmCollect>
]
Command Parameters
Table 6.7-1 "GPON port Aggregate Ethernet performance monitoring Configuration Commands"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 6.7-2 "GPON port Aggregate Ethernet performance monitoring Configuration Commands"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ont-pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable ONT-side PON aggregate
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the ONT Card parameters.
Prior to entering this command the ONT must have been already created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment ont ( no slot (ont-slot-idx) ) | ( slot (ont-slot-idx) planned-card-type <Gpon::PlndCardType>
plndnumdataports <Gpon::PlndNumDataPorts> plndnumvoiceports <Gpon::PlndNumVoicePorts> [ no port-type |
port-type <Gpon::PortType> ] [ no transp-mode-rem | transp-mode-rem <Gpon::TranspMode> ] [ no admin-state |
admin-state <Gpon::AdminStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.8-1 "ONT Card Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-slot-idx) Format: identification of the ont-slot
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Table 6.8-2 "ONT Card Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
planned-card-type Parameter type: <Gpon::PlndCardType> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( 10_100base during modification.
| pots planned card type
Command Description
This command creates an association between an ONT hardware version/variant and an ONT software version
(download and planned).
hw-version - has the same meaning as the eqpt-ver-num parameter supported by 'show equipment ont interface'
command. Special character * (asterisk) may be provided in the string which means that the * character (and all
subsequent character positions) are considered to be automatic 'matches' for values in same character positions of
eqpt-ver-num parameter.
ont-variant - has the same meaning as the plnd-var in 'configure equipment ont interface' command
Note: Combination of hw-version and ont-variant must be unique.
plnd-sw-version - has the same meaning as the 'auto-sw-plnd-ver parameter supported by 'show equipment ont
interface' command.
sw-dwload-ver - has the same meaning as the 'auto-sw-dld-ver parameter supported by 'show equipment ont
interface' command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment ont ( no sw-ctrl (sw-ctrl-id) ) | ( sw-ctrl (sw-ctrl-id) hw-version <Gpon::SwVer> [ no
ont-variant | ont-variant <Gpon::PlndVar> ] [ no plnd-sw-version | plnd-sw-version <Gpon::SwVer> ] [ no
plnd-sw-ver-conf | plnd-sw-ver-conf <Gpon::SwVer> ] [ no sw-dwload-ver | sw-dwload-ver <Gpon::SwVer> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.9-1 "ONT Software Control Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sw-ctrl-id) Format: software control id
- ont sw ctrl id
- range: [1...250]
Table 6.9-2 "ONT Software Control Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
hw-version Parameter type: <Gpon::SwVer> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- ont sw version during modification.
- length: 1<=x<=14 ONT hardware version
[no] ont-variant Parameter type: <Gpon::PlndVar> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Epon ONT Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----equipment
----eont
----[no] interface
- (epon-idx)
- mac-addr
- auth-id
- auth-pwd
- [no] sw-ver-pland
- [no] fec
- [no] igmp-mode
- [no] fastleave
- [no] macage-time
- [no] phy-lineid
- [no] upgrade-mode
- [no] plnd-var
- [no] ont-cfg-mode
- [no] ont-type
- [no] ont-onuidmthd
- alarm-profile-name
- [no] admin-state
- [no] stpid
----[no] rssi
- [no] temp-alm-low
- [no] temp-alm-high
- [no] temp-warn-low
- [no] temp-warn-high
- [no] voltage-alm-low
- [no] voltage-alm-high
- [no] voltage-warn-low
- [no] voltage-warn-high
- [no] bias-alm-low
- [no] bias-alm-high
- [no] bias-warn-low
- [no] bias-warn-high
- [no] tx-pwr-alm-low
- [no] tx-pwr-alm-high
- [no] tx-pwr-warn-low
- [no] tx-pwr-warn-high
- [no] rx-pwr-alm-low
- [no] rx-pwr-alm-high
- [no] rx-pwr-warn-low
- [no] rx-pwr-warn-high
----[no] management
- ip
- mask
- gateway
- cvlan
- [no] svlan
- [no] priority
- [no] snmpver
- trap-ip
- [no] trap-port
- [no] snmp-port
- security-name
- community-write
- community-read
----[no] port
- (uni-index)
- [no] auto-detect
- [no] vlanmode
- [no] vlanid-default
- [no] pbit-default
- [no] pause
- [no] policyup
- cir-up
- bucket-up
- exbrsize-up
- [no] policydown
- cir-dw
- pir-dw
- [no] multiconf
- [no] mac-max
- [no] multigroup-max
- [no] pm-collect
- [no] loopback
- [no] loopportshut
- [no] port-mode
----[no] auto-adv-abili
- autoneg10t
- autoneg10tfd
- autoneg100t4
- autoneg100tx
- autoneg100txfd
- autoneg100t2
- autoneg100t2fd
- autoneg1000x
- autoneg1000xfd
- autoneg1000t
- autoneg1000tfd
- fdxpause
- fdxapause
- fdxspause
- fdxbpause
- remfault1
- remfault2
- isoethernet
----[no] llid
- (llid-num)
- [no] queue-profile
- [no] churn
- [no] churn-time
- [no] churn-keyextime
- [no] loop-backadmin
- [no] dbapollinglevel
- rate-limit-prof
- [no] closeportasovld
----[no] rms
- [no] ip-mode
- ip
- mask
- gateway
- [no] pppoe-mode
- [no] pppoe-username
- [no] pppoe-pwd
- [no] tagged-mode
- cvlan
- [no] svlan
- [no] pbit
- [no] url
----[no] sw-ctrl
- (sw-ctrl-id)
- hw-version
- [no] ont-variant
- plnd-sw-version
- [no] upgrade-mode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the EONT parameters.
mac-addr - Mac address for this ONT. The parameter cannot be modified. Either mac-addr or auth-id should be
configured.
auth-id - logical authentication id for this ONT. Either mac-addr or auth-id should be configured.
sw-ver-pland - The planned ONT software version number. If this software version number is different from the
active version number on the ONT, a software download, activation and commit is performed. The special string of
AUTO is used to indicate that if this ONT's hardware version has a matching entry created using configure
equipment eont sw-ctrl, then the plnd-sw-version will be downloaded to the ONT. The special string of MANUAL is
used to download ONT Software manually. Operator could use command "admin equipment eont swdw(ont-idx)".
For detailed sw version,its format is like XXXXYYYYRnnmmaae for current release.
plnd-var - software version variant. This attrbitue only valid when sw-ver-pland is auto
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont ( no interface (epon-idx) ) | ( interface (epon-idx) [ mac-addr <Epon::MacAddr> ] [
auth-id <Epon::AuthId> ] [ auth-pwd <Epon::AuthPwd> ] [ no sw-ver-pland | sw-ver-pland <Epon::SwVerPlnd> ]
[ no fec | fec <Epon::FecMode> ] [ no igmp-mode | igmp-mode <Epon::IgmpMode> ] [ no fastleave | fastleave
<Epon::FastLeaveMode> ] [ no macage-time | macage-time <Epon::MacAge> ] [ no phy-lineid | phy-lineid
<Epon::PhyLineId> ] [ no upgrade-mode | upgrade-mode <Epon::UpMode> ] [ no plnd-var | plnd-var
<Epon::PlannedVariant> ] [ no ont-cfg-mode | ont-cfg-mode <Epon::OntCfgMode> ] [ no ont-type | ont-type
<epon::onttype> ] [ no ont-onuidmthd | ont-onuidmthd <Epon::OntOnuIdMthd> ] [ alarm-profile-name
<Epon::EponAlrmCtrlProfileName> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state <Epon::ItfAdminStatus> ] [ no stpid | stpid
<Epon::Stpid> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.2-1 "EONT Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the EONT RSSI parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont interface (epon-idx) ( no rssi ) | ( rssi [ no temp-alm-low | temp-alm-low
<Epon::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-alm-high | temp-alm-high <Epon::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-warn-low |
temp-warn-low <Epon::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-warn-high | temp-warn-high <Epon::TcaTemp> ] [ no
voltage-alm-low | voltage-alm-low <Epon::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-alm-high | voltage-alm-high
<Epon::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-warn-low | voltage-warn-low <Epon::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-warn-high |
voltage-warn-high <Epon::TcaVoltage> ] [ no bias-alm-low | bias-alm-low <Epon::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-alm-high |
bias-alm-high <Epon::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-warn-low | bias-warn-low <Epon::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-warn-high |
bias-warn-high <Epon::TcaBias> ] [ no tx-pwr-alm-low | tx-pwr-alm-low <Epon::TcaPwr> ] [ no tx-pwr-alm-high |
tx-pwr-alm-high <Epon::TcaPwr> ] [ no tx-pwr-warn-low | tx-pwr-warn-low <Epon::TcaPwr> ] [ no
tx-pwr-warn-high | tx-pwr-warn-high <Epon::TcaPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-alm-low | rx-pwr-alm-low <Epon::TcaPwr> ]
[ no rx-pwr-alm-high | rx-pwr-alm-high <Epon::TcaPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-warn-low | rx-pwr-warn-low
<Epon::TcaPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-warn-high | rx-pwr-warn-high <Epon::TcaPwr> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.3-1 "Epon Ont RSSI Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 7.3-2 "Epon Ont RSSI Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] temp-alm-low Parameter type: <Epon::TcaTemp> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the EONT Management parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont interface (epon-idx) ( no management ) | ( management [ ip <Ip::V4Address> ] [ mask
<Ip::V4Address> ] [ gateway <Ip::V4Address> ] cvlan <Epon::cvlan> [ no svlan | svlan <Epon::svlan> ] [ no
priority | priority <Epon::Priority> ] [ no snmpver | snmpver <Epon::SnmpVersion> ] [ trap-ip <Ip::V4Address> ] [
no trap-port | trap-port <Epon::MgntPort> ] [ no snmp-port | snmp-port <Epon::MgntPort> ] [ security-name
<Epon::EponMnemonic32> ] [ community-write <Epon::EponMnemonic32> ] [ community-read
<Epon::EponMnemonic32> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.4-1 "Epon Ont Management Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 7.4-2 "Epon Ont Management Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: IP address for this ONT
- IPv4-address
mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure provisioning data associated with epon ont ethernet port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont interface (epon-idx) ( no port (uni-index) ) | ( port (uni-index) [ no auto-detect |
auto-detect <Epon::AutoDetect> ] [ no vlanmode | vlanmode <Epon::VlanMode> ] [ no vlanid-default |
vlanid-default <Epon::DefaultVlanID> ] [ no pbit-default | pbit-default <Epon::DefaultPBit> ] [ no pause | pause
<Epon::PauseAdmin> ] [ no policyup | policyup <Epon::PolicyUpAdmin> ] [ cir-up <Epon::CIRUp> ] [ bucket-up
<Epon::BucketUp> ] [ exbrsize-up <Epon::ExBrSizeUp> ] [ no policydown | policydown
<Epon::PolicyDwnAdmin> ] [ cir-dw <Epon::CIRDwn> ] [ pir-dw <Epon::PIRDwn> ] [ no multiconf | multiconf
<Epon::McastCfg> ] [ no mac-max | mac-max <Epon::MacLrnLimit> ] [ no multigroup-max | multigroup-max
<Epon::MultiGroupMax> ] [ no pm-collect | pm-collect <Epon::CollectInd> ] [ no loopback | loopback
<Epon::LoopbackAdmin> ] [ no loopportshut | loopportshut <Epon::LoopShutoff> ] [ no port-mode | port-mode
<Epon::PortMode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.5-1 "Epon Ont Ethernet Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
(uni-index) Format: port index
<Epon::EontSlot> / <Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure provisioning data associated with epon ont ethernet port
auto-negotiation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont interface (epon-idx) port (uni-index) ( no auto-adv-abili ) | ( auto-adv-abili [ autoneg10t
<Epon::autoneg10t> ] [ autoneg10tfd <Epon::autoneg10tfd> ] [ autoneg100t4 <Epon::autoneg100t4> ] [
autoneg100tx <Epon::autoneg100tx> ] [ autoneg100txfd <Epon::autoneg100txfd> ] [ autoneg100t2
<Epon::autoneg100t2> ] [ autoneg100t2fd <Epon::autoneg100t2fd> ] [ autoneg1000x <Epon::autoneg1000x> ] [
autoneg1000xfd <Epon::autoneg1000xfd> ] [ autoneg1000t <Epon::autoneg1000t> ] [ autoneg1000tfd
<Epon::autoneg1000tfd> ] [ fdxpause <Epon::fdxpause> ] [ fdxapause <Epon::fdxapause> ] [ fdxspause
<Epon::fdxspause> ] [ fdxbpause <Epon::fdxbpause> ] [ remfault1 <Epon::remfault1> ] [ remfault2
<Epon::remfault2> ] [ isoethernet <Epon::isoethernet> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.6-1 "Epon Ont Ethernet Auto-Negotiation Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
(uni-index) Format: port index
<Epon::EontSlot> / <Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
Command Description
This command modifies provisioning data associated with epon ont llid.
Note: Multi-LLID is not supported , llid-num only support '1'.
queue-profile - queue profile ID for LLID , only 1 is supported.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont interface (epon-idx) ( no llid (llid-num) ) | ( llid (llid-num) [ no queue-profile |
queue-profile <Epon::ProfIdOne> ] [ no churn | churn <Epon::churnState> ] [ no churn-time | churn-time
<Epon::churnTime> ] [ no churn-keyextime | churn-keyextime <Epon::churnTime> ] [ no loop-backadmin |
loop-backadmin <Epon::churnState> ] [ no dbapollinglevel | dbapollinglevel <Epon::dba> ] rate-limit-prof
<Qos::QosRateLimitProfileNameEllid> [ no closeportasovld | closeportasovld <Epon::closePortAsOvld> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.7-1 "Epon Ont LLID Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
(llid-num) Format: Ont llid number
- Ont llid number
- range: [1]
Table 7.7-2 "Epon Ont LLID Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] queue-profile Parameter type: <Epon::ProfIdOne> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure epon ont RMS.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont interface (epon-idx) ( no rms ) | ( rms [ no ip-mode | ip-mode <Epon::IpMode> ] [ ip
<Epon::IpAddr> ] [ mask <Epon::IpAddr> ] [ gateway <Epon::IpAddr> ] [ no pppoe-mode | pppoe-mode
<Epon::pppoeMode> ] [ no pppoe-username | pppoe-username <Epon::pppoeUsrName> ] [ no pppoe-pwd |
pppoe-pwd <Epon::pppoePwd> ] [ no tagged-mode | tagged-mode <Epon::TagMode> ] cvlan <Epon::rmsCvlan> [
no svlan | svlan <Epon::rmsSvlan> ] [ no pbit | pbit <Epon::pbit> ] [ no url | url <Epon::url> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.8-1 "Epon Ont RMS Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 7.8-2 "Epon Ont RMS Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ip-mode Parameter type: <Epon::IpMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dhcp"
( static mode to get the ip address
| dhcp
| pppoe )
Possible values:
- static : static mode
- dhcp : dhcp mode
Command Description
This command configures an association between an ONT hardware version/variant and an ONT software version
(download and planned).
Note: the combination for hw-version and ont-variant should be unique.
Note: hw-version and ont-variant could not be modified.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment eont ( no sw-ctrl (sw-ctrl-id) ) | ( sw-ctrl (sw-ctrl-id) hw-version <Epon::HwVer> [ no
ont-variant | ont-variant <Epon::PlndVar> ] plnd-sw-version <Epon::SwVer> [ no upgrade-mode | upgrade-mode
<Epon::UpMode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 7.9-1 "EONT Software Control Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sw-ctrl-id) Format: software control id
- eont sw ctrl id
- range: [1...500]
Table 7.9-2 "EONT Software Control Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
hw-version Parameter type: <Epon::HwVer> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- Octet String during modification.
- length: 1<=x<=8 EONT hardware version
[no] ont-variant Parameter type: <Epon::PlndVar> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- eont sw version The parameter is not visible
- length: x<=16 during modification.
variant of the EONT hardware
version
plnd-sw-version Parameter type: <Epon::SwVer> mandatory parameter
Format: planned EONT software version
- eont sw version
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Port Protection Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----[no] port-protection
- (port)
- paired-port
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection group on two ports which will then operate in
redundancy. The system will decide which port of the two becomes active. In case of failure of one port the other
port will take over. A forced switchover can also be triggered manually by the operator.
The port protection group is identified by the first port in the group that is intended to be protected. The following
parameters can be configured for the protection group :
• paired-port: the paired port that will ensure the protection of the first one.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 8.2-1 "Port Protection Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the port identifier of the first port
pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / in the protection group
<Eqpt::PonId>
Possible values:
- pon : pon-aid
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 8.2-2 "Port Protection Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
paired-port Parameter type: <RedPort::PairedPortIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the port identifier of the paired
pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / port in the protection group
<Eqpt::PonId>
Possible values:
- pon : pon-aid
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl
----[no] service-profile
- (index)
- name
X (scope)
- version
- [no] ra-mode-down
- [no] ra-mode-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] plan-bitrate-down
- [no] plan-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] max-delay-var-dn
- [no] max-delay-var-up
- [no] memory-down
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] inp-wo-erasure-dn
- [no] inp-wo-erasure-up
- [no] min-l2-br-down
- [no] active
----[no] spectrum-profile
- (index)
- name
X (scope)
- version
- [no] dis-ansi-t1413
- [no] dis-etsi-dts
- [no] dis-g992-1-a
- [no] dis-g992-1-b
- [no] dis-g992-2-a
- [no] dis-g992-3-a
- [no] dis-g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-aj
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] dis-etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-aj
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] min-noise-down
- [no] min-noise-up
- [no] trgt-noise-down
- [no] trgt-noise-up
- [no] max-noise-down
- [no] max-noise-up
- [no] carrier-mask-down
- [no] carrier-mask-up
- [no] rf-band-list
- [no] power_mgnt_mode
- [no] l0-time
- [no] l2-time
- [no] l2-agpow-red-tx
- [no] modification
- [no] active
- [no] rau-noise-down
- [no] rau-noise-up
- [no] rau-time-down
- [no] rau-time-up
- [no] rad-noise-down
- [no] rad-noise-up
- [no] rad-time-down
- [no] rad-time-up
- [no] l2-agpw-to-red-tx
----artificial-noise-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----adsl-adsl2
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
- [no] psd-mask-up
----re-adsl
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
----adsl2-plus
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
- [no] psd-mask-up
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----vdsl
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] vdsl-band-plan
- [no] optional-band
- [no] optional-endfreq
- [no] adsl-band
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] psd-shape-up
X [no] pbo-mode-down
- [no] pbo-mode
- [no] rx-psd-shape-up
- [no] ghstones-pwr-mode
- [no] max-band
- [no] max-freq
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] cust-psd-sc-down
- [no] cust-psd-ty-down
- [no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
- [no] opt-startfreq
----ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl
- [no] a43
- [no] b43
- [no] a43c
- [no] v43
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-rx-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----pbo
- (band)
- [no] param-a
- [no] param-b
----vdsl2
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] cs-psd-shape-dn
- [no] cs-psd-shape-up
- [no] psd-shape-up
- [no] rx-psd-shape-up
- [no] psd-pbo-e-len-up
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] v-noise-snr-down
- [no] v-noise-snr-up
- [no] v-noise-psd-down
- [no] v-noise-psd-up
- [no] cust-psd-sc-down
- [no] cust-psd-ty-down
- [no] cust-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-psd-ty-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
- [no] upbo-aele-mode
- [no] upboaele-min-thrs
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-rx-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----pbo
- (band)
- [no] equal-fext
- [no] param-a
- [no] param-b
----[no] dpbo-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] es-elect-length
- [no] es-cable-model-a
- [no] es-cable-model-b
- [no] es-cable-model-c
- [no] min-usable-signal
- [no] min-frequency
- [no] max-frequency
- [no] rs-elect-length
- [no] muf-control
- [no] offset
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----micpsd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----epsd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----[no] rtx-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] rtx-mode-dn
- [no] rtx-mode-up
- [no] min-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] min-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] plan-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] plan-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] max-net-rate-dn
- [no] max-net-rate-up
- [no] min-delay-dn
- [no] min-delay-up
- [no] max-delay-dn
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] min-inp-shine-dn
- [no] min-inp-shine-up
- [no] min-inp-rein-dn
- [no] min-inp-rein-up
- [no] int-arr-time-dn
- [no] int-arr-time-up
- [no] shine-ratio-dn
- [no] shine-ratio-up
- [no] leftr-thresh-dn
- [no] leftr-thresh-up
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----[no] vect-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] fext-cancel-up
- [no] fext-cancel-dn
- [no] leg-can-dn-m1
- [no] leg-can-dn-m2
- [no] dis-gvect-cpe
- [no] gvecfriend-cpe
- [no] gvecfriend-dn-cpe
- [no] legacy-cpe
- [no] band-control-up
- [no] band-control-dn
- [no] vect-leav-thresh
- [no] vect-feat-bitmap
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----[no] vce-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] vce-gain-mode
- [no] vce-join-timeout
- [no] vce-min-par-join
- [no] vce-hist-pcoder
- [no] vce-band-plan
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----board
- (board-index)
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] vce-profile
- [no] vplt-autodiscover
----vect-fallback
- [no] fb-vplt-com-fail
- [no] fb-cpe-cap-mism
- [no] fb-conf-not-feas
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] service-profile
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] rtx-profile
----vp-board
- (board-index)
- vp-link
- [no] lt-expect
----line
- (if-index)
- [no] service-profile
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] rtx-profile
- [no] vect-profile
- [no] ansi-t1413
- [no] etsi-dts
- [no] g992-1-a
- [no] g992-1-b
- [no] g992-2-a
- [no] g992-3-a
- [no] g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-aj
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-aj
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] carrier-data-mode
- [no] admin-up
X bonding-mode
- [no] transfer-mode
- [no] imp-noise-sensor
- [no] vect-qln-mode
- [no] auto-switch
----tca-line-threshold
- [no] enable
- [no] es-nearend
- [no] ses-nearend
- [no] uas-nearend
- [no] leftr-nearend
- [no] leftr-day-nearend
- [no] es-day-nearend
- [no] ses-day-nearend
- [no] uas-day-nearend
- [no] es-farend
- [no] ses-farend
- [no] uas-farend
- [no] es-day-farend
- [no] ses-day-farend
- [no] uas-day-farend
- [no] leftr-farend
- [no] leftr-day-farend
----[no] overrule-data
- (if-index)
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] trgt-noise-down
- [no] trgt-noise-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] carrier-mask-down
- [no] carrier-mask-up
- [no] noise-psd-mode-dn
- [no] noise-psd-mode-up
- [no] rtx-mode-dn
- [no] rtx-mode-up
- [no] max-net-rate-dn
- [no] max-net-rate-up
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] min-inp-shine-dn
- [no] min-inp-shine-up
- [no] min-inp-rein-dn
- [no] min-inp-rein-up
- [no] min-delay-dn
- [no] min-delay-up
- [no] rtx-max-delay-dn
- [no] rtx-max-delay-up
- [no] shine-ratio-dn
- [no] shine-ratio-up
- [no] leftr-thresh-dn
- [no] leftr-thresh-up
- [no] memory-down
- [no] modification
- [no] active
----noise-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----noise-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----imp-noise-sensor
----near-end
- (if-index)
- [no] inm-mode
- [no] inm-eq-inp-mode
- [no] ins-sensitivity
- [no] inm-cluster-cont
- [no] inm-iat-offset
- [no] inm-iat-step
----far-end
- (if-index)
- [no] inm-mode
- [no] inm-eq-inp-mode
- [no] ins-sensitivity
- [no] inm-cluster-cont
- [no] inm-iat-offset
- [no] inm-iat-step
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL service profile. The service profile groups all parameters on
DSL service level (data rates, Rate Adaption mode, delay, ...). The service parameters are common for all DSL
flavors.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profile must be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER max-delay-down and max-delay-up:The delay is expressed
in milliseconds.Range: 1 to 63 ms in steps of 1 ms with 1 as special value.The value 1 is used to specify that fast or
pseudo fast latency (i.e. no interleaving).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no service-profile (index) ) | ( service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ (scope) ] [
version <SignedInteger> ] [ no ra-mode-down | ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> ] [ no ra-mode-up |
ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> ] [ no min-bitrate-down | min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
plan-bitrate-up | plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [
no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-delay-down | max-delay-down
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-var-dn
| max-delay-var-dn <Xdsl::VariationDelay> ] [ no max-delay-var-up | max-delay-var-up <Xdsl::VariationDelay> ]
[ no memory-down | memory-down <Xdsl::DownstreamMemory> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn
<Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ [ no ]
inp-wo-erasure-dn ] [ [ no ] inp-wo-erasure-up ] [ no min-l2-br-down | min-l2-br-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ [ no ]
active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 9.2-1 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 9.2-2 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all
parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the
line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL,VDSL2).
The specific values depending on the DSL flavor can be configured via:
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl-adsl2
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile re-adsl
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2
The actual selected operating mode determines which set of DSL specific parameters is used. In case a common
parameter is not supported for a specific DSL flavor, this parameter will be ignored for that flavor.
When all the DSL specific flavors are configured the complete profile has to be activated.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profilemust be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no spectrum-profile (index) ) | ( spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ (scope) ] [
version <SignedInteger> ] [ [ no ] dis-ansi-t1413 ] [ [ no ] dis-etsi-dts ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-1-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-1-b ]
[ [ no ] dis-g992-2-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-3-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-3-b ] [ [ no ] g992-3-aj ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l1 ] [ [ no ]
g992-3-l2 ] [ [ no ] g992-3-am ] [ [ no ] g992-5-a ] [ [ no ] g992-5-b ] [ [ no ] ansi-t1.424 ] [ [ no ] dis-etsi-ts ] [ [ no
] itu-g993-1 ] [ [ no ] ieee-802.3ah ] [ [ no ] g992-5-aj ] [ [ no ] g992-5-am ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8b ]
[ [ no ] g993-2-8c ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8d ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12b ] [ [ no ] g993-2-17a ] [ [ no ]
g993-2-30a ] [ no min-noise-down | min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no min-noise-up | min-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no trgt-noise-down | trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no trgt-noise-up |
trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no max-noise-down | max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no
max-noise-up | max-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no carrier-mask-down | carrier-mask-down
<Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> ] [ no carrier-mask-up | carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> ] [ no rf-band-list |
rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBandOrNotUsed> ] [ no power_mgnt_mode | power_mgnt_mode
<Xdsl::LinePowerMgtMode> ] [ no l0-time | l0-time <Xdsl::LineL0Time> ] [ no l2-time | l2-time
Command Parameters
Table 9.3-1 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 9.3-2 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(scope) Format: obsolete parameter that will be
local-profile ignored
Possible values: scope of the profile
- local-profile : the local profile
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
- a signed integer usually 1 for new profile
[no] dis-ansi-t1413 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ANSI T1.413-1998
[no] dis-etsi-dts Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
[no] dis-g992-1-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.1 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-1-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.1 ISDN
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-2-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.2 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-3-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.3 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-3-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.3 ISDN
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-aj Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 all digital mode
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-l1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
[no] g992-3-l2 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure artificial noise in Downstream
This command allows to specify the transmitter-referred artificial noise level to be used as additional noise source
at the downstream transmitter.
Artificial Noise PSD points are defined in the range -140dBm/Hz..-40 dBm/Hz. These values must be manually
converted to the range 0..200 using the formula -2*(40 + PSD level).
A special value (-167,5 dBm/Hz) (entered value: 255) states no artificial noise has to be applied.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.4-1 "xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd-point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 9.4-2 "xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL and ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration Profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL-ADSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.5-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 9.5-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable proprietary features of the
modem
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Reach Extented ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile.
The spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the Reach Extended DSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.6-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 9.6-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable proprietary features of the
modem
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL2-plus specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL2-plus flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.7-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 9.7-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable proprietary features of the
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ADSL2-plus custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFrqAdsl2> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.8-1 "ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 9.8-2 "ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFrqAdsl2> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...2208]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdLevel> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the VDSL flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile. The configured
cust-psd-sc-down/cust-psd-ty-down, cust-rx-psd-sc-up/ cust-rx-psd-ty-up are ignored by the system after activation
of the profile if no corresponding breakpoints are configured before the activation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.9-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure transmission power of the G.hs tones in VDSL environment.G.hs is
intended to be a robust mechanism for activating a multiplicity of xDSL. Activation of regional standards or legacy
devices can be handled by implicit (escape) or explicit (non-standard facilities) mechanisms.
The parameters defined are used for control of the transmission power.There are various tone sets defined for the
control of the transmission power, viz., A43,B43,A43C and V43.The power of each tone of the set shall be
equivalent to the given PSD value integrated in a total bandwidth of 4.3125 kHz
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl [ no a43 | a43 <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [
no b43 | b43 <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [ no a43c | a43c <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [ no v43 | v43
<Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.10-1 "VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 9.10-2 "VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] a43 Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard power control of the ghstones for
| auto tones set a43
| manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- manual : custom max Tx power level
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.11-1 "VDSL Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 9.11-2 "VDSL Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL custom rx-psd shape in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl cust-rx-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.12-1 "VDSL Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 9.12-2 "VDSL Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command can be used to specify the power back off parameters for each upstream band.
Parameter A and B can be used for computing the PSD reference for US PBO for each band (including optional
band). The range of parameter A for each band is 40..80.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz. And the range of
parameter B is 0..40.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl pbo (band) [ no param-a | param-a <Xdsl::PboParamA> ] [ no
param-b | param-b <Xdsl::PboParamB> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.13-1 "VDSL Power Back Off Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(band) Format: band index
- equal fext band
- range: [1...5]
Table 9.13-2 "VDSL Power Back Off Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] param-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::PboParamA> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- pbo param A parameter A value
- unit: 0.01 dBm/Hz
- range: [0,4000...8095]
[no] param-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::PboParamB> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- pbo param B parameter B value
- unit: 0.01 dBm/Hz
- range: [0...4095]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL,VDSL2).
This chapter contains the VDSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile. The configured
cust-psd-sc-down/cust-psd-ty-down, cust-psd-sc-up/ cust-psd-ty-up, cust-rx-psd-sc-up/cust-rx-psd-ty-up are ignored
by the system after activation of the profile if no corresponding breakpoints are configured before the activation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.14-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL2 custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.15-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 9.15-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL2 custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.16-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 9.16-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL2 custom rx-psd shape in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-rx-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.17-1 "VDSL2 Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 9.17-2 "VDSL2 Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure VDSL2 virtual noise in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual noise in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case with
the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.18-1 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 9.18-2 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure VDSL2 virtual noise in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case
with the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.19-1 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd level
- range: [1...16]
Table 9.19-2 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command can be used to specify the power back off parameters for each upstream band.
The equal FEXT reference electrical length parameter value for each band (including optional band) can be used
for computing the PSD reference for US equal FEXT PBO. The range of this parameter for each band is 1.8 dB to
63 dB in steps of 0.1 dB. The special value 0 dB indicates that the modem has to use dedicated mechanism to
optimally apply the equal FEXT without providing any manual setting for this parameter. The special value 1.8 dB
disables equal FEXT UPBO in the respective upstream band.
Parameter A and B can be used for computing the PSD reference for US PBO for each band (including optional
band). The range of parameter A for each band is 40..80.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz. And the range of
parameter B is 0..40.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 pbo (band) [ no equal-fext | equal-fext
<Xdsl::EqualFextUpstreamParam> ] [ no param-a | param-a <Xdsl::PboParamA> ] [ no param-b | param-b
<Xdsl::PboParamB> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.20-1 "VDSL2 Power Back Off Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(band) Format: band index
- equal fext band
- range: [1...5]
Table 9.20-2 "VDSL2 Power Back Off Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] equal-fext Parameter type: <Xdsl::EqualFextUpstreamParam> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- pbo equal fext upstream equal fext upstream param
- unit: 0.1 dB
- range: [0,18...630]
[no] param-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::PboParamA> optional parameter with default
Command Description
Downstream power back off profile to configure the modem for a physical line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no dpbo-profile (index) ) | ( dpbo-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no es-elect-length
| es-elect-length <Xdsl::ElectricalLength> ] [ no es-cable-model-a | es-cable-model-a <Xdsl::CableModelA> ] [ no
es-cable-model-b | es-cable-model-b <Xdsl::CableModelB> ] [ no es-cable-model-c | es-cable-model-c
<Xdsl::CableModelC> ] [ no min-usable-signal | min-usable-signal <Xdsl::MinUsableSignalLevel> ] [ no
min-frequency | min-frequency <Xdsl::MinFrequency> ] [ no max-frequency | max-frequency
<Xdsl::MaxFrequency> ] [ no rs-elect-length | rs-elect-length <Xdsl::RemoteSideElectricalLength> ] [ no
muf-control | muf-control <Xdsl::MaxUsableFrequencyControl> ] [ no offset | offset <Xdsl::DpboOffset> ] [ [ no ]
active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::ModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 9.21-1 "xDSL DPBO Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
Table 9.21-2 "xDSL DPBO Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] es-elect-length Parameter type: <Xdsl::ElectricalLength> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- electrical length (1/10 * electrical-length) exchange side electrical length
- unit: 0,1 dB
- range: [0...2559]
[no] es-cable-model-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::CableModelA> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- cable model param (2^-8 * cable-model) cable model a
- unit: 2^-8
- range: [-256...384]
[no] es-cable-model-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::CableModelB> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command specifies PSD breakpoints of DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask. A number of 2 to 32
PSD breakpoints can be specified. This parameter matches the PSDMASKds parameter described in ITU-T
G.997.1 This set of breakpoints may contain two subsets :
The first sub-set defines the DPBO Custom PSD Mask. It matches the DPBOPSDMASKds parameter described in
ITU-T G.997.1 The second sub-set (if any), defines the DPBO Minimum Override Mask. It matches the DPBOLFO
parameter described in ITU-T G.997.1 The successive PSD points of each sub-set must have increasing (>/=)
frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a same frequency
(brickwall).
The second sub-set starts at the first breakpoint whose frequency is lower than the frequency of the previous
breakpoint.
Only PSD values within the standard range from -95 to 0 dBm/Hz are guaranteed.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.22-1 "xDSL DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 9.22-2 "xDSL DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Command Description
This command specifies the Assumed Exchange PSD mask to be protected by the DPBO shaping mechanism at the
remote flexibility point. This parameter matches the DPBOEPSD parameter described in ITU-T G.997.1 A number
of 2 to 16 PSD points can be specified. The successive PSD points must have increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is
allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a same frequency (brickwall).
Only PSD values within the standard range from -95 to 0 dBm/Hz are guaranteed.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl dpbo-profile (index) epsd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency <Xdsl::DpboFrequency>
] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::DpboExchangePsd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.23-1 "xDSL DPBO Exchange PSD Mask Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...16]
Table 9.23-2 "xDSL DPBO Exchange PSD Mask Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::DpboFrequency> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::DpboExchangePsd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- psd level (-10 * PSD-level) psd level
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RTX profile which can be used to configure the modem for a
physical Line
RTX downstream/upstream parameters will have effect, only when the retransmission feature in
downstream/upstream is not "forbidden" on the line
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no rtx-profile (index) ) | ( rtx-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ version
<SignedInteger> ] [ no rtx-mode-dn | rtx-mode-dn <Xdsl::RtxMode> ] [ no rtx-mode-up | rtx-mode-up
<Xdsl::RtxMode> ] [ no min-exp-thrpt-dn | min-exp-thrpt-dn <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no min-exp-thrpt-up |
min-exp-thrpt-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no plan-exp-thrpt-dn | plan-exp-thrpt-dn <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
plan-exp-thrpt-up | plan-exp-thrpt-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-exp-thrpt-dn | max-exp-thrpt-dn <Xdsl::BitRate>
] [ no max-exp-thrpt-up | max-exp-thrpt-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-net-rate-dn | max-net-rate-dn
<Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-net-rate-up | max-net-rate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no min-delay-dn | min-delay-dn
<Xdsl::RtxMinDelay> ] [ no min-delay-up | min-delay-up <Xdsl::RtxMinDelay> ] [ no max-delay-dn |
max-delay-dn <Xdsl::RtxMaxDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up <Xdsl::RtxMaxDelay> ] [ no
min-inp-shine-dn | min-inp-shine-dn <Xdsl::ShineImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no min-inp-shine-up | min-inp-shine-up
<Xdsl::ShineImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no min-inp-rein-dn | min-inp-rein-dn <Xdsl::ReinImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no
min-inp-rein-up | min-inp-rein-up <Xdsl::ReinImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no int-arr-time-dn | int-arr-time-dn
<Xdsl::RtxInterArrivalTime> ] [ no int-arr-time-up | int-arr-time-up <Xdsl::RtxInterArrivalTime> ] [ no
shine-ratio-dn | shine-ratio-dn <Xdsl::RtxShineRatio> ] [ no shine-ratio-up | shine-ratio-up <Xdsl::RtxShineRatio>
] [ no leftr-thresh-dn | leftr-thresh-dn <Xdsl::RtxLeftrThreshold> ] [ no leftr-thresh-up | leftr-thresh-up
<Xdsl::RtxLeftrThreshold> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::RtxModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 9.24-1 "xDSL RTX Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...128]
Table 9.24-2 "xDSL RTX Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the vectoring profile which can be used for far end crosstalk
cancellation. The profile contains vectoring related parameters of the modem.
band-control-up/dn : are the values pairs of begin- and end-subcarriers. Maximum 8 bands can be specified. The
successive subcarriers must have increasing (>/=) values. Spectrum bands can be controlled per direction. When a
specified spectrum band overlaps both directions, the actual band control will be restricted to the configured
bandplan for the specified direction.
By default, the whole spectrum shall be used for crosstalk cancellation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no vect-profile (index) ) | ( vect-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ version
<SignedInteger> ] [ no fext-cancel-up | fext-cancel-up <Xdsl::VectEnable> ] [ no fext-cancel-dn | fext-cancel-dn
<Xdsl::VectEnable> ] [ [ no ] leg-can-dn-m1 ] [ [ no ] leg-can-dn-m2 ] [ [ no ] dis-gvect-cpe ] [ [ no ]
gvecfriend-cpe ] [ [ no ] gvecfriend-dn-cpe ] [ [ no ] legacy-cpe ] [ no band-control-up | band-control-up
<Xdsl::VectBandControl> ] [ no band-control-dn | band-control-dn <Xdsl::VectBandControl> ] [ no
vect-leav-thresh | vect-leav-thresh <Xdsl::VectLeavThresh> ] [ no vect-feat-bitmap | vect-feat-bitmap
<Xdsl::VectFeatValue> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::RtxModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 9.25-1 "xDSL Vectoring Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...25]
Table 9.25-2 "xDSL Vectoring Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the vectoring control entity profile. The profile contains vectoring
processing related parameters.
vce-min-par-join: Specifies the supported amount of lines for a group joining, with the intention to avoid impact on
active lines. The system should reserve room to guarantee that at least the specified number of lines can join in
parallel. At the moment multiple lines are joining, this is achieved by not canceling the same number of disturbers
which normally could be canceled in the system.
vce-band-plan: The bandplan needs to cover the widest bandplan up to the highest possible frequency that could be
configured via the spectrum profiles to the individual vectored lines. The goal is to force same upstream and
downstream band edges for all lines controlled by the vector control entity, except for differences in US0 frequency
limits (TypeA, TypeB, TypeM). When changing this parameter, all lines connected to this vectoring control entity
need to be re-initialized.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no vce-profile (index) ) | ( vce-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ version
<SignedInteger> ] [ no vce-gain-mode | vce-gain-mode <Xdsl::VectGainAchievedMode> ] [ no vce-join-timeout |
vce-join-timeout <Xdsl::VectJoinTime> ] [ no vce-min-par-join | vce-min-par-join <Xdsl::VectMinParallelJoins> ]
[ no vce-hist-pcoder | vce-hist-pcoder <Xdsl::VectHistPrePostCoder> ] [ no vce-band-plan | vce-band-plan
<Xdsl::VectBandPlan> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::RtxModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 9.26-1 "xDSL Vectoring Control Entity Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...25]
Table 9.26-2 "xDSL Vectoring Control Entity Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure xdsl parameters related with a specific board.
An already existing Downstream-Power-Back-Off(DPBO)-profile can be attached to a board.
All lines on this board will use this DPBO-profile unless a line-specific DPBO-profile is configured.
To deconfigure the DBPO-profile, it has to be put to 0.
An already existing Vectoring-Control-Entity(VCE)-profile can be attached to a Board-Level-Vectoring(BLV)-LT
or to a System-Level-Vectoring(SLV)-VP board. The VCE-profile is applicable for vectoring cancellation of all the
physical lines which can be vectored by the board. Note that a physical line can only be vectored if also an xDSL
Vectoring profile has been assigned to the line.
On SLV LT boards and VP boards the auto detect functions of the LT-VP connection can be enabled or disabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.27-1 "xDSL Board Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: board index
( ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Possible values:
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Table 9.27-2 "xDSL Board Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dpbo-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineDpboProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none dpbo profile index
Command Output
Table 9.27-3 "xDSL Board Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dpbo-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the dpbo profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vce-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the vectoring control
- ignored printable string entity profile
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure per board the profile selection in case the line enters the vectoring
fallback mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.28-1 "xDSL Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: board index
( ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Possible values:
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Table 9.28-2 "xDSL Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] fb-vplt-com-fail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
allow fallback mode for vplt
communication failure
[no] fb-cpe-cap-mism Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
allow fallback mode for cpe
capability mismatch
[no] fb-conf-not-feas Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
allow fallback mode for
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure which LTs should be connected to the vp-board. The lines on these
LTs are expected to be vectored.
Configuring the links bewteen a vp-board and its LTs is only allowed as long as the VPLT auto dicovery feature is
disabled for the vp-board.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.29-1 "xDSL Vectoring Processing Board Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: vp board index
( ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Possible values:
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
vp-link Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectVpLink> the link on the vp board
Format:
- specifies the vp-link on the vp-board
- range: [1...8]
Table 9.29-2 "xDSL Vectoring Processing Board Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] lt-expect Parameter type: <Xdsl::LsmBoardOrZero> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> expected lt board slot index
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the xDSL line. For the configuration one should associate a
spectrum, a service, a downstream power backoff and a retransmission profile to the line.
In case the operator wants to have crosstalk cancellation, a non-null vectoring profile should be associated to a
VDSL2 line. Any vectoring profile assigned to a line running in ADSLx mode will be ignored. The vectoring license
counter is incremented when a vectoring profile is assigned to an installed xdsl line, independent of its running
mode.
Note: Vectoring Control Engine parameters should be configured via a vce-profile. The vce-profile is applicable
for vectoring cancellation of all the physical lines which can be vectored by the board to which the vce-profile has
been attached.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.30-1 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
Command Output
Table 9.30-3 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
service-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the service profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
spectrum-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the spectrum profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dpbo-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the dpbo profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rtx-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the rtx profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vect-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the vectoring profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
overrule-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleState> indicates whether an overrule
( not-created record is configured and if it are
| created-no-overrules not all 'no-overrules'
| created-overrules ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-created : not created
- created-no-overrules : created no overrules
- created-overrules : created overrules
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per xdsl line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.31-1 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 9.31-2 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage part of the DSL OverruleData. The OverruleData parameters give
the ability to the operator to overrule per-line parameters defined in service/spectrum / retransmission profiles.
RTX downstream/upstream parameters will be overruled when the retransmission feature in downstream/upstream
is different from "forbidden" value on the line. As long as the RTX downstream/upstream feature has not been
enabled, the other RTX downstream/upstream parameters will have no effect on the line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.32-1 "xDSL Per Line Overrule Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 9.32-2 "xDSL Per Line Overrule Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-bitrate-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum bitrate down
| <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> )
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate>
- bitrate
- unit: kbit/s
- range: [0...262143]
[no] max-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum bitrate up
| <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> )
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate>
- bitrate
- unit: kbit/s
- range: [0...262143]
[no] max-delay-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum interleaving delay
| <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> ) down
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay>
- maximum interleaving delay
- unit: ms
- range: [1...63]
[no] max-delay-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum interleaving delay up
| <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> )
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay>
- maximum interleaving delay
- unit: ms
- range: [1...63]
[no] imp-noise-prot-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleImpNoiseProtection> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the virtual/artificial noise in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual/artificial noise psd shape in a user-friendly way. The operator can enter
numbers corresponding to frequency and psd level.
The downstream overrule noise PSD shape overrules the downstream virtual or artificial noise PSD shape
configured in the profile,according to the setting of noise-psd-mode-dn
• no-overrule:overrule noise PSD is ignored
• virtual:overrule noise PSD overrules the virtual noise PSD in the profile.
When all the (needed) parameters are configured, the complete Overrule Data has to be activated.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the psd shape mode will also be
reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points following it will also be set
to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.33-1 "xDSL Overrule Noise Psd Shape Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the virtual noise in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual noise psd shape in a user-friendly way. The operator can enter numbers
corresponding to frequency and psd level.
When all the (needed) parameters are configured, the complete Overrule Data has to be activated.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the psd shape mode will also be
reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points following it will also be set
to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
The upstream overrule noise PSD shape overrules the upstream virtual or artificial noise PSD shape configured in
the profile, according to the setting of noise-psd-mode-up:
• no-overrule:overrule noise PSD is ignored.
• virtual:overrule noise PSD overrules the virtual noise PSD in the profile.In case no overrule noise PSD is
specified (empty), v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-1,otherwise v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-2.
• virtual-rx:overrule noise PSD overrules the virtual noise PSD in the profile.In case no overrule noise PSD is
specified (empty), v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-1, otherwise v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-3.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl overrule-data (if-index) noise-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency <Xdsl::CustFreq> ]
[ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.34-1 "xDSL Overrule Noise Psd Shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Impulse-Noise-Sensor parameters for the near-end side.
The InmMode must be enabled first to be able to start monitoring. To stop monitoring on the line this InmMode
must be disabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.35-1 "xDSL INS Near End Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 9.35-2 "xDSL INS Near End Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] inm-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable enable upstr impulse noise
| enable ) monitoring stats collection
Possible values:
- disable : disable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
- enable : enable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
[no] inm-eq-inp-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmEquivInpMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mode-0"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Impulse-Noise-Sensor parameters for the far-end side.
The InmMode must be enabled first to be able to start monitoring. To stop monitoring on the line this InmMode
must be disabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.36-1 "xDSL INS Far End Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 9.36-2 "xDSL INS Far End Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] inm-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable enable downstr impulse noise
| enable ) monitoring stats collection
Possible values:
- disable : disable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
- enable : enable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
[no] inm-eq-inp-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmEquivInpMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mode-0"
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Gpon xDSL Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl
----ont
----[no] service-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] ra-mode-down
- [no] ra-mode-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] active
----[no] spectrum-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] ansi-t1413
- [no] etsi-dts
- [no] g992-1-a
- [no] g992-1-b
- [no] g992-2-a
- [no] g992-3-a
- [no] g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-aj
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-aj
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] dis-g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] dis-g993-2-12b
- [no] dis-g993-2-17a
- [no] dis-g993-2-30a
- [no] min-noise-down
- [no] min-noise-up
- [no] trgt-noise-down
- [no] trgt-noise-up
- [no] max-noise-down
- [no] max-noise-up
- [no] rf-band-list
- [no] active
----vdsl
- [no] vdsl-band-plan
- [no] pbo-mode
- [no] adsl-band
----vdsl2
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] psd-pbo-e-len-up
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] v-noise-snr-down
- [no] v-noise-snr-up
----v-noise-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----line
- (if-index)
- [no] service-profile
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] transfer-mode
- [no] carrier-data-mode
- [no] pm-collect
- [no] pwr-shed-override
- [no] admin-state
----[no] dpbo-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] es-elect-length
- [no] es-cable-model-a
- [no] es-cable-model-b
- [no] es-cable-model-c
- [no] min-usable-signal
- [no] min-frequency
- [no] max-frequency
- [no] active
----micpsd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----epsd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----interface
- (if-index)
- [no] dpbo-profile
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the xDSL service profile.
NOTE: This command can be used only with profiles having LOCAL scope. Once a profile has been activated, no
more edits are allowed.
WARNING: Service profiles not activated within 15 minutes of creation will be deleted.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETERS max-delay-down and max-delay-up:The delay is expressed
in milliseconds.Range: 1 to 63 ms in steps of 1 ms with 1 as special value.The value 1 is used to specify that fast or
pseudo fast latency (i.e. no interleaving).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont ( no service-profile (index) ) | ( service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
ra-mode-down | ra-mode-down <Gpon::RAModeType> ] [ no ra-mode-up | ra-mode-up <Gpon::RAModeType> ] [
no min-bitrate-down | min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [
no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ]
[ no max-delay-down | max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no
imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ [ no ] active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 10.2-1 "Gpon xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 10.2-2 "Gpon xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Output
Table 10.2-3 "Gpon xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
scope Parameter type: <Xdsl::AsamProfileScope> scope of the profile
local-profile This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- local-profile : the local profile
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> version maintained by manager.
- a signed integer only allowed value is 1 and
cannot be incremented.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the xDSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all
parameters on xDSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the
line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the xDSL flavor used (VDSL,VDSL2).
The specific values depending on the xDSL flavor can be configured via:
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2
The actual selected operating mode determines which set of xDSL specific parameters is used. In case a common
parameter is not supported for a specific xDSL flavor, this parameter will be ignored for that flavor.
When all the xDSL specific flavors are configure the complete profile has to be activated.
NOTE: This command can be used only with profiles having LOCAL scope. Once a profile has been activated, no
more edits are allowed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont ( no spectrum-profile (index) ) | ( spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ [ no ]
ansi-t1413 ] [ [ no ] etsi-dts ] [ [ no ] g992-1-a ] [ [ no ] g992-1-b ] [ [ no ] g992-2-a ] [ [ no ] g992-3-a ] [ [ no ]
g992-3-b ] [ [ no ] g992-3-aj ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l1 ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l2 ] [ [ no ] g992-3-am ] [ [ no ] g992-5-a ] [ [ no ]
g992-5-b ] [ [ no ] ansi-t1.424 ] [ [ no ] etsi-ts ] [ [ no ] itu-g993-1 ] [ [ no ] ieee-802.3ah ] [ [ no ] g992-5-aj ] [ [ no
] g992-5-am ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8b ] [ [ no ] dis-g993-2-8c ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8d ] [ [ no ]
g993-2-12a ] [ [ no ] dis-g993-2-12b ] [ [ no ] dis-g993-2-17a ] [ [ no ] dis-g993-2-30a ] [ no min-noise-down |
min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no min-noise-up | min-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no
trgt-noise-down | trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no trgt-noise-up | trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ]
[ no max-noise-down | max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no max-noise-up | max-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no rf-band-list | rf-band-list <Gpon::RFBand> ] [ [ no ] active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 10.3-1 "Gpon xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
Command Output
Table 10.3-3 "Gpon xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
scope Parameter type: <Xdsl::AsamProfileScope> scope of the profile
local-profile This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- local-profile : the local profile
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> version maintained by manager
- a signed integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (VDSL).
This chapter contains the VDSL flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont spectrum-profile (index) vdsl [ no vdsl-band-plan | vdsl-band-plan <Gpon::VdslBandPlan> ] [
no pbo-mode | pbo-mode <Gpon::PboModeVdsl> ] [ no adsl-band | adsl-band <Gpon::AdslBandUsage> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.4-1 "Gpon xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 10.4-2 "Gpon xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] vdsl-band-plan Parameter type: <Gpon::VdslBandPlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "annex-a"
( annex-a the VDSL band plan
| annex-b-998e
| annex-b-998ade )
Possible values:
- annex-a : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex A (extended)
band plan
- annex-b-998e : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex B band plan
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL2 specific part of the xDSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on xDSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the xDSL flavor used (VDSL,VDSL2).
This chapter contains the VDSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.5-1 "Gpon xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 10.5-2 "Gpon xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-agpowlev-down Parameter type: <Gpon::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum power allowed on the
- unit: 1/10 * dBm line in downstream
Command Output
Table 10.5-3 "Gpon xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-psd-shape-up Parameter type: <Gpon::RxVdsl2PsdShapeUp> the reference RX PSD shape for
ab-param upstream
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- ab-param : ABParameter spectral density shape in detail mode.
upstream
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure ONT VDSL2 virtual noise in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual noise in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case with
the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.6-1 "ONT VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 10.6-2 "ONT VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure ONT VDSL2 virtual noise in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case
with the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.7-1 "ONT VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd level
- range: [1...16]
Table 10.7-2 "ONT VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the xDSL pon line.
For the configuration one should associate a spectrum and a service profile to the line. The op-mode controls the
operational modes allowed on the line. It can be used to disable an operational mode that is enabled in the
spectrum profile but is not allowed on the line. It uses the same bitmap coding as op-mode in the xDSL
spectrum-profile.'0' is used as special value to indicate that all the modes supported by the line are allowed.
The modes which are not supported by the line must be disabled.
An operational mode is allowed on the line when it is enabled in the op-mode of the line configuration and the
op-mode in the xDSL spectrum-profile.
To deconfigure a line the service-profile and spectrum-profile has to be put to 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.8-1 "Gpon xDSL Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 10.8-3 "Gpon xDSL Line Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> the operational state of the
( up interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
Command Description
Downstream power back off profile to configure the modem for a physical Gpon line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont ( no dpbo-profile (index) ) | ( dpbo-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
es-elect-length | es-elect-length <Gpon::ElectricalLength> ] [ no es-cable-model-a | es-cable-model-a
<Gpon::CableModel> ] [ no es-cable-model-b | es-cable-model-b <Gpon::CableModel> ] [ no es-cable-model-c |
es-cable-model-c <Gpon::CableModel> ] [ no min-usable-signal | min-usable-signal
<Gpon::MinUsableSignalLevel> ] [ no min-frequency | min-frequency <Gpon::MinFrequency> ] [ no
max-frequency | max-frequency <Gpon::MaxFrequency> ] [ [ no ] active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 10.9-1 "Gpon xDSL DPBO Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
Table 10.9-2 "Gpon xDSL DPBO Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] es-elect-length Parameter type: <Gpon::ElectricalLength> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- electrical length (1/10 * electrical-length) exchange side electrical length
- unit: 0.1 dB
- range: [0...2555]
[no] es-cable-model-a Parameter type: <Gpon::CableModel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- cable model param (2^-8 * cable-model) cable model a
- unit: 2^-8
- range: [-256...384]
Command Description
This command specifies PSD breakpoints of DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask. A number of 2 to 32
PSD breakpoints can be specified. This parameter matches the PSDMASKds parameter described in ITU-T
G.997.1 This set of breakpoints may contain two subsets :
The first sub-set defines the DPBO Custom PSD Mask. It matches the DPBOPSDMASKds parameter described in
ITU-T G.997.1 The second sub-set (if any), defines the DPBO Minimum Override Mask. It matches the DPBOLFO
parameter described in ITU-T G.997.1 The successive PSD points of each sub-set must have increasing (>/=)
frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a same frequency
(brickwall).
The second sub-set starts at the first breakpoint whose frequency is lower than the frequency of the previous
breakpoint.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont dpbo-profile (index) micpsd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::DpboFrequency> ] [ no psd | psd <Gpon::DpboCustomPsd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.10-1 "Gpon xDSL DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask Configuration
Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 10.10-2 "Gpon xDSL DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask Configuration
Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command specifies the Assumed Exchange PSD mask to be protected by the DPBO shaping mechanism at the
remote flexibility point. This parameter matches the DPBOEPSD parameter described in ITU-T G.997.1 A number
of 2 to 16 PSD points can be specified. The successive PSD points must have increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is
allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a same frequency (brickwall).
Only PSD values within the standard range from -95 to 0 dBm/Hz are guaranteed.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ont dpbo-profile (index) epsd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::DpboFrequency> ] [ no psd | psd <Gpon::DpboCustomPsd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.11-1 "Gpon xDSL DPBO Exchange PSD Mask Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...16]
Table 10.11-2 "Gpon xDSL DPBO Exchange PSD Mask Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::DpboFrequency> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Gpon::DpboCustomPsd> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure xdsl parameters at the GPON ONT Level.
An already existing Downstream-Power-Back-Off(DPBO)-profile can be attached to the GPON ONT.
All ports on this ont will use this DPBO-profile unless a line-specific DPBO-profile is configured.
To deconfigure the DBPO-profile, it has to be put to 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.12-1 "Gpon xDSL ONT Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: identification of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 10.12-2 "Gpon xDSL ONT Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dpbo-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineDpboProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none dpbo profile index
| <Xdsl::DpboProfilePointer>
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ATM Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----atm
----[no] pvc
- (port-index)
- [no] admin-down
- [no] aal5-encap-type
----[no] ip-cross-connect
- (interworking-port)
- cpe
- next-hop
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an ATM PVC.
The admin status allows or disallows traffic on the PVC.
The encapsulation type configures the way higher-layer traffic is encapsulated in the AAL5 container.
The LLC Encapsulation method allows the multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM VC. The protocol
type of each PDU is identified by a prefixed IEEE 802.2 LLC header.
In the VC Multiplexing method, each ATM VC carries PDUs of exactly one protocol type. When multiple protocols
must be transported, there is a separate VC for each protocol type.
Use of the encapsulations:
• llc-snap and vc-mux-bridged-8023 can be used for cross-connects, ibridge, PPPoE, and IPoE
• llc-snap-routed and vc-mux-routed can be used for IPoA
• llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa can be used for PPPoA
• none can be used for ATM pseudowire
It is also possible to automatically detect the used encapsulation type on the link.
• automatic:ip is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-snap-routed, and
vc-mux-routed; ipoe and ipoa dataframes are accepted;
• automatic:ppp is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-nlpid, and vc-mux-pppoa;
pppoa and pppoe dataframes are accepted;
• automatic:pppoa is used for auto-detection between llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa, only pppoa dataframes are
accepted;
• automatic:ipoe-ppp is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-nlpid and
vc-mux-pppoa; ipoe, pppoa and pppoe dataframes are accepted;
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges, and executed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.2-1 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-index) Format: the atm static Interface with vpi
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / and vci
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the parameter on the IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port level
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.3-1 "IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interworking-port) Format: index of rack/shelf/slot/port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-bridgeport
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 11.3-2 "IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
cpe Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter
Format: IP address for cpe
- IPv4-address
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Interface Management Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----interface
----port
- (port)
- [no] admin-up
X [no] link-state-trap
- [no] link-updown-trap
- [no] user
- [no] severity
----atm-pvc
- (pvc-index)
- [no] customer-id
----alarm
- (index)
- [no] default-severity
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure interface management parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 12.2-1 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the interface index
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure extended interface management parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 12.3-1 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pvc-index) Format: the ATM PVC interface index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 12.3-2 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] customer-id Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user Config the customerId per PVC
- length: x<=64
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default severity for an alarm on this type of interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 12.4-1 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the IANA ifType
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line
| shdsl-line
| voicefxs
| pon
| ont
| uni
| epon
| eont
| euni
| ellid
| lag )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
- shdsl-line : shdsl line
- voicefxs : voicefxs
- pon : pon interface
- ont : ont interface
- uni : uni interface
- epon : epon interface
- eont : epon ont interface
- euni : epon uni interface
- ellid : epon llid interface
- lag : link aggregation group
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Error Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----error
- [no] log-full-action
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure parameters related to the error log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 13.2-2 "Error Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] log-full-action Parameter type: <Error::errorLogFullAction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "wrap"
( wrap set the action when error log
| halt ) buffer is full
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "System Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
- [no] id
- name
- location
- [no] access-oper-id
- contact-person
- [no] en-snmp-auth-trap
- nt-intercon-vlan
- [no] periph-mgnt-vlan
- internal-nw-vlan
- system-mac
- [no] port-num-in-proto
- [no] ont-trc-dbg-vlan
- [no] ntr-ssmout-vlan
----sntp
- server-ip-addr
- [no] server-port
- [no] polling-rate
- [no] enable
- [no] timezone-offset
----server-table
----[no] ip-address
- (ip-addr)
- [no] port
- priority
----loop-id-syntax
- [no] atm-based-dsl
- [no] efm-based-dsl
- [no] efm-based-pon
- [no] efm-based-epon
----max-lt-link-speed
- [no] link-speed
----clock-mgmt
- [no] priority-scheme
- [no] ext-source
----pon-ont
- [no] slid-mode
- [no] pwrbrst-mode
----epon
- [no] pm-collect
- [no] onuidmthd
- [no] rogueadmin
----sync-if-timing
- [no] revert
- [no] wait-time
- [no] output-ql-thresh
- [no] ssmout-en-bits
- [no] ssmout-ceiling
----bits
- (interface-type)
----ref-order
- (index)
- (priority)
----ptp
----packet-mode
- [no] mode
----tx-protocol
- (index)
- [no] ip-addr
- [no] gateway-addr
----ptp-domain
- [no] domain
----accept-master
- (index)
- [no] ip-addr
- [no] priority1
- [no] priority2
----ssm
- (index)
- [no] ssmenable
- [no] default-ql
- [no] target-ql
----synce
- (index)
- (port)
----force-reference
- (force-reference)
----ssmout-synce
- (index)
- [no] ssmout-enable
----[no] ssmout-ltport
- (index)
- [no] ssmout-enable
----t4-out-config
- [no] t4-mode
- [no] t4-damping-factor
- [no] t4-jitter-bw
- [no] t4-prio-ref1
- [no] t4-prio-ref2
----auto-laser-shutdown
- [no] action
Command Description
This command displays the ID that represents the SID (System ID) of the NE and is used to identify the NE in TL1
messages. The System ID may only include letters, digits, and hyphens, and must be unique for each NE in a
managed network. The name is an administratively assigned name for this managed node. By convention, this is the
node's fully qualified domain name. The accessOperatorID is an identifier randomly generated by Alcatel-Lucent
and assigned to an operator. The Customer Depenedent Engineering features are enabled based on the
accessOperatorID. The location is the physical location of this node. The textual identification of the contact
person for this managed node, together with information on how to contact this person, is given by contact-person.
The snmp-auth-traps indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication-failure
traps.
The system-mac is used to configure the system MAC address in ISAM. The systemMacAddr is the MAC address of
the LANX interface on the NT board. The lanxBaseMacAddr is the first MAC address of the consecutive MAC
addresses used by the LANX. The lanxRangeMac is the number of MAC addresses supported in LANX.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.2-2 "System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] id Parameter type: <Sys::systemId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- system ID the system ID of the NE
- range: printable string (no white-spaces)
- length: x<=64
name Parameter type: <Transport::sysName> optional parameter
Format: fully-qualified domain name of
- a printable string the system
- length: x<=255
location Parameter type: <Transport::sysLocation> optional parameter
Format: location of this system
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SNTP and its related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.3-2 "System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
server-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: configure the ip address of the
- IPv4-address sntp server
[no] server-port Parameter type: <Sys::portNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 123
- index number configure the port number of the
- range: [0...65535] sntp server
[no] polling-rate Parameter type: <Sys::pollingRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- polling rate in second configure polling rate for the sntp
- unit: seconds agent
- range: [60...864000]
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sntp application in the NE is
enabled
[no] timezone-offset Parameter type: <Sys::timeZoneOffset> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- specify the offset for timezone from GMT/UTC set the offset of the local
- unit: minutes timezone from GMT/UTC
- range: [-780...780]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure SNTP Server Table and its related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system sntp server-table ( no ip-address (ip-addr) ) | ( ip-address (ip-addr) [ no port | port
<Sys::ServerPortNumber> ] [ priority <Sys::priority> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 14.4-1 "System SNTP Server Table Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: configure the ip-address of the
- IPv4-address sntp server
Table 14.4-2 "System SNTP Server Table Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] port Parameter type: <Sys::ServerPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 123
- port number configure the port number of the
- range: [0...65535] sntp server
priority Parameter type: <Sys::priority> optional parameter
Format: configure the priority number of
- sntp server priority(1 - high) the sntp server
- range: [1...3]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the system loop ID syntax. For atm-based-dsl, default value is
"Access_Node_ID atm Rack/Frame/Slot/Port:VPI.VCI". For efm-based-dsl, default value is "Access_Node_ID eth
Rack/Frame/Slot/Port". For efm-based-pon, default value is "Access_Node_ID eth
Rack/Frame/Slot/Port/ONU/OnuSlt/UNI".For efm-based-epon, default value is "Bras
Access_Node_ID/Rack/Frame/Slot/Subslot/Port/ONT Oft".
The system loop ID syntax is a concatenation of keywords, separators and free text strings.
The operator can use the following predefined keywords to construct the system loop ID :
• Bras to specify the Bras identifier.
• Access_Node_ID to specify the system id.
• Rack to specify the rack number.
• Frame to specify the shelf number.
• Slot to specify the slot number.
• Subslot to specify the slot number in ONT.
• ShSlt to specify the slot number without leading zero.
• Port to specify the port number.
• ShPrt to specify the port number without leading zero.
• VPI to specify the vpi.
• VCI to specify the vci.
• Q-VID to specify the vlan identifier.
• LzQVID to specify the vlan identifier with leading zero.
• DUVID to specify that user untagged vlan identifier is not added in string.
• U-VID to specify that user untagged vlan identifier is not added in string.When it is the last keywords and the
value is null, it removes all non-keywords before it.
• I-VID to specify the user side inner vlan identifier.
• ONT to specify the ONT id which connecting to OLT. Here using the ONUs MAC as id. it is represented with
12 ASCII characters.
• ONU to specify the number of the ONU without leading zero.
• LzOnu to specify the number of the ONU with leading zero.
• OnuSlt to specify the slot number on the ONU without leading zero.
• UNI to specify the number of UNI on the ONU without leading zero.
• N-VID to specify the network VALN identifier.
• Oft to specify the ONU format. It is a string.
• OnuSN to specify the ONU with the serial number.
• OnuLD to specify the ONU with logial authentication ID.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.5-2 "System Loop ID Syntax Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] atm-based-dsl Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-80> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID atm
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port : VPI.VCI"
- length: x<=80 define the syntax of loop Id for
atm based dsl lines
[no] efm-based-dsl Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-80> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID eth
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port"
- length: x<=80 defines the syntax of loop Id for
efm based dsl lines
[no] efm-based-pon Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-80> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID eth
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port/ONU/OnuSlt/UNI
- length: x<=80 defines the syntax of loop Id for
efm based pon lines
[no] efm-based-epon Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-80> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Bras
- a printable string Access_Node_ID/Rack/Frame/Slot/Subsl
- length: x<=80 Oft"
defines the syntax of loop Id for
efm based epon lines,suggest
OntMAC for dpoe
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the maximum lt link speed.
Note: maxltlinkspeed value 20Gb is not supported on NANT-E, this is only supported on FANT-F.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.6-2 "Maximum Lt Link Speed Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] link-speed Parameter type: <Sys::MaxLtLinkSpeed> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "one-gb"
( one-gb the maximum lt link speed
| twodotfive-gb
| ten-gb
| twenty-gb
| forty-gb )
Possible values:
- one-gb : enables max 1 Gbps lt link speed
- twodotfive-gb : enables max 2.5 Gbps lt link speed
- ten-gb : enables max 10 Gbps lt link speed
- twenty-gb : enables max 20 Gbps lt link speed
- forty-gb : enables max 40 Gbps lt link speed
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the clock source priority scheme.
This command allows the operator to configure the external clock source as E1 or DS1, or 2048Khz
ext-source parameter is ignored when priority-scheme is selected local for Non-BITS card.
The system takes default ds1 for ANSI markets and e1 for ETSI markets.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.7-2 "System Clock Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority-scheme Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkSrcPriorityScheme> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "autoselect"
( autoselect select the clock priority Scheme
| local
| external-local )
Possible values:
- autoselect : select based on location
- local : always select local clock
- external-local : external clock > local clock
[no] ext-source Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkExtSource> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "autoselect"
( e1 select the external clock type E1
| ds1 or DS1 or 2048Khz
| khz2048
| autoselect )
Possible values:
- e1 : select E1 Source
- ds1 : select DS1 Source
- khz2048 : select 2048KHz Source
- autoselect : autoselect Source
Command Description
This command is to configure the specific ONT and PON related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.8-2 "System ONT Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] slid-mode Parameter type: <Gpon::SlidMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ascii"
( ascii display interpretation for
| hexa-dec ) subscriber location id
Possible values:
- ascii : ascii interpretation for subscriber location
- hexa-dec : hexadecimal mode interpretation for subscriber
location
[no] pwrbrst-mode Parameter type: <Gpon::PowerBurstMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable power burst detection mode for
| enable ) pon
Possible values:
- disable : disable power burst detection mode
- enable : enable power burst detection mode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the global pm collection.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.9-2 "Epon System PM Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <epon::pmcollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable enable or disable the global pm
| disable ) collection
Possible values:
- enable : PM collection enabled
- disable : PM collection disabled
[no] onuidmthd Parameter type: <epon::accesslooponuidmthd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mac"
( mac access loop onu id method
| loid )
Possible values:
- mac : fill onu id with mac@
- loid : fill onu id with loid
[no] rogueadmin Parameter type: <epon::rogueonuadmin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manualdisable"
( autodisable choose auto or manual disable a
| manualdisable ) rogue onu
Possible values:
- autodisable : auto disable rogue onu
- manualdisable : manual disable rogue onu
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the clock switching mode to be revertive (default) or non revertive
The parameters ssmout-en-bits and ssmout-ceiling are supported only for the NT's supporting enhanced clock
management. For other NT's only the defaults are allowed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.10-2 "System Synchronous Interface Timing Clock Switching Mode Configuration
Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] revert Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
configure system clock to
revertive or non-revertive
[no] wait-time Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkWaitTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- time to wait on the reference switchover configure time to wait on the
- unit: seconds reference switchover
- range: [0...720]
[no] output-ql-thresh Parameter type: <Ntr::SysClkSrcQL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "clk-ql-dnu-dus"
( clk-ql-stu configure system threshold of
| clk-ql-prs BITS output QL
| clk-ql-prc
| clk-ql-inv3
| clk-ql-ssu-a-tnc
| clk-ql-ssu-a
| clk-ql-tnc
| clk-ql-inv5
| clk-ql-inv6
| clk-ql-st2
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the clock bits mode. This command allow the operator to configure
the BITS clock source based on the Network Timing Reference used as a BITS source. The operator can configure
the values: E1, Ds1, 2048Khz or autoselect. When "autoselect" is configured, the system takes the default values:
• ds1 for NTs with CLOCK capability=T1.
• e1 for NTs with CLOCK capability=E1.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.11-2 "System Clock Bits Mode Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(interface-type) Format: optional parameter
( e1 select the external clock type E1
| ds1 or DS1 or 2048Khz
| khz2048
| autoselect )
Possible values:
- e1 : select E1 Source
- ds1 : select DS1 Source
- khz2048 : select 2048KHz Source
- autoselect : autoselect Source
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the clock source priority.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.12-1 "System Clock Source Priority Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: clock priority index
( prio1
| prio2 )
Possible values:
- prio1 : configure primary clock source
- prio2 : configure secondary clock source
Table 14.12-2 "System Clock Source Priority Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(priority) Format: optional parameter
( bits-a clock priority selection
| bits-b
| synce-1
| synce-2
| ieee1588
| none )
Possible values:
- bits-a : select BITS-A for this priority
- bits-b : select BITS-B for this priority
- synce-1 : select SyncE reference 1 for this priority
- synce-2 : select SyncE reference 2 for this priority
- ieee1588 : select IEEE 1588 clock for this priority
- none : remove clock source for this priority
Command Description
This command is used to configure the PTP Packet Processing Mode
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.13-2 "NTR Clock PTP Packet Mode Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mode Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkPtpPacketMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unicast-multicast"
( unicast system ntr clock packet
| unicast-multicast ) processing mode
Possible values:
- unicast : unicast ptp packet processing mode
- unicast-multicast : unicast multicast packet processing
mode
Command Description
This command is used to configure the transmission protocol for the IEEE1588 clock sources
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system sync-if-timing ptp tx-protocol (index) [ no ip-addr | ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no
gateway-addr | gateway-addr <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> ]
Command Parameters
Table 14.14-1 "NTR Clock Transmission Protocol Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: ieee1588 clock index
( ieee1588-a
| ieee1588-b )
Possible values:
- ieee1588-a : ieee1588 clock source on nt-a
- ieee1588-b : ieee1588 clock source on nt-b
Table 14.14-2 "NTR Clock Transmission Protocol Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address ip-address of the acceptable
master
[no] gateway-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> default gateway clock extraction
Field type <Ip::V4Address> function
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Command Description
This command is used to configure the PTP domain Value (decimal) definition
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.15-2 "System Synchronous InterfaceTiming Clock Switching Mode configuration
Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] domain Parameter type: <Ntr::PtpDomain> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- ptp domain ptp domain
- range: [0...255]
Command Description
This command is used to configure the list of clock masters that are deemed to be acceptable
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system sync-if-timing ptp accept-master (index) [ no ip-addr | ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no priority1
| priority1 <Ntr::Priority> ] [ no priority2 | priority2 <Ntr::Priority> ]
Command Parameters
Table 14.16-1 "NTR Acceptable Clock Master Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the acceptable clock
- index of the acceptable clock master master
- range: [1...3]
Table 14.16-2 "NTR Acceptable Clock Master Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address ip-address of the acceptable
master
[no] priority1 Parameter type: <Ntr::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- priority of the acceptable master priority one of the acceptable
- range: [0...255] master
[no] priority2 Parameter type: <Ntr::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- priority of the acceptable master configure finer grained ordering
- range: [0...255] among other equivalent ieee 1588
clock sources
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the support of synchronous status message (SSM) for the
configured clock source.
Note: When the default-ql is unconfigured, the system resets the default QL value as clk-ql-stu or clk-ql-prc based
on the bits mode.All QL Values are applicable to both ETSI/ANSI unless the difference specified in CLI help.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.17-1 "System Clock Synchronous Status Message Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: clock synchronous status
( bits-a message index
| bits-b
| synce-1
| synce-2
| ieee1588 )
Possible values:
- bits-a : configure SSM for bits-a
- bits-b : configure SSM for bits-b
- synce-1 : configure SSM for SyncE reference 1
- synce-2 : configure SSM for SyncE reference 2
- ieee1588 : configure SSM for ieee1588
Table 14.17-2 "System Clock Synchronous Status Message Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ssmenable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable ssm
[no] default-ql Parameter type: <Ntr::SysClkSrcQLDef> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "clk-ql-default"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the binding of the syncE reference to the physical port which
provides the clock source for synchronous Ethernet.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.18-1 "System Clock Synchronous Source port Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: reference number of the port
( synce-1
| synce-2 )
Possible values:
- synce-1 : configure port for SyncE reference 1
- synce-2 : configure port for SyncE reference 2
Table 14.18-2 "System Clock Synchronous Source port Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(port) Format: optional parameter
( ntio-1 : sfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber> port number supporting synce
| ntio-1 : xfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber> clock source
| ntio-2 : sfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber>
| nt : sfp : <ClkSys::SfpFaceplateNumber>
| none )
Possible values:
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manually select the clock source. Note that the operator must release the
manual clock selection ([none]) to restore the automatic (external) clock source selection.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.19-2 "System Clock Force Reference Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(force-reference) Format: optional parameter
( local manually force system clock
| none ) source
Possible values:
- local : select hold over clock
- none : select autonomous clock selection
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable SSMout for synce ports. This command is applicable to
NT's supporting enhanced clock management
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.20-1 "SSMOut Configuration Command for synce ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: xdsl port supporting synce clock
( ntio-1 : sfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber> source
| ntio-1 : xfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| nt-b : sfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| nt : sfp : <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
| none )
Possible values:
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : active nt slot
- none : no port
Possible values:
- nosfp : no SFP/XFP port
- sfp : SFP port
- xfp : XFP port
Field type <ClkSys::SynceOutFaceplateNumber>
- host SFP faceplate number
Table 14.20-2 "SSMOut Configuration Command for synce ports" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ssmout-enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable ssm-out for synce port
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable SSMout for xDSL ports. This command is applicable to
NT's supporting enhanced clock management
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.21-1 "SSMOut Configuration Command for XDSL ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: xdsl port supporting synce clock
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / source
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the T4 D-PLL parameters. Note: In standard mode, T4 parameters
are optional. The possible combinations are: 1. t4mode = standard, t4-prio-ref1 = none, t4-prio-ref2 = none 2.
t4mode = synce-transfer, t4-prio-ref1 and t4-prio-ref2 can be synce-1, synce-2 or none 3. t4mode = synce-split,
t4-prio-ref1 and t4-prio-ref2 can be synce-1, synce-2 or none For t4-jitter-bw, the allowed values are 18, 35, 70,
560
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.22-2 "T4 D-PLL Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] t4-mode Parameter type: <Ntr::T4Mode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard standard t4 mode
| synce-transfer
| synce-split )
Possible values:
- standard : standard configuration
- synce-transfer : synce-transfer t4 mode
- synce-split : synce-split t4 mode
[no] t4-damping-factor Parameter type: <Ntr::T4DampingFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "factor-5.0-db"
( factor-1.2-db t4 d-pll damping factor
| factor-2.5-db
| factor-5.0-db
| factor-10.0-db
| factor-20.0-db )
Possible values:
- factor-1.2-db : 1.2 db damping factor
- factor-2.5-db : 2.5 db damping factor
- factor-5.0-db : 5.0 db damping factor
- factor-10.0-db : 10.0 db damping factor
- factor-20.0-db : 20.0 db damping factor
[no] t4-jitter-bw Parameter type: <Ntr::T4JitterBw> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the system wide ALS state.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 14.23-2 "ALS State Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] action Parameter type: <Sys::AlsState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enable"
( enable system wide ALS handling state
| disable )
Possible values:
- enable : enable ALS state
- disable : disable ALS state
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Security Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----security
- [no] login-banner
- [no] welcome-banner
----[no] operator
- (name)
- profile
- password
- [no] prompt
- [no] description
- [no] more
----[no] profile
- (name)
- [no] prompt
- [no] password-timeout
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] slot-numbering
- [no] description
- [no] aaa
- [no] atm
- [no] alarm
- [no] dhcp
- [no] equipment
- [no] igmp
- [no] ip
- [no] pppoe
- [no] qos
- [no] software-mngt
- [no] transport
- [no] vlan
- [no] xdsl
- [no] sip
- [no] megaco
- [no] lacp
- [no] mstp
- [no] security
- [no] service
- [no] debug
- [no] debug-mirror
- [no] filter
- [no] link
- [no] log
- [no] oam
- [no] liadmin
- [no] liuser
- [no] drouter
----default-profile
- [no] prompt
- [no] password-timeout
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] slot-numbering
- [no] description
- [no] aaa
- [no] atm
- [no] alarm
- [no] dhcp
- [no] equipment
- [no] igmp
- [no] ip
- [no] pppoe
- [no] qos
- [no] software-mngt
- [no] transport
- [no] vlan
- [no] xdsl
- [no] sip
- [no] megaco
- [no] lacp
- [no] mstp
- [no] security
- [no] service
- [no] debug
- [no] debug-mirror
- [no] filter
- [no] link
- [no] log
- [no] oam
- [no] liadmin
- [no] liuser
- [no] drouter
----snmp
----[no] view
- (notify-view)
- subtree
- type
----[no] community
- (name)
- host-address
- [no] context
- [no] privilege
- [no] read-view
- [no] write-view
- [no] notify-view
----[no] group
- (name)
- security-level
- context
- [no] read-view
- [no] write-view
- [no] notify-view
----[no] user
- (name)
- [no] authentication
- [no] privacy
- [no] public
----[no] map-user-group
- (name)
- group-name
----[no] notify-view
- (notify-view)
- subtree
- type
----[no] notify-profile
- (name)
- snmp-version
----[no] filter
- notify-view
----[no] manager
- (name)
- destination
- notify-profile
- [no] nt
- [no] shub
- [no] epon
- [no] xvps1
- [no] xvps2
- [no] xvps3
- [no] xvps4
- [no] xvps5
- [no] xvps6
- [no] xvps7
- [no] xvps8
----radius
- [no] auth-super-user
- [no] operator-policy
- [no] aut-s-unreach-act
----[no] auth-server
- (name)
- router-instance
- ip-address
- [no] port
- secret
- [no] retry-limit
- [no] timeout-limit
- [no] admin-down
- [no] dead-interval
----[no] acc-server
- (name)
- router-instance
- ip-address
- [no] port
- secret
- [no] retry-limit
- [no] timeout-limit
- [no] admin-down
- [no] dead-interval
----[no] dyn-auth-client
- (name)
- router-instance
- ip-address
- secret
- [no] admin-down
----[no] policy
- (name)
- nas-id
- nas-ip-address
- [no] keep-domain-name
- [no] disable-accnt-msg
- [no] acc-interval
- [no] disable-eap
----[no] servers
- (index)
- auth-server
- auth-router-inst
- [no] acc-server
- [no] acc-router-inst
- priority
----[no] domain
- (name)
- [no] vlan-id
- [no] primary-dns
- [no] second-dns
- [no] primary-nbns
- [no] second-nbns
- [no] sess-timeout
- [no] qos-policy
- authenticator
- [no] admin-down
----[no] conn-profile
- (name)
- version
- [no] reject-no-domain
- [no] reject-inv-domain
- domain-name
----[no] conn-policy
- conn-profile-name
----pae
- [no] port-access
----authenticator
- (port)
- [no] controlled-port
- [no] quiet-period
- [no] tx-period
- [no] supp-timeout
- [no] server-timeout
- [no] max-req
- [no] re-auth-enabled
- [no] re-auth-period
----ext-authenticator
- (port)
- [no] authentication
- [no] init-authreq-off
- [no] handshake
- [no] handshake-period
----port
- (port)
- [no] initialize
----password
- min-length
- min-num-numeric-char
- min-num-special-char
- [no] mixed-case
----filetransfer
- [no] protocol
- [no] tftp-rollovr
----[no] server
- (serverid)
- user-name
- password
----pmfile
----[no] upload
- (upload-index)
- pri-server-addr
- upload-path
- upload-username
- upload-password
- interval-type
- [no] auto-upload
- [no] retry-num
- [no] max-delay
----li
- [no] separate
----peripheral-mgnt
----mac-filter
- (index-num)
- [no] filter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the login banner and the welcome banner.
There is a limit to the number of characters that can be entered in a single CLI command. For lengthy banners,
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that the operator enter separate commands to configure the login banner and the
welcome banner.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.2-2 "Security Banner Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] login-banner Parameter type: <Sec::Banner> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a banner to be shown to the operator banner to be shown before the
- length: x<=480 operator enters its name
[no] welcome-banner Parameter type: <Sec::Banner> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a banner to be shown to the operator the banner to be shown when the
- length: x<=480 operator logged in
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator instance.
After this instance is created, an operator can log in to the system with the specified name and password.
Operators have a profile that determines most of the operator properties. The operator profile must be created
before the operator can be created.
The operator profile is assigned when the operator is created. The profile cannot be changed afterward. If the
operator wants to change the profile, the operator must first delete the operator and then recreate it.
The default values for prompt can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
The following rules apply to a plain text password.
• The password must consist of a minimum of six and a maximum of 20 printable characters.
• The password must contain at least one non-alphanumeric character.
• A new password must be different from the last three passwords.
Never specify a new password using the encrypted option. You could mistakenly enter any hexadecimal string that
is not necessarily linked to a password, and it is almost impossible to calculate a password from an encrypted
string. The encrypted method of specifying passwords is only intended to restore an existing configuration.
An operator must enter a new password when logging in for the first time after another operator has changed his
or her password.
There is no separate command to change a password. An operator must change the password in the operator's
operator node.
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges, and executed by operators with all
privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
An operator can be deleted when still logged in. The operator instance is only removed after the operator has
logged out or is logged out by the system.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see other operators.
Operators without security write permissions cannot create, delete, or modify another operator, but they can enter
the commands to perform these actions. However, these commands always fail when executed.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no operator (name) ) | ( operator (name) profile <Sec::ProfileName> password
<Sec::Password> [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no description | description <Sec::OperatorDesc> ] [ [ no
] more ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.3-1 "Operator Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the operator
- the name of an operator
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 15.3-2 "Operator Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- the name of an operator profile during modification.
- range: [a-z0-9] the name of an operator profile
- length: 1<=x<=11
password Parameter type: <Sec::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: the password needed to log in
( prompt
| plain : <Sec::PlainPassword>
| encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
- encrypted : the hashed password
Field type <Sec::PlainPassword>
- the password in plain text is placed in double quotes when
# or ? is used
- length: 6<=x<=20
Field type <Sec::EncryptedPassword>
- the encrypted password
- length: 20
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::OperatorDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] more Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the output is passed via the more
filter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator profile.
The operator profile determines most of the operator properties.
An operator profile is typically used to limit the commands that a group of operators can execute to those for which
they have the necessary skills and for which they are responsible.
Any change of the attribute slot-numbering will only take effect for new CLI sessions. The slot-numbering of an
active CLI session will never be changed. The actual slot-numbering used for a session can be made visible with
the command show sessions
terminal-timeout: A value of 0 equals an infinite timeout value (i.e. the terminal will never time out).
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
The permissions of a profile cannot be changed as long as one operator belongs to the profile.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see other operator profiles.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no profile (name) ) | ( profile (name) [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no
password-timeout | password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> ] [ no terminal-timeout | terminal-timeout
<Sec::InactivityTimeout> ] [ no slot-numbering | slot-numbering <Sec::SlotDesc> ] [ no description | description
<Sec::ProfileDesc> ] [ no aaa | aaa <Sec::Aaa> ] [ no atm | atm <Sec::Atm> ] [ no alarm | alarm <Sec::Alarm> ] [
no dhcp | dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> ] [ no equipment | equipment <Sec::Equipment> ] [ no igmp | igmp <Sec::Igmp> ] [ no
ip | ip <Sec::Ip> ] [ no pppoe | pppoe <Sec::Pppoe> ] [ no qos | qos <Sec::Qos> ] [ no software-mngt |
software-mngt <Sec::Sw> ] [ no transport | transport <Sec::Transport> ] [ no vlan | vlan <Sec::Vlan> ] [ no xdsl |
xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> ] [ no sip | sip <Sec::Sip> ] [ no megaco | megaco <Sec::Megaco> ] [ no lacp | lacp <Sec::Lacp> ]
[ no mstp | mstp <Sec::Mstp> ] [ no security | security <Sec::Security> ] [ no service | service <Sec::Service> ] [ no
debug | debug <Sec::Debug> ] [ no debug-mirror | debug-mirror <Sec::DebugMirror> ] [ no filter | filter
<Sec::Filter> ] [ no link | link <Sec::Link> ] [ no log | log <Sec::Log> ] [ no oam | oam <Sec::Oam> ] [ no liadmin |
Command Parameters
Table 15.4-1 "Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the profile
- the name of an operator profile
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 15.4-2 "Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "\"%s : %n%d%c \""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] password-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the maximum time a password may be unchanged the maximum time a password
- unit: days may be unchanged
- range: [0...365]
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal specify the inactivity timeout of
- unit: minutes the terminal
- range: [0...120]
[no] slot-numbering Parameter type: <Sec::SlotDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "legacy-based"
( type-based slot numbering scheme to be used
| position-based by the operator
| legacy-based )
Possible values:
- type-based : flat-numbering per slot-type (tl1-like)
- position-based : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- legacy-based : numbering used since the early days
(position-based-like)
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] aaa Parameter type: <Sec::Aaa> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to AAA related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] atm Parameter type: <Sec::Atm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to ATM related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command allows the superuser to specify a default operator profile. The default profile is used when an
operator is authenticated via a RADIUS server but the RADIUS server does not support vendor-specific attributes.
The default profile determines most of the operator properties.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see the default profile.
Operators withouit security read or write permissions can never see default-profile.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.5-2 "Default Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "\"%s : %n%d%c \""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] password-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the maximum time a password may be unchanged the maximum time a password
- unit: days may be unchanged
- range: [0...365]
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal the maximum time a terminal
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a view.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
A subtree is identified by an object ID, which is a sequence of numbers (example: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3). This sequence
uniquely identifies a node or a leaf in the MIB tree.
The same subtree can also be addressed using symbolic MIB names (example: snmpTargetParamsTable).
Combinations of symbolic names and numbers are also possible: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3.1.7.97.97.97 can be written as
snmpTargetParamsTable.1.7.97.97.97 or as snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97, ...
For each number, we can indicate that it may be ignored when comparing it with MIB elements, by adding an
asterisk after the number (example: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97). Because the number is ignored
anyway, we recommend replacing it with a 0. For example, snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97. 0* can be
abbreviated as *. So, the recommended representation is snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.*.97.
The system stores a view entry based on the view name and the object ID: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97
and snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 are stored in two different locations, but match the same MIB
elements. A consequence of this strategy is that snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 and
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 can not exist at the same time.
The most specific filter element takes precedence in the case where more than one filter element matches the same
MIB element.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMP view, please check if
the view was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
SNMP view.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> ) | ( view (notify-view)
subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.6-1 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(notify-view) Format: the name of the view
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
subtree Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewSubtree> the subtree
Format:
Command Output
Table 15.6-3 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusVacmFilter> the status of an SNMP view
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP view configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP view configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP view configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure community names.
An existing community can not be modified.
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
There must be at least one community with read-write privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.7-1 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the community
- the community name
- length: x<=32
host-address Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> the host IP address from where
Format: access is allowed
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 15.7-2 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] context Parameter type: <Transport::Context> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "nt"
( nt the context allowed for this
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMPv3 Group.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMPv3 Group, please
check if the group was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the
entire SNMPv3 Group.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context
<Snmp::Context> ) | ( group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context <Snmp::Context> [ no
read-view | read-view <Snmp::AssociatedViewName> ] [ no write-view | write-view
<Snmp::AssociatedViewName> ] [ no notify-view | notify-view <Snmp::AssociatedViewName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.8-1 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of snmpV3 group
- name of the snmpv3 group
- length: 1<=x<=32
security-level Parameter type: <Snmp::SecurityLevel> security level for the group
Format:
( none
| authentication
| privacy-and-auth )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication and no privacy
- authentication : authentication without privacy
- privacy-and-auth : authentication and privacy
context Parameter type: <Snmp::Context> context for the group
Format:
( single : nt
| single : shub
| single : epon
| single : xvps1
Command Output
Table 15.8-3 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusconfigGroup> the status of an SNMPv3 group
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMPv3 user.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMPv3 user, please check
if the user was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
SNMPv3 user.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) [ no authentication | authentication
<Snmp::AuthType> ] [ no privacy | privacy <Snmp::PrivacyType> ] [ no public | public <Snmp::Identifier> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.9-1 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the user
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 15.9-2 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Snmp::AuthType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none authentication for the user
| md5 : prompt
| sha1 : prompt
| md5 : plain : <Sec::UsmPlainPassword>
| sha1 : plain : <Sec::UsmPlainPassword>
| md5 : encrypted : <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey>
| sha1 : encrypted : <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- md5 : md5 based authentication
- sha1 : sha1 based authentication
Possible values:
Command Output
Table 15.9-3 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusSnmpUser> the status of an SNMPv3 user
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 user configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 user configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 user configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to map an SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3 group.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of mapping an SNMPv3 user to
SNMPv3 user-group , please check if the mapping was done and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not,
please delete and re-create the entire configuration of mapping an SNMPv3 user to SNMPv3 user-group.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no map-user-group (name) ) | ( map-user-group (name) group-name
<Snmp::AssociatedGroupName> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.10-1 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the snmpV3 user
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 15.10-2 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-name Parameter type: <Snmp::AssociatedGroupName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the snmpV3 group
- name of the snmpv3 group
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Output
Table 15.10-3 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusMapUser> the status of mapping an
( valid SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3
| corrupted group
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a Notify View.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
A subtree is identified by an object ID, which is a sequence of numbers (example: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3). This sequence
uniquely identifies a node or a leaf in the MIB tree.
The same subtree can also be addressed using symbolic MIB names (example: snmpTargetParamsTable).
Combinations of symbolic names and numbers are also possible: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3.1.7.97.97.97 can be written as
snmpTargetParamsTable.1.7.97.97.97 or as snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97, ...
For each number, we can indicate that it may be ignored when comparing it with MIB elements, by adding an
asterisk after the number (example: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97). Because the number is ignored
anyway, we recommend replacing it with a 0. For example, snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97. 0* can be
abbreviated as *. So, the recommended representation is snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.*.97.
The system stores a view entry based on the view name and the object ID: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97
and snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 are stored in two different locations, but match the same MIB
elements. A consequence of this strategy is that snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 and
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 can not exist at the same time.
The most specific filter element takes precedence in the case where more than one filter element matches the same
MIB element.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of a Notify View, please check if
the view was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
Notify View.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no notify-view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> ) | ( notify-view
(notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.11-1 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(notify-view) Format: the name of the notify view
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
subtree Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewSubtree> the subtree
Format:
Command Output
Table 15.11-3 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusNotifyFilter> the status of an SNMP notify
( valid view
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP Notify View configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP notify view configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP notify view configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a notification profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP notification profile,
please check if the profile was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire SNMP notification profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no notify-profile (name) ) | ( notify-profile (name) snmp-version
<Snmp::SnmpVersion> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.12-1 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 15.12-2 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
snmp-version Parameter type: <Snmp::SnmpVersion> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( v1 : <Snmp::CommunityString> during modification.
| v2 : <Snmp::CommunityString> snmp-version of the profile
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : none
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : authentication
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : privacy-and-auth )
Possible values:
- v1 : SNMP version1
- v2 : SNMP version2
- v3 : SNMP version3
Field type <Snmp::CommunityString>
- community string
Command Output
Table 15.12-3 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusProfile> the status of notification profile
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : notification profile configuration is ok
- corrupted : notification profile configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : notification profile configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a filter for a notification profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of a filter for SNMP notification
profile, please check if the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire notification profile filter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp notify-profile (name) ( no filter ) | ( filter notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.13-1 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 15.13-2 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
notify-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> mandatory parameter
Format: view to be accessed
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
Command Output
Table 15.13-3 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusNotifyView> the status of notification profile
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an Element Manager using a Profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP element manager,
please check if the element manager was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete
and re-create the entire SNMP element manager.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no manager (name) ) | ( manager (name) destination <Snmp::Address>
notify-profile <Snmp::NotifyProfile> [ [ no ] nt ] [ [ no ] shub ] [ [ no ] epon ] [ [ no ] xvps1 ] [ [ no ] xvps2 ] [ [ no
] xvps3 ] [ [ no ] xvps4 ] [ [ no ] xvps5 ] [ [ no ] xvps6 ] [ [ no ] xvps7 ] [ [ no ] xvps8 ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.14-1 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the element manager
- element manager name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 15.14-2 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
destination Parameter type: <Snmp::Address> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
<Snmp::IpAddress> : <Snmp::AddressPort> during modification.
Field type <Snmp::IpAddress> destination address of the element
- ip-address for the manager manager
Field type <Snmp::AddressPort>
- port number for the manager
- range: [1...65535]
notify-profile Parameter type: <Snmp::NotifyProfile> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] nt Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Output
Table 15.14-3 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusconfigManger> the status of an SNMP Element
( valid Manager
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command enables or disables relay functionality on the SHub/IHub and, configures the superuser
authentication type and the operator's RADIUS policy
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.15-2 "Security RADIUS Client Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] auth-super-user Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable superuser RADIUS
Authentication
[no] operator-policy Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusPolicyName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none operator RADIUS policy name
| name : <Aaa::IgnoredRadiusPolicyName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Aaa::IgnoredRadiusPolicyName>
- name of the RADIUS policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] aut-s-unreach-act Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusAuthServUnreachAction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "reject-all"
( reject-all action to be taken for 802.1x
| accept-all ) users when authentication server
Possible values: is unreachable
- reject-all : All session requests are rejected
- accept-all : All session requests are accepted
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS authentication servers. The conceptual table lists the
RADIUS authentication servers with their configurable parameters. If an entry (server) must be deleted, it must not
be associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no auth-server (name) router-instance <Ihub::Router> ) | ( auth-server (name)
router-instance <Ihub::Router> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ] secret
<Aaa::Password> [ no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ] [ no timeout-limit | timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ] [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.16-1 "Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of RADIUS authentication
- name of the RADIUS auth server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
router-instance Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> router to which this auth server
Format: belongs
( base
| <Ihub::Router> )
Possible values:
- base : base router
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
Table 15.16-2 "Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address authentication server
[no] port Parameter type: <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS accounting servers. The conceptual table lists the
RADIUS accounting servers with their configurable parameters. If an entry (server) must be deleted, it must not be
associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no acc-server (name) router-instance <Ihub::Router> ) | ( acc-server (name)
router-instance <Ihub::Router> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ] secret
<Aaa::Password> [ no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ] [ no timeout-limit | timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ] [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.17-1 "Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS accounting
- name of the RADIUS accounting server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
router-instance Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> router to which the RADIUS Acc
Format: Server belongs
( base
| <Ihub::Router> )
Possible values:
- base : base router
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
Table 15.17-2 "Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address accounting server
[no] port Parameter type: <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients. The conceptual table
lists the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with their configurable parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no dyn-auth-client (name) router-instance <Ihub::Router> ) | ( dyn-auth-client
(name) router-instance <Ihub::Router> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> secret <Aaa::Password> [ [ no ]
admin-down ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.18-1 "Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS Dynamic
- name of dynamic auth client name Authorization client
- length: 1<=x<=64
router-instance Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> router to which the RADIUS Dyn
Format: Auth Client belongs
( base
| <Ihub::Router> )
Possible values:
- base : base router
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
Table 15.18-2 "Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address authentication server
secret Parameter type: <Aaa::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: secret string used between
- password string hidden from users RADIUS server and client
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RADIUS policies. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS policies
with the parameters that apply globally for each RADIUS policy. An entry in this table (policy) can be deleted only
if it is not associated with any of the domains. If this entry is deleted, the corresponding entry in the RADIUS server
is also deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no policy (name) ) | ( policy (name) nas-id <Aaa::NasId> nas-ip-address
<Aaa::InetAddress> [ [ no ] keep-domain-name ] [ [ no ] disable-accnt-msg ] [ no acc-interval | acc-interval
<Aaa::AccInt> ] [ [ no ] disable-eap ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.19-1 "Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
Table 15.19-2 "Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
nas-id Parameter type: <Aaa::NasId> mandatory parameter
Format: NAS-Identifier used in messages
- a binary string of min 0 and max 64 towards Radius servers
- length: x<=64
nas-ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: NAS-IP-Address used in
- IPv4-address messages towards Radius servers
[no] keep-domain-name Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
don't strip domain name when
sending to RADIUS server
[no] disable-accnt-msg Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable
[no] acc-interval Parameter type: <Aaa::AccInt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- radius accnt interval Interim Accounting Interval in
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RADIUS servers. The conceptual table lists the set of RADIUS
servers with the parameters of each set. The servers that are placed in a set using this table must first be defined in
the RADIUS Authenticaion and Accounting server configuration commands. The value returned by the RADIUS
server is used by the management station as the value for the index when a new entry in this table is created.
It is always mandatory to configure acc-server along with acc-router-inst and auth-server with auth-router-inst,
otherwise the configuration will not succeed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius policy (name) ( no servers (index) ) | ( servers (index) auth-server
<Aaa::RadAuthServer> auth-router-inst <Ihub::Router> [ no acc-server | acc-server <Aaa::RadAccServer> ] [ no
acc-router-inst | acc-router-inst <Ihub::IgnoredRouter> ] priority <Aaa::Priority> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.20-1 "Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
(index) Format: index of RADIUS profile
- unique nbr identifying a set within a RADIUS profile.
- range: [1...2]
Table 15.20-2 "Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
auth-server Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAuthServer> mandatory parameter
Format: the radius authentication server
name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
Possible values:
- name : use a radius server for authentication
Field type <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
- name of the RADIUS auth server
- length: 1<=x<=64
auth-router-inst Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> mandatory parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the domain.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no domain (name) ) | ( domain (name) [ no vlan-id | vlan-id
<Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> ] [ no primary-dns | primary-dns <Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no second-dns | second-dns
<Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no primary-nbns | primary-nbns <Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no second-nbns | second-nbns
<Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no sess-timeout | sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> ] [ no qos-policy |
qos-policy <Aaa::QosProfileName> ] authenticator <Aaa::IHUBAuthenticator> [ [ no ] admin-down ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.21-1 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
Table 15.21-2 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- vlan id a vlan id
- range: [0...4092]
[no] primary-dns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of primary DNS server
[no] second-dns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of secondary DNS
server
[no] primary-nbns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of primary NBNS
server
[no] second-nbns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of secondary NBNS
server
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the connection profile parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no conn-profile (name) ) | ( conn-profile (name) version <SignedInteger> [ [ no ]
reject-no-domain ] [ [ no ] reject-inv-domain ] domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.22-1 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of connection profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 15.22-2 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
Format: version number to be associated
- a signed integer to the Profile
[no] reject-no-domain Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
reject user session auth if no
domain
[no] reject-inv-domain Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
reject user session auth if invalid
domain
domain-name Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a connection policy associated with the specified policy. The
operator should specify the index that indicates which connection policy to apply and the profile-index, which
provides the connection profile associated with this policy.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.23-2 "Security Connection Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
conn-profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: connection profile associated
- a profile name with this policy
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the administrative enable and disable state for port access control
in a system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.24-2 "Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] port-access Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable port access control
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure security 802.1x port authentication.
This command is valid for user ports. If the user port resides on a board that does not support user authentication,
this command will fail.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.25-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : <Eqpt::LLId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni : <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security 802.1x extension port authentication.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.26-1 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : <Eqpt::LLId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni : <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security 802.1x port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.27-1 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the password policy.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security,all privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.28-2 "Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
min-length Parameter type: <Sec::PwdLength> optional parameter
Format: the minimum length of the
- the minimum length of the password password
- unit: characters
- range: [6...20]
min-num-numeric-char Parameter type: <Sec::PwdNumChars> optional parameter
Format: minimum number of numerical
- minimum number of numerical characters characters
- unit: characters
- range: [0...20]
min-num-special-char Parameter type: <Sec::PwdSpeChars> optional parameter
Format: minimum number of special
- minimum number of special character character
- unit: characters
- range: [1...20]
[no] mixed-case Parameter type: <Sec::MixCase> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-mandatory"
( mandatory both upper and lower case
| not-mandatory ) charactersre must be present
Possible values:
- mandatory : both upper and lower case characters must be
present
- not-mandatory : both upper and lower case characters not
Command Description
This command configure file transfer states and attributes.
The TFTP server functionality will remain enabled when FTP is selected for file transfer. The TFTP client will
however be disabled when FTP is selected.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.29-2 "File Transfer Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] protocol Parameter type: <SwMngt::FileTransferProtocolType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "tftp"
( tftp the protocol that is to be used for
| ftp file transfer
| sftp )
Possible values:
- tftp : the tftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- ftp : the ftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- sftp : the sftp protocol is selected for file transfer
[no] tftp-rollovr Parameter type: <SwMngt::FileTransferRolloverType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- TFTP Block Number The value with which TFTP
- range: [0...1] Block number rollover will
happen
Command Description
This command configures file transfer server states and attributes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security filetransfer ( no server (serverid) ) | ( server (serverid) user-name
<SwMngt::UserName> password <SwMngt::Password> )
Command Parameters
Table 15.30-1 "file Transfer server Configure Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(serverid) Format: (IP address) of the file transfer
- IPv4-address server
Table 15.30-2 "file Transfer server Configure Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
user-name Parameter type: <SwMngt::UserName> mandatory parameter
Format: the username used to access the
- the username used to access the file server file server
- length: x<=32
password Parameter type: <SwMngt::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: the password used to access the
- the password used to access the file server file server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command configures PM file upload related parameters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Description
This command configures PM file upload related parameters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security pmfile ( no upload (upload-index) ) | ( upload (upload-index) pri-server-addr
<SwMngt::pmFileUploadPrimaryServerAddr> upload-path <SwMngt::pmFileUploadPath> upload-username
<SwMngt::pmFileUploadClientUsername> upload-password <SwMngt::pmFileUploadClientPassword>
interval-type <SwMngt::pmFileUploadIntervalType> [ no auto-upload | auto-upload
<SwMngt::pmFileAutoUpload> ] [ no retry-num | retry-num <SwMngt::pmFileUploadRetryNum> ] [ no
max-delay | max-delay <SwMngt::pmFileUploadMaxDelay> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 15.32-1 "PM File Upload Configure Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(upload-index) Format: the unique internal identifier of
- the unique internal identifier of PM file upload entry PM file upload entry
- range: [1]
Table 15.32-2 "PM File Upload Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
pri-server-addr Parameter type: mandatory parameter
<SwMngt::pmFileUploadPrimaryServerAddr> IP address of the primary SFTP
Format: file server
- IPv4-address
upload-path Parameter type: <SwMngt::pmFileUploadPath> mandatory parameter
Format: the path to be addressed for PM
- the path to be addressed for PM file upload, must not start file upload, must not start with '/'
with '/' but must end with a '/' but must end with a '/'
- length: x<=127
upload-username Parameter type: <SwMngt::pmFileUploadClientUsername> mandatory parameter
Format: the client username for setting up
- the client username for setting up a session with an a session with an external SFTP
external SFTP server server
- length: x<=32
upload-password Parameter type: <SwMngt::pmFileUploadClientPassword> mandatory parameter
Format: the client password for setting up
- the client password for setting up a session with an external a session with an external SFTP
Command Description
When li separate is enabled:
- only CLI operators with li-admin access right can grant other operators LI access.
- only CLI operators with li-admin access right can view who has LI access.
When li separate is disabled:
-any operator with security access right can can grant other operators LI access
Before enabling, make sure that at least one CLI operator is existing with li-admin access rigth
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.33-2 "Lawful Intercept Split Management Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] separate Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable split management
Command Description
By using this command, upstream traffic from any peripheral attached to the management port on the FD-REM
will be filtered at mac level.
The filter is implemented using a white-list of 20 MAC ranges, with each begin and end MAC address having the
same OUI. (Original manufacturer Unique Identifier, covering the 3 most significant bytes)
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security peripheral-mgnt mac-filter (index-num) [ no filter | filter <Sys::PeriphMacFilter> ]
Command Parameters
Table 15.34-1 "MAC Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: filter number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...20]
Table 15.34-2 "MAC Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] filter Parameter type: <Sys::PeriphMacFilter> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
( any - any 00-00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
| <Sys::MacAddr> - <Sys::MacAddr> ) specifies to MAC addresses to be
Possible values: matched with the packet
- any : all source MAC address
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Possible values:
- any : all destination MAC address
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Secure Shell Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----security
----ssh
----server-profile
- [no] server-retries
- [no] idle-timeout
- [no] dis-hmac-sha-1
- [no] dis-hmac-sha-1-96
- [no] dis-aes
- [no] dis-des-3
- [no] dis-blowfish
- [no] dis-des-56
----[no] user
- (name)
- key
----access
- [no] protocol
- [no] cli
- [no] tl1
- [no] debug
----sftp-user
- (username)
- password
Command Description
This command configures the SSH Server parameters like maximum number of server retries, idle timeout,
authentiation and encryption algorithm to be used
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.2-2 "SSH Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] server-retries Parameter type: <SSH::ServerRetries> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- maximum number of attempts can be tried maximum number of attempts
- range: [1...3] can be tried
[no] idle-timeout Parameter type: <SSH::ServerIdleTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1800
- maximum idle time allowed maximum idle time allowed
- unit: sec
- range: [0...1800]
[no] dis-hmac-sha-1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable hma-sha-1 authentication
[no] dis-hmac-sha-1-96 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable hma-sha-1-96
authentication
[no] dis-aes Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable aes encryption
[no] dis-des-3 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable 3des encryption
[no] dis-blowfish Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable blowfish encryption
[no] dis-des-56 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable des-56 encryption
Command Description
This command is used to configure a client (user, operator) who is authorised to manage the system in a secure
way and choosing the public key authentication (as opposed to password authentication)method. A maximum of 10
such users can be configured. As parameters, the command requires a client user name and the corresponding
public key. The public key is generated by the user using e.g. ssh-keygen (Unix), PuTTYgen (PC), etc.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ssh ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) [ key <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.3-1 "Secure Shell User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: unique index to the table
- unique index to the table
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 16.3-2 "Secure Shell User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> optional parameter
Format: public string of the client
- user public key to be stored
- length: 1<=x<=725
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable and disable the remote management access channels like TL1,CLI and
debug.
This command allows also configuration of file transfer protocol.
Options for cli
1. ssh - enables only CLI/SSH and disables CLI/TELNET
2. telnet - enables only CLI/TELNET and disables CLI/SSH
3. telnet-ssh - enables both CLI/SSH and CLI/TELNET
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ssh access [ no protocol | protocol <SwMngt::FileTransferProtocolType> ] [ no cli | cli
<SSH::ChannelCLISSH> ] [ no tl1 | tl1 <SSH::ChannelTL1SSH> ] [ no debug | debug
<SSH::ChannelDebugUDP> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.4-2 "Secure Shell Access Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
The system acts as an SFTP client towards an external SFTP server. This command allows the operator to
configure the user name and password the system should use towards the external SFTP server.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.5-2 "Secure Shell SFTP User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(username) Format: optional parameter
- specifies sftp user name to be used user name used when ISAM acts
- length: x<=32 as SFTP client
password Parameter type: <SSH::SftpPassword> optional parameter
Format: password used when ISAM acts
( prompt as SFTP client
| plain : <SSH::SftpPassword> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <SSH::SftpPassword>
- sftp password
- length: 6<=x<=32
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transaction Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----transaction
- [no] time-out-value
- log-full-action
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure transaction parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 17.2-2 "Transaction Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] time-out-value Parameter type: <Trans::TimeoutValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6000
( indefinite set the timeout for transaction
| <Trans::TimeoutValue> )
Possible values:
- indefinite : indefinite timeout value
Field type <Trans::TimeoutValue>
- timeout of the transaction
- unit: 1/100 sec
- range: [6000...360000]
log-full-action Parameter type: <Trans::logFullaction> optional parameter
Format: set action to be taken when the
( wrap log is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SYSLOG Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----syslog
----[no] destination
- (name)
- type
- [no] disable
- [no] upload-rotate
----[no] route
- (name)
- msg-type
- facility
- [no] emergency
- [no] alert
- [no] critical
- [no] error
- [no] warning
- [no] notice
- [no] information
- [no] debug
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a syslog destination. Log messages can be sent to a file or, for
rotated files, to a file on a designated upload server (file:), a remote server (udp:), all logged in CLI-users (all-cli)
or all logged in TL1-users (all-tl1) or both (all-users).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system syslog ( no destination (name) ) | ( destination (name) type <Sys::ServerType> [ [ no ] disable ]
[ [ no ] upload-rotate ] )
Command Parameters
Table 18.2-1 "SYSLOG Destination Configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the syslog destination
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 18.2-2 "SYSLOG Destination Configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Sys::ServerType> mandatory parameter
Format: destination type
( file : <Sys::ServName> : <Sys::FileSize>
| remote-file : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::UploadPathName> :
<Sys::ServName> : <Sys::FileSize>
| udp : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::NetworkPort> : unlimited
| udp : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::NetworkPort> :
<SYS::MaxRate>
| all-cli
| all-tl1
| all-users )
Possible values:
- file : file in which logs to be stored
- remote-file : remote file in which logs to be stored
- udp : log messages to the destination
- all-cli : cli users terminal logging
- all-tl1 : tl1 users terminal logging
- all-users : all cli and tl1 users
Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure which messages must be sent to a given syslog destination and to
assign the appropriate syslog parameters to them.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system syslog ( no route (name) msg-type <Sys::MessageType> ) | ( route (name) msg-type
<Sys::MessageType> facility <Sys::LogFacility> [ [ no ] emergency ] [ [ no ] alert ] [ [ no ] critical ] [ [ no ] error ]
[ [ no ] warning ] [ [ no ] notice ] [ [ no ] information ] [ [ no ] debug ] )
Command Parameters
Table 18.3-1 "SYSLOG Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the destination where
- a profile name messages must be sent to
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
msg-type Parameter type: <Sys::MessageType> type of the message to be routed
Format:
( all
| authentication
| cli-config-chgs
| tl1-config-chgs
| cli-msgs
| tl1-msgs
| tracing1
| tracing2
| tracing3
| video-cdr
| eqpt
| li-config-chgs
| omci )
Possible values:
- all : messages of any type
- authentication : authentication messages
- cli-config-chgs : cli commands
- tl1-config-chgs : tl1 commands
- cli-msgs : cli messages
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Software Management Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----software-mngt
----oswp
- (index)
- primary-file-server-id
- second-file-server-id
X download-set
X autofetch
- [no] activate
----database
- [no] activate
- [no] backup
- [no] auto-backup-intvl
Introduction
The Overall Software Package (OSWP) can be in any one of the following states: operational, aborting,
downloading, enabled, disabled, activated, and committed. The operator can perform such functions as download
the OSWP or set of files, abort its download, or enable or disable its autofetch property. The operator can also
specify primary and secondary TFTP-server IDs for downloading the database.
The operator can also configure the download set or the set of files that are needed before triggering activation.
Abort an OSWP
The manager can abort an OSWP when the system has two OSWPs. The state of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed while the second OSWP is in one of the following three states:
Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted, Downloading/NotActive/UnCommitted, or Disabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in any
other software download process.
The manager requests that the system remove the NotActive/UnCommitted OSWP. The system removes all the
persistent stored files and databases not related to the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The state of the OSWP to
be removed is Aborting/NotActive/UnCommitted during the complete removal operation.
After a successful abort, the system has only one OSWP. The state of this OSWP is Enabled/Active/Committed.
Only files and databases related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
state of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive. The management channel between the system and the manager is
established and the system is not involved in another software download process.
The manager requests that the system activates the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. In case the manager requests to
activate with linked database, the system first selects an available database that is compatible with and linked to the
Enabled/NotActive OSWP. In case the manager requests to activate with default database, the system creates a
default database that is compatible with the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. The system then starts the activation
process of the NotActive OSWP.
The activation can happen on active NT or on standby NT. Activation on standby NT is only possible in case the
redundant NT board is equipped and hot standby and the NT board type supports it. In case the conditions to do the
activation on standby NT are fulfilled, the system will select this option. In case these conditions are not fulfilled
the system will select activation on active NT.
Finally, after the successful activation of the Not-active OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. The previous
Not-active OSWP is now active, together with the selected compatible database. Also, the previous Active OSWP
is still available, but NotActive. In case the activation was done on standby NT, the standby NT from before the
activation will be the active NT after the activation.
Commit an OSWP
To commit an OSWP, the system requires two OSWPs. The state of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/UnCommitted and the state of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/Committed.
The manager requests that the system commit the active OSWP. The system removes all the persistent stored files
and databases that do not belong to the Enabled/Active OSWP. The state of the OSWP to be committed is
Enabled/Active/Committing during the complete commit operation.
Finally, after a successful commit process, the system has only one OSWP. The state of this OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various OSWP attributes and parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 19.2-1 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm oswp table
Command Description
This command configure database automatic activation and automatic backup states and attributes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 19.3-2 "Database Automatic Activation Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] activate Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoAct> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( after-download determines when to active
| manually ) database
Possible values:
- after-download : enable the automatic activation of
database after downloading
- manually : manually activate the OSWP
[no] backup Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoBackup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( manually backup destination of database
| activate : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::dbpath> )
Possible values:
- manually : manually backup of the database
- activate : automatic backup of the database
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <SwMngt::dbpath>
- path for the db (example: /path_to_db)
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: x<=255
[no] auto-backup-intvl Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoBackIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 24
- the interval period for automatic backup the interval period for automatic
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "QoS Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----qos
- [no] atm-overhead-fact
- [no] eth-efm-fact
- [no] enable-alignment
- [no] cac-mode
----tc-map-dot1p
- (index)
X queue
- tc
- dpcolor
- policer-color
----dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer
- [no] sustained-rate
- [no] burst-size
----nni-ctrl-pkt-policer
- [no] sustained-rate
- [no] burst-size
----dscp-map-dot1p
- (index)
- dot1p-value
----profiles
----[no] queue
- (name)
- (bac-complex-type)
- [no] unit
----[no] scheduler-node
- (name)
- priority
- weight
- shaper-profile
- [no] ext-shaper
- [no] mcast-inc-shape
----[no] cac
- (name)
- res-voice-bandwidth
- max-mcast-bandwidth
- res-data-bandwidth
- [no] cac-type
----marker
----[no] d1p
- (name)
- default-dot1p
----[no] dscp
- (name)
- default-dscp
- [no] alignment
----[no] dscp-contract
- (name)
- [no] alignment
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- [no] dscp-value
----[no] d1p-dscp-contract
- (name)
- dot1p-value
X [no] alignment
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- [no] dscp-value
----[no] d1p-dscp
- (name)
- default-dscp
- default-dot1p
----[no] d1p-alignment
- (name)
- (alignment)
- [no] dscp-pbit-prof
----[no] dot1p-remark
- (name)
----dot1p-value
- (dot1p-value)
- [no] remark-value
----[no] policer
- (name)
- committed-info-rate
- committed-burst-size
- [no] policer-type
- [no] excess-info-rate
- [no] excess-burst-size
- [no] coupling-flag
- [no] color-mode
- [no] green-action
- [no] yellow-action
- [no] red-action
----[no] l2-filter
- (name)
- [no] dst-mac-addr
- [no] src-mac-addr
- [no] ethertype
- [no] dot1p-priority
- [no] canonical-format
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] l3-filter
- (name)
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] min-dst-port
- [no] max-dst-port
- [no] min-src-port
- [no] max-src-port
- [no] dscp-value
- [no] protocol
----[no] policy-action
- (name)
- [no] dscp-value
- [no] dot1p-value
- [no] discard-packet
- [no] shared-policer
- [no] policer-profile
----[no] policy
- (name)
- filter
- [no] precedence
- [no] policy-action
----[no] session
- (name)
- logical-flow-type
- [no] up-policer
- [no] down-policer
- [no] up-marker
----[no] up-policy
- (name)
----[no] down-policy
- (name)
----[no] shaper
- (name)
- committed-info-rate
- committed-burst-size
- [no] excess-info-rate
- [no] type
- [no] autoshape
----[no] bandwidth
- (name)
- committed-info-rate
- assured-info-rate
- excessive-info-rate
- [no] delay-tolerance
----[no] ingress-qos
- (name)
- [no] dot1-p0-tc
- [no] dot1-p1-tc
- [no] dot1-p2-tc
- [no] dot1-p3-tc
- [no] dot1-p4-tc
- [no] dot1-p5-tc
- [no] dot1-p6-tc
- [no] dot1-p7-tc
- [no] usedei
- [no] dot1-p0-color
- [no] dot1-p1-color
- [no] dot1-p2-color
- [no] dot1-p3-color
- [no] dot1-p4-color
- [no] dot1-p5-color
- [no] dot1-p6-color
- [no] dot1-p7-color
----[no] rate-limit
- (name)
- [no] total-rate
- [no] total-burst
- [no] arp-rate
- [no] arp-burst
- [no] dhcp-rate
- [no] dhcp-burst
- [no] igmp-rate
- [no] igmp-burst
- [no] pppoe-rate
- [no] pppoe-burst
- [no] nd-rate
- [no] nd-burst
- [no] icmpv6-rate
- [no] icmpv6-burst
- [no] mld-rate
- [no] mld-burst
- [no] dhcpv6-rate
- [no] dhcpv6-burst
- [no] cfm-rate
- [no] cfm-burst
----[no] dscp-pbit
- (name)
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- dot1p-value
----global
- (index)
- [no] buffer-occ-thresh
- [no] queue-stats
- [no] dsload-tca
- [no] dsload-thresh
- [no] buffer-tca
- [no] up-buf-thresh
- [no] up-obc-thresh
- [no] dn-obc-thresh
- [no] dn-buf-thresh
- [no] part-buf-thresh
----tca
- (index)
- queue
- [no] tca-enable
- [no] load-thresh
- [no] dis-frame-th
----X dsl-port
- (index)
- [no] scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----X queue
- (queue)
- queue-profile
----X shdsl-port
- (index)
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----X queue
- (queue)
- queue-profile
----interface
- (index)
- [no] scheduler-node
- [no] ingress-profile
- [no] cac-profile
- [no] ext-cac
- [no] ds-queue-sharing
- [no] us-queue-sharing
- [no] ds-num-queue
- [no] ds-num-rem-queue
- [no] us-num-queue
- [no] queue-stats-on
- [no] autoschedule
- oper-weight
- oper-rate
- [no] us-vlanport-queue
- [no] dsfld-shaper-prof
- [no] gem-sharing
----queue
- (queue)
- priority
- weight
- oper-weight
- queue-profile
- shaper-profile
----upstream-queue
- (queue)
- [no] priority
- [no] weight
- [no] bandwidth-profile
- [no] ext-bw
- [no] bandwidth-sharing
- [no] queue-profile
- [no] shaper-profile
----ds-rem-queue
- (queue)
- [no] priority
- [no] weight
----[no] ctrl-pkt-policer
- (protocol-id)
- [no] sustained-rate
- [no] burst-size
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify global QoS parameters.
The ATM overhead factor is used to calculate ATM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The ATM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage what
part of a given raw ATM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 85%, which means a
typical overhead of 15% for ATM/AAL5. QoS management will use this value to deduct the available Ethernet rate
on ATM-based DSL interfaces.
The Eth EFM overhead factor is used to calculate EFM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The Eth EFM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage
what part of a given raw EFM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 97%, which
means a typical overhead of 3% for EFM Encapsulation.
The enable alignment is used to enable or disable the DSCP to P-bits alignment for all the L3 forwarded traffic.
The Global CAC-mode selection switch determines whether Connection Admission Control relies on the
guaranteed sync rate or the actual line rate of the physical interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.2-2 "QoS Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] atm-overhead-fact Parameter type: <Qos::AtmFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 85
- over head factor introduced by atm layer over head factor introduced by
- unit: % atm layer
- range: [1...100]
[no] eth-efm-fact Parameter type: <Qos::EthEfmFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 97
- value to estimate bandwidth overhead inserted by efm value to estimate bandwidth
layer overhead inserted by efm layer
- unit: %
- range: [1...100]
[no] enable-alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
DSCP to P-bit alignment for all
forwarded L3 traffic
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the downstream traffic class mapping table. This table defines
which 802.1P codepoint is cast to which egress buffer on the L3 units.
There is a second class to the queue mapping table on the SHub/IHub, but this class is independent from the
configuration perspective of this table. (See the traffic class configuration section for more information.) The
second class is used mainly for upstream traffic segregation into egress buffers on the SHub/IHub.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.3-1 "QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: value of 802.1p field
- value of 802.1p field
- range: [0...7]
Table 20.3-2 "QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
queue Parameter type: <Qos::Queues> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "tc"
- output dsl/gpon/epon port queue number output dsl port queue number
- range: [0...7,255]
tc Parameter type: <Qos::QosTrafficClass> optional parameter
Format: the traffic class number
- the traffic class number
- range: [0...7]
dpcolor Parameter type: <Qos::Color> optional parameter
Format: output discard precedence on
( green queue
| yellow )
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a upstream QoS Dsl Control Packet Policer.This control packet
policer serves to prevent DoS attacks from subscriber premises against the control plane of the ISAM. The policing
parameters that can be configured are the sustainable rate in packets/sec and the maximum burst size in packets.
Control packets arriving at a higher rate then the sustainable rate are dropped by the policer.
Control packets arriving in a longer burst then the maximum burst size are dropped by the policer.
Control packets are packets directed to the LSM itself or inserted by the LSM. The control packet protocol type
depends on the applied forwarding model, and can be 802.1x, ARP, RIP, DHCP, IGMP, PPPoEDiscovery , PPP
LCP, PPP control, PPP LCP termination acknowledgement. Policing is not applied on control packets inserted by
the LSM.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.4-2 "QoS Dsl Control Pkt Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sustained-rate Parameter type: <Qos::SustainedRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- the police rate of inc user pkts in pps max sustainable rate in
- range: [1...64] packets/sec
[no] burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::DslCtrlBurstSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- the burst size max burst size, in packets
- range: [1...128]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a upstream QoS Nni Control Packet Policer.This control packet
policer serves to prevent DoS attacks from subscriber premises against the control plane of the ISAM. The policing
parameters that can be configured are the sustainable rate in packets/sec and the maximum burst size in packets.
Control packets arriving at a higher rate then the sustainable rate are dropped by the policer.
Control packets arriving in a longer burst then the maximum burst size are dropped by the policer.
Control packets are packets directed to the LSM itself or inserted by the LSM. The control packet protocol type
depends on the applied forwarding model, and can be 802.1x, ARP, RIP, DHCP, IGMP, PPPoEDiscovery , PPP
LCP, PPP control, PPP LCP termination acknowledgement. Policing is not applied on control packets inserted by
the LSM.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.5-2 "QoS Nni Control Pkt Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sustained-rate Parameter type: <Qos::NniSustainedRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- the police rate of inc user pkts in pps max sustainable rate in
- range: [1...256] packets/sec
[no] burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::NniCtrlBurstSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- the burst size max burst size, in packets
- range: [1...256]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment Table for L3 forwarded traffic.This
facility allows DSCP to P-bits alignment without the use of QoS session profiles via configuring a mapping table
with global scope. It is only applied to traffic in interfaces with L3 forwarding.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.6-1 "QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the DSCP value
- the DSCP value
- range: [0...63]
Table 20.6-2 "QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> optional parameter
Format: the DOT1P value
- the DOT1P value
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS queue profile. A queue profile or buffer acceptance control
(BAC) profile contains configuration information on data plane queues. BAC profiles can be used on the L3 line
cards.
Minimum and Maximum Threshold value for queues are given in packets.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no queue (name) ) | ( queue (name) (bac-complex-type) [ no unit | unit <Qos::Units> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.7-1 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.7-2 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(bac-complex-type) Format: mandatory parameter
( tail-drop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> buffer acceptance control
| red : <Qos::MinThreshold> : <Qos::MaxThreshold> : algorithm
<Qos::DiscardProbability>
| twocolour-taildrop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow>
| twocolourred : <Qos::MinThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThreshold> : <Qos::DiscardProbability> :
<Qos::MinThresholdYellow> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow> : <Qos::DiscardProbYellow>
| gpon-tail-drop : <Qos::MinThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThreshold>
| threecolour-taildrop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow> : <Qos::MaxThresholdRed>
| threecolour-red : <Qos::MinThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThreshold> : <Qos::DiscardProbability> :
<Qos::MinThresholdYellow> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow> : <Qos::DiscardProbYellow>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS scheduler node profile. The scheduler node profiles contain
configuration settings for the data plane schedulers. These scheduler node profiles are applicable to downstream
schedulers on the L3 line cards. The scheduler node settings on the service hub can be modified separately.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no scheduler-node (name) ) | ( scheduler-node (name) priority <Qos::QosPriority> weight
<Qos::QosWeight> shaper-profile <Qos::QosShaperProfileName> [ no ext-shaper | ext-shaper
<Qos::QosShaperProfileName> ] [ no mcast-inc-shape | mcast-inc-shape <Qos::QosMulticastInclShaping> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.8-1 "QoS Scheduler Node Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.8-2 "QoS Scheduler Node Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
priority Parameter type: <Qos::QosPriority> mandatory parameter
Format: relative priority of the
- relative priority scheduler-node
- range: [1...8]
weight Parameter type: <Qos::QosWeight> mandatory parameter
Format: relative weight of the
- relative weight scheduler-node
- range: [0...127]
shaper-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosShaperProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: the associated shaper profile. For
( none EPON OLT in downstream, this
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) profile used for LLID shaper on
Possible values: 1G PON bandwidth.
- none : no profile name to associated
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a connection admission control (CAC) profile. CAC profiles are
used primarily for multicast video admission control. CAC profiles can be attached to subscriber interfaces. The
scope of a CAC profile is a DSL link (and not a PVC), regardless of the number of PVCs on a DSL link.
The system derives the line rate from the physical interfaces and calculates an estimate of the available Ethernet
bandwidth using configurable overhead factors. The line rate taken into account may be the guaranteed sync rate
or the actual line rate in case of DSL, based on a global configuration setting.
From this bandwidth, a part can be reserved for voice and data applications and the remaining part will be kept by
the system as the available bandwidth for multicast video. Only preconfigured multicast streams are considered for
CAC. Note that unicast video (regardless of whether it is premium content or generic Internet streaming video) is
ignored by the CAC function.
The maximum bandwidth that video will occupy can be further confined using the maximum multicast bandwidth
'max-mcast-bandwidth' parameter.
CAC profiles are applicable to line cards, but not to SHub/IHub interfaces.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no cac (name) ) | ( cac (name) res-voice-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS>
max-mcast-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> res-data-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> [ no cac-type |
cac-type <Qos::QosCacType> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.9-1 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.9-2 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
res-voice-bandwidth Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Format: reserved bandwidth for the voice
- interface bandwidth services
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
max-mcast-bandwidth Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for singleDot1P.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p (name) ) | ( d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> )
Command Parameters
Table 20.10-1 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.10-2 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dot1p Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a single DSCP.
All IP packets will be marked with the specified DSCP value. This marker type is incompatible with DSCP to P-bits
alignment.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no dscp (name) ) | ( dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> [ [ no ] alignment ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.11-1 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.11-2 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dscp Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the default DSCP value to be
- the DSCP value applied on all frames
- range: [0...63]
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a DSCP contract table. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the contract table, the command "configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint
(codepoint)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no dscp-contract (name) ) | ( dscp-contract (name) [ [ no ] alignment ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.12-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.12-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure codepoints in the DSCP contract table. To configure a marker, use
the command "configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name)".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.13-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For
DSCP-contract" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the value of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 20.13-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For
DSCP-contract" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the DSCP value the dscp value to be assigned to
- range: [0...63] the codepoint
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and a DSCP contract table. To configure the
DSCP codepoints in the contract table, the command "configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name)
codepoint (codepoint)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-dscp-contract (name) ) | ( d1p-dscp-contract (name) dot1p-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ [ no ] alignment ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.14-1 "QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.14-2 "QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure codepoints for a DSCP contract table. To configure a Dot1P and
DSCP contract table , use the command "configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name)".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.15-1 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the number of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 20.15-2 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the DSCP value the dscp value to be assigned to
- range: [0...63] the codepoint
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and single DSCP.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-dscp (name) ) | ( d1p-dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> )
Command Parameters
Table 20.16-1 "QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.16-2 "QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dscp Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the default DSCP value to be
- the DSCP value applied on all frames
- range: [0...63]
default-dot1p Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P alignment.
Default value for the global DSCP To Dot1P Alignment Table
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-alignment (name) ) | ( d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) [ no
dscp-pbit-prof | dscp-pbit-prof <Qos::QosDscpToPbitProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.17-1 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.17-2 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(alignment) Format: mandatory parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a Dot1P Remark table. To configure the Dot1P
Remark value in remark table, the command "configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (name) dot1p-value
(val) remark-value (val)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.18-1 "QoS Dot1P Remark Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure remark dot1p value in the Dot1P Remark table. To configure the
remark value in the Dot1P Remark table, use the command "configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (name)
dot1p-value (val) remark-value (val)".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (name) dot1p-value (dot1p-value) [ no remark-value | remark-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrioNc> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.19-1 "QoS Dot1P Remark Table Dot1p-value Configuration Command For
Dot1P-Remark" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(dot1p-value) Format: the dot1p value
- the dot-1p bit value
- range: [0...7]
Table 20.19-2 "QoS Dot1P Remark Table Dot1p-value Configuration Command For
Dot1P-Remark" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] remark-value Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrioNc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8L
- the remarked dot-1p bit value (8 means no change) the remarked dot1p value
- range: [0...8]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policer profile. A QoS policer profile contains all settings
related to a policer. The ISAM supports single token bucket policers, where the action upon conformance is either
pass or discard.
The L3 line cards units support both upstream and downstream policing. A policer profile can be used within a
QoS session profile for upstream and downstream policing.
The L2 line cards units do not support policing.
The SHub/IHub supports ingress policing, but it does not use policer profiles. See the section about the QoS
Ingress Policing Configuration Command to set up ingress policing on the SHub/IHub.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no policer (name) ) | ( policer (name) committed-info-rate <Qos::CommittedInfoRate>
committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> [ no policer-type | policer-type <Qos::PolicerType> ] [ no
excess-info-rate | excess-info-rate <Qos::ExcessInfoRate > ] [ no excess-burst-size | excess-burst-size
<Qos::ExcessBurstSize> ] [ no coupling-flag | coupling-flag <Qos::CouplingFlag> ] [ no color-mode | color-mode
<Qos::ColorMode> ] [ no green-action | green-action <Qos::GreenAction> ] [ no yellow-action | yellow-action
<Qos::YellowAction> ] [ no red-action | red-action <Qos::RedAction> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.20-1 "QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.20-2 "QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
committed-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::CommittedInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: committed information rate of a
- information rate policer
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
committed-burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> mandatory parameter
Format: committed burst size of a policer
- committed burst size of a policer
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an L2 filter. The created L2 filter can be reused to build policy
actions based on L2 filtering criteria, inside QoS session profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no l2-filter (name) ) | ( l2-filter (name) [ no dst-mac-addr | dst-mac-addr
<Qos::MacAddrAndMask> ] [ no src-mac-addr | src-mac-addr <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> ] [ no ethertype |
ethertype <Qos::FilterEthernetType> ] [ no dot1p-priority | dot1p-priority <Qos::MatchDot1pValue> ] [ no
canonical-format | canonical-format <Qos::FilterCfi> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Qos::FilterVlanId> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.21-1 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.21-2 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dst-mac-addr Parameter type: <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
<Qos::MacAddress> / <Qos::MacPrefixLength> 00/0"
Field type <Qos::MacAddress> destination mac address to be
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) matched with the packet
- length: 6
Field type <Qos::MacPrefixLength>
- the mac address prefix length
- range: [0...48]
[no] src-mac-addr Parameter type: <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
<Qos::MacAddress> / <Qos::MacPrefixLength> 00/0"
Field type <Qos::MacAddress> source mac address to be
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) matched with the packet
- length: 6
Field type <Qos::MacPrefixLength>
- the mac address prefix length
- range: [0...48]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an L3 filter. The created L3 filter can be reused to build policy
actions based on L3 filtering criteria, inside QoS session profiles.
DSCP mask is supported with defined L3-filter name with a prefix "DSCPMASKx_", 'x' must be 1~6, which means
treat dscp-value as a last 'x' bits masking -The first 8 characters are UPPER CASE ALPHABETIC = DSCPMASK;
and -The 9 character is NUMERICAL = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}; and -The 10 character is UNDERSCORE; -the remaining
is configurable.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no l3-filter (name) ) | ( l3-filter (name) [ no dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr
<Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ no min-dst-port |
min-dst-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no min-src-port |
min-src-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no max-src-port | max-src-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no dscp-value |
dscp-value <Qos::MatchDscpValue> ] [ no protocol | protocol <Qos::Protocol> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.22-1 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.22-2 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination ip address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source ip address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policy action profile. A QoS policy action contains: discard
packet, set a DSCP value, set a Dot1P value, policing with a policer, policer sharing attribute.
Dot1P and DSCP values are set to frames matched by the filter associated with this policy action.
The forwarding action for the frames matched by the filter can be discard or pass. The default forwarding action is
pass. When the forwarding action is discard, the other policy actions in this entry will not be checked; the frame
will be discarded immediately.
Policy sharing causes multiple QoS subflow with the same policy action profile to share their policer instance, in
case they are set up within the same session profile in the same direction.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no policy-action (name) ) | ( policy-action (name) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::SetDscpValue> ] [ no dot1p-value | dot1p-value <Qos::SetDot1pValue> ] [ [ no ] discard-packet ] [ [ no ]
shared-policer ] [ no policer-profile | policer-profile <Qos::QosPolicerProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.23-1 "QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.23-2 "QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::SetDscpValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dscp value set in a matched packet, -1 means no change dscp value set in a matched
- range: [-1...63] packet, -1 means no change
[no] dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::SetDot1pValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dot1p value set in a matched packet, -1 means no change dot1p value set in a matched
- range: [-1...7] packet, -1 means no change
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policy profile. A policy rule groups together a policy
condition (filter) with a set of associated actions. A policy rule contains:
• Filter type (L2 filter or L3 filter)
• L2 or L3 filter
• Precedence of this policy rule
• Policy action
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no policy (name) ) | ( policy (name) filter <Qos::PolicyFilter> [ no precedence |
precedence <Qos::PolicyPrecedence> ] [ no policy-action | policy-action <Qos::QosPolicyActionProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.24-1 "QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.24-2 "QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
filter Parameter type: <Qos::PolicyFilter> mandatory parameter
Format: the filter for the policy rule
( l2-name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
| l3-name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- l2-name : refer to a l2 filter
- l3-name : refer to a l3 filter
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Description
This commmand allows the operator to configure the QoS session profile. The QoS session profile is the main
building block for conveying user traffic contractual rights and treatment. The QoS session profile is a
"macro"-profile, which consists of individual settings as well as references to smaller profiles.
A QoS session profile is composed of
• a logical flow type,
• a marker profile,
• two policer profiles for up and downstream policing,
• two lists for upstream and downstream policy conditions and actions.
The logical flow type is a legacy parameter which is ignored. Any value is interpreted as "Generic", that is, the
QoS session profile can be attached to any interface. If the QoS session profile contains settings that are not
supported on the interface, then these are silently ignored by the system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no session (name) ) | ( session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType> [ no
up-policer | up-policer <Qos::QosPolicerProfileName> ] [ no down-policer | down-policer
<Qos::QosPolicerProfileName> ] [ no up-marker | up-marker <Qos::QosMarkerProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.25-1 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.25-2 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
logical-flow-type Parameter type: <Qos::LogicalFlowType> mandatory parameter
Format: a traffic stream up on which
( generic policy to be made. Important
| pvc note: this mandatory parameter is
| dot-1x-session depreciated. No distinction is
| pvc-vlan-combination made any more between the
| ppp-session different flow types : independent
| ip-session on what is configured, generic is
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a list of upstream policies in a QoS session profile. The maximum
number of upstream policy rules is 16 per interface. However the number of these policy rules are hardware
dependent.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles session (name) ( no up-policy (name) ) | ( up-policy (name) )
Command Parameters
Table 20.26-1 "QoS Session Upstream Policy List Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(name) Format: policy profile name applicable
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a list of downstream policies in a QoS session profile.However the
number of these policy rules are hardware dependent.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles session (name) ( no down-policy (name) ) | ( down-policy (name) )
Command Parameters
Table 20.27-1 "QoS Session Downstream Policy List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(name) Format: policy profile name applicable
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS shaper profile. A QoS shaper profile contains all settings
related to a shaper. The ISAM supports single token bucket shapers. EIR is only applicable if shaper type is
singleTokenBucketGpon. CBS is applicable only if the shaper type is singleTokenBucket.
The L2+ line cards support shaping on queue.
1. GPON supports EIR and CIR. If CBS is non-zero for GPON; CLI will return an error.
2. DSL doesn't support EIR. So if user enters non-zero for EIR for DSL; CLI will return an error.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.28-1 "QoS Shaper Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.28-2 "QoS Shaper Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
committed-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::ShaperCommittedInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: committed information rate of a
- committed information rate of a shaper shaper
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
committed-burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::ShaperCommittedBurstSizeNew> mandatory parameter
Format: committed burst size of shaper
- committed burst size of shaper
- unit: byte
- range: [0,64...2147483647]
[no] excess-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::ShaperExcessiveInfoRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Bandwidth profile. A QoS Bandwidth profile contains
upstream rate enforcement information for frames to which this profile is applied.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.29-1 "QoS Bandwidth Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.29-2 "QoS Bandwidth Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
committed-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::BwCommittedInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: committed information rate
- committed information rate
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...10000000]
assured-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::BwAssuredInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: assured information rate
- assured information rate
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...10000000]
excessive-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::BwExcessiveInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: excessive information rate
- excessive information rate
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...10000000]
[no] delay-tolerance Parameter type: <Qos::DelayTolerance> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Ingress profile.The IngressQoS Profile table stores the pbit
to TC mappings that can be used by a L2 Forwarder in the upstream and dowstream directions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no ingress-qos (name) ) | ( ingress-qos (name) [ no dot1-p0-tc | dot1-p0-tc
<Qos::TCMask_0> ] [ no dot1-p1-tc | dot1-p1-tc <Qos::TCMask_1> ] [ no dot1-p2-tc | dot1-p2-tc
<Qos::TCMask_2> ] [ no dot1-p3-tc | dot1-p3-tc <Qos::TCMask_3> ] [ no dot1-p4-tc | dot1-p4-tc
<Qos::TCMask_4> ] [ no dot1-p5-tc | dot1-p5-tc <Qos::TCMask_5> ] [ no dot1-p6-tc | dot1-p6-tc
<Qos::TCMask_6> ] [ no dot1-p7-tc | dot1-p7-tc <Qos::TCMask_7> ] [ [ no ] usedei ] [ no dot1-p0-color |
dot1-p0-color <Qos::NibbleMask_0> ] [ no dot1-p1-color | dot1-p1-color <Qos::NibbleMask_1> ] [ no
dot1-p2-color | dot1-p2-color <Qos::NibbleMask_2> ] [ no dot1-p3-color | dot1-p3-color <Qos::NibbleMask_3> ] [
no dot1-p4-color | dot1-p4-color <Qos::NibbleMask_4> ] [ no dot1-p5-color | dot1-p5-color <Qos::NibbleMask_5>
] [ no dot1-p6-color | dot1-p6-color <Qos::NibbleMask_6> ] [ no dot1-p7-color | dot1-p7-color
<Qos::NibbleMask_7> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 20.30-1 "QoS IngressQoS Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.30-2 "QoS IngressQoS Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dot1-p0-tc Parameter type: <Qos::TCMask_0> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- traffic class corresponding to pbit0 traffic class corresponding to
- range: [0...15] pbit0
[no] dot1-p1-tc Parameter type: <Qos::TCMask_1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- traffic class corresponding to pbit1 traffic class corresponding to
- range: [0...15] pbit1
[no] dot1-p2-tc Parameter type: <Qos::TCMask_2> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS rate limit profile. A QoS rate limit profile contains all rate
limit values related to different protocols, or total protocol values
Total protocol ratelimit value and supported protocol ratelimit value
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no rate-limit (name) ) | ( rate-limit (name) [ no total-rate | total-rate
<Qos::RateLimitTotalRate> ] [ no total-burst | total-burst <Qos::RateLimitTotalBurst> ] [ no arp-rate | arp-rate
<Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no arp-burst | arp-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no dhcp-rate |
dhcp-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no dhcp-burst | dhcp-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no
igmp-rate | igmp-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no igmp-burst | igmp-burst
<Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no pppoe-rate | pppoe-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no pppoe-burst |
pppoe-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no nd-rate | nd-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no nd-burst |
nd-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no icmpv6-rate | icmpv6-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no
icmpv6-burst | icmpv6-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no mld-rate | mld-rate
<Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no mld-burst | mld-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no dhcpv6-rate |
dhcpv6-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no dhcpv6-burst | dhcpv6-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [
no cfm-rate | cfm-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no cfm-burst | cfm-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ]
)
Command Parameters
Table 20.31-1 "QoS Rate Limit Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 20.31-2 "QoS Rate Limit Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] total-rate Parameter type: <Qos::RateLimitTotalRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- protocol rate limit total rate committed total rate limit value
- unit: pps
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS DSCP to Pbit mapping profile. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the DSCP to dot1p mapping, the command "configure qos profiles dscp-pbit (name) codepoint
(codepoint) (value)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.32-1 "QoS DSCP to Pbit Mapping Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS DSCP to Pbit mapping profile. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the DSCP to dot1p mapping, the command "configure qos profiles dscp-pbit (name) codepoint
(codepoint) (value)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles dscp-pbit (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ dot1p-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.33-1 "QoS DSCP to Pbit Mapping Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the value of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 20.33-2 "QoS DSCP to Pbit Mapping Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> optional parameter
Format: the dot1p value to be assigned to
- the DOT1P value the dscp codepoint
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various parameters related to board-level traffic load and packet
loss.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.34-1 "QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical number of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 20.34-2 "QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] buffer-occ-thresh Parameter type: <Qos::PercentThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various parameters related to subscriber interface and queue level
traffic load and packet loss.
Load per physical line is calculated by matching the total number of bytes transmitted versus the capacity of the
interface in the relevant measurement epoch. Load per queue is measured in terms of the contribution to the
interface level load of traffic passed in a certain queue.
Threshold crossing alarms can be specified for the load and packet loss parameters per line and per traffic class.
This feature can be useful to detect network anomalies by watching over packet discard or load level in
high-priority traffic classes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos tca (index) queue <Qos::TcaQueues> [ [ no ] tca-enable ] [ no load-thresh | load-thresh
<Qos::PercentThresh> ] [ no dis-frame-th | dis-frame-th <Qos::QosQueueStatsDiscFramesTcaThreshold> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.35-1 "QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or lag port of a dsl
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / link
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ellid : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index).
This command allows the operator to configure QoS settings on subscriber interfaces. For each subscriber
interface the operator can apply scheduling and CAC settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for egress subscriber interfaces on L3 cards. A
CAC profile is used to configure CAC settings for a subscriber interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.36-1 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a subscriber
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface.
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 20.36-2 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] scheduler-profile Parameter type: <Qos::SchedulerProfName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "name : CL_66"
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> name of scheduler profile to be
Possible values: mapped on this subscriber
- name : enter profile name to be associated interface.
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index) queue.
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each DSL interface
supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured independently using buffer acceptance control (BAC)
profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. However, this is
not recommended because this allows QoS un-aware packet discard. If the total downstream buffer pool is
over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message. Proceed with care, as this allows QoS un-aware packet
discard in extreme traffic conditions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.37-1 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a subscriber
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface.
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(queue) Format: queue in scope of 1 dsl link on a
- output dsl/gpon/epon port queue number line-interface-module
- range: [0...7,255]
Table 20.37-2 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
queue-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of the queue profile
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index).
This command allows the operator to configure Shdsl links. For each Shdsl link the operator can apply scheduling
and CAC settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for each egress Shdsl interface. A CAC profile is
used to configure CAC settings for each Shdsl interface.
The Shdsl link table can be configured on the SMLT-H , SMLT-J and NSLT-A units.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.38-1 "QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a shdsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 20.38-2 "QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
scheduler-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosSchedulerProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of scheduler profile to be
( none mapped on this dsl link
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index) queue.
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each SHDSL
interface supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured independently using buffer acceptance
control (BAC) profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. However, this is
not recommended because this allows QoS un-aware packet discard. If the total downstream buffer pool is
over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message. Proceed with care, as this allows QoS un-aware packet
discard in extreme traffic conditions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.39-1 "QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a shdsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(queue) Format: queue in scope of 1 dsl link on a
- output dsl/gpon/epon port queue number line-interface-module
- range: [0...7,255]
Table 20.39-2 "QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure QoS settings on a user-port Interface. A user-port Interface can be
a DSL-link, an Shdsl-link, an Ethernet Line, a Link Aggregation Group or a pon, ont or uni interface. For each
Interface the operator can apply scheduling and CAC and shaper settings.
A scheduler node profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for each egress Interface. A CAC profile is
used to configure CAC settings for each Interface. A shaper profile is used to configure downstream flooding
shaper settings for each Interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.40-1 "QoS Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or la-group of a
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-port Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ellid : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| epon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each user-port
(DSL-Link, Shdsl-link or Ethernet Line or LA-Group) supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured
independently using buffer acceptance control (BAC) profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. Please take note
that this allows QoS un-aware packet discard under extreme traffic conditions. When the total downstream buffer
pool is over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message.
Queue profile none only for epon,queue profile must have a name for other boards.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos interface (index) queue (queue) [ priority <Qos::QosPriority> ] [ weight <Qos::QosWeight> ] [
oper-weight <Qos::QosWeight> ] [ queue-profile <Qos::QosQueueProfName> ] [ shaper-profile
<Qos::QosShaperProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.41-1 "QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or la-group of a
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-port Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ellid : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| epon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the upstream queues on the LIM with queue profiles
The operator can configure the upstream queue priority and upstream queue weight along with an option to enable
or disable the bandwidth sharing.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos interface (index) upstream-queue (queue) [ no priority | priority <Qos::QosPriority> ] [ no weight |
weight <Qos::QosWeight> ] [ no bandwidth-profile | bandwidth-profile <Qos::QosBandwidthProfileName> ] [ no
ext-bw | ext-bw <Qos::QosBandwidthProfileName> ] [ no bandwidth-sharing | bandwidth-sharing
<Qos::BandwidthSharing> ] [ no queue-profile | queue-profile <Qos::QosQueueProfName> ] [ no shaper-profile |
shaper-profile <Qos::QosShaperProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.42-1 "QoS Interface Upstream Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or la-group of a
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-port Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ellid : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| epon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| eont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the downstream queues on the ONT.
The operator can configure the downstream queue priority and downstream queue weight at the ONT.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos interface (index) ds-rem-queue (queue) [ no priority | priority <Qos::QosPriority> ] [ no weight |
weight <Qos::QosWeight> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.43-1 "QoS Interface Remote Downstream Queue Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or la-group of a
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-port Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ellid : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| epon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| eont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure police rate and burst per protocl.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.44-1 "QoS Line Control Packets Rate Limit Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(protocol-id) Format: protocol id for
( arp arp,igmp,dhcpv4,dhcpv6,icmpv6,cfm,pp
| igmp
| dhcpv4
| dhcpv6
| icmpv6
| cfm
| pppox )
Possible values:
- arp : arp
- igmp : igmp
- dhcpv4 : dhcpv4
- dhcpv6 : dhcpv6
- icmpv6 : icmpv6
- cfm : cfm
- pppox : pppox
Table 20.44-2 "QoS Line Control Packets Rate Limit Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sustained-rate Parameter type: <Qos::SustainedRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- the police rate of inc user pkts in pps police the user incoming packets
- range: [1...64] on all pvc's for the protocol of a
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "VLAN Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----vlan
- [no] broadcast-frames
- priority-policy
X pvid-usage
----vmac-address-format
- host-id
----[no] id
- (vlanid)
- [no] name
- mode
- [no] sntp-proxy
- [no] priority
- [no] vmac-translation
- [no] vmac-dnstr-filter
- [no] vmac-not-in-opt61
X [no] broadcast-frames
- [no] new-broadcast
- [no] protocol-filter
X [no] pppoe-relay
- [no] pppoe-relay-tag
- [no] dhcp-opt-82
X [no] circuit-id
- [no] circuit-id-dhcp
X [no] remote-id
- [no] remote-id-dhcp
- [no] dhcp-linerate
- [no] pppoe-linerate
- [no] dhcpv6-linerate
- [no] circuit-id-pppoe
- [no] remote-id-pppoe
X [no] secure-forwarding
- [no] new-secure-fwd
- [no] aging-time
- [no] l2cp-transparent
- [no] dhcpv6-itf-id
- [no] dhcpv6-remote-id
- [no] dhcpv6-trst-port
- [no] enterprise-number
- [no] icmpv6-sec-fltr
- [no] in-qos-prof-name
- [no] ipv4-mcast-ctrl
- [no] ipv6-mcast-ctrl
- [no] mac-mcast-ctrl
- [no] dis-proto-rip
- [no] proto-ntp
- [no] dis-ip-antispoof
- [no] unknown-unicast
- [no] pt2ptgem-flooding
- [no] mac-movement-ctrl
----[no] unicast-mac
- (unicast-mac)
- vlan-id
- forward-port
----[no] vlan-port
- (port)
- unicast-mac
----[no] port-protocol
- (port)
- protocol-group
- vlan-id
- priority
----pbit-statistics
----[no] port
- (vlan-port)
- min-dot1p
- max-dot1p
----[no] priority-regen
- (profile-idx)
- profile-name
- [no] pbit0
- [no] pbit1
- [no] pbit2
- [no] pbit3
- [no] pbit4
- [no] pbit5
- [no] pbit6
- [no] pbit7
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify VLAN parameters that are globally applicable to VLANs:
- broadcast-frames : applies to VLANs of type residential bridge.when configured,broadcasting of frames is
configurable on a per vlan basis, when the parameter is configured as "no broadcast-frames", downstream
broadcast is disabled globally for all vlans.
- priority-policy : applies to VLANs of type residential bridge, cross-connect and QoS-aware.Indicates if the
priority of upstream frames is selected from the vlan (pvid) or port-default.This configuration is only applicable for
untagged user traffic.
- pvid-usage : when configured as "c-vlantranslation", the pvid (port default vlan) behaviour will become very
specific. In this configuration case, the pvid is used to do c-vlantranslation for user upstream traffic which is
tagged with vlan 7. Other tagged user traffic will be discarded. Also untagged user traffic will be discared: it will
not be tagged with the pvid.
If downstream traffic must be tagged,c-vlantranslation will also be done :the vlantag (equal to pvid value)will be
translated to vlan 7.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.2-2 "VLAN General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] broadcast-frames Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
broadcasting of frames is
configurable per vlan
priority-policy Parameter type: <Vlan::PriorityMap> optional parameter
Format: specifies how to deal with
( vlan-specific ethernet priority of the upstream
| port-default ) frames
Possible values:
- vlan-specific : the priority of the vlan
- port-default : the default priority of the port
pvid-usage Parameter type: <Vlan::PvidUsage> obsolete parameter that will be
Format: ignored
( c-vlan-translation multi-vlan service supports
| standard ) c-vlan translation
Possible values:
Command Description
This command allows the user to configure the format in which a virtual MAC address is defined.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.3-2 "Virtual MAC Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
host-id Parameter type: <Vlan::vmacUniqueHostID> optional parameter
Format: Value of vMac unique host
- A unique host Id within an EMAN connected to the same ID.Range 1...524287 for
IP edges DSL/ETH vMAC range 1...65536
- range: [1...524287] for GPON vMAC
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify a VLAN and its attributes. The following combination is not
allowed:pppoe-relay-tag=configurable, while circuit-id-pppoe and remote-id-pppoe are both disable or
customer-id or physical-id.
The circuit-id-pppoe and remote-id-pppoe take effect when the pppoe-relay-tag is configurable.
The circuit-id-dhcp and remote-id-dhcp take effect when the dhcp-opt-82 is true.
- broadcast-frames: applies to VLANs of type residential bridge.The configured value of this parameter has no
meaning when broadcast-frames is not enabled at node level, meaning globally for all VLANs
- priority: The selection of the vlan based priority can apply provided the prioritypolicy at node level is
vlan-specific.
- vmac-translation: this configuration value has no effect in case mac learning is disabled (mac-learn-off).
- RIP will be enabled automatically by default during the creation of VLAN.
The vlan numbering space is the concatenation of an Service Provider VLAN, say S-VLAN-ID, and a Customer
VLAN, say C-VLAN-ID. Remark that the S-VLAN-ID is assumed to be unique.
The VLAN-ID value "0" - which is not a valid VLAN-tag value- is used to indicate "not applicable". The value 4097
should not be used as a valid forwarding vlan.
Following convention applies:
- S-VLAN is identified as (S-VLAN-ID, C-VLAN-ID=0)
- unstacked C-VLAN:
- the S-VLAN is absent or not applicable
- C-VLAN-ID > 0. A constraint exists for VLAN 1: it is reserved as the VLAN-unaware bridge. This VLAN is
managed as any other VLAN (i.e. it can be created, modified, removed) but it must be a residential bridged VLAN.
- stacked C-VLAN is identified as (S-VLAN-ID>1, C-VLAN-ID>1)
- ipv6-mcast-ctrl: This parameter is used in the following cases: - on the NGLT-A GPON linecard, ipv6-mcast-ctrl
parameter is used to allow or disallow upstream and downstream IPv6 multicast traffic - for all other linecards, in
case no DHCPv6 protocol processing is performed on the linecard (i.e. secure-forwarding,dhcpv6-itf-id and
dhcpv6-remote-id are all disabled), the ipv6-mcast-ctrl parameter is used to control upstream and downstream
DHCPv6 multicast traffic
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.4-1 "VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 21.4-2 "VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- char string name
- length: x<=80
mode Parameter type: <Vlan::SystemMode> mandatory parameter
Format: mode
( cross-connect
| residential-bridge
| qos-aware
| layer2-terminated
| mirror )
Possible values:
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan
- residential-bridge : residential bridge vlan
- qos-aware : qos aware vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated vlan
- mirror : mirror vlan
[no] sntp-proxy Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable SNTP proxy
[no] priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify entries in the Layer 2 filtering database for a specific VLAN and
unicast MAC address.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
Use of this command is disencouraged because it will be obsoleted and replaced in the future by the VLAN Port
Filtering Database Configuration command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.5-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(unicast-mac) Format: unicast mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> network vlan id
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 21.5-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify entries in the Layer 2 filtering database for a specific VLAN Port and
unicast MAC address.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
This command will in time obsolete and replace the VLAN Filtering Database Configuration command. Already
now, it must be used in case multiple vlan ports are configured on the same bridge port and attached to the same
I-Bridge.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure vlan ( no vlan-port (port) unicast-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> ) | ( vlan-port (port) unicast-mac
<Vlan::MacAddr> )
Command Parameters
Table 21.6-1 "VLAN Port Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: vlan port
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
Command Description
For protocol-based VLANs, this command allows the operator to specify how incoming traffic on a port is
allocated to a particular VLAN and priority.
For Ethernet frames, the mapping to either the PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
• protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x8864: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
• protocol value 0x0806: IPoE
• protocol value 0x8035: IPoE
For RFC_1042 frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
• protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x8864: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
• protocol value 0x0806: IPoE
• protocol value 0x8035: IPoE
priority: The selection of the priority for upstream frames, in case of a protocol based vlan, is not dependent on the
configuration of the priority-policy configured at node level.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure vlan ( no port-protocol (port) protocol-group <Vlan::GroupId> ) | ( port-protocol (port) protocol-group
<Vlan::GroupId> vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> priority <Vlan::Priority> )
Command Parameters
Table 21.7-1 "VLAN Protocol-based Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port,...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the p-bit traffic counter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure vlan pbit-statistics ( no port (vlan-port) min-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMin> max-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMax> )
| ( port (vlan-port) min-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMin> max-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMax> )
Command Parameters
Table 21.8-1 "Vlan Pbit Traffic Counter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-port) Format: vlan port
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a priority regeneration profile. The priority regeneration profile
table stores the pbit to TC mappings that can be used by a L2 Forwarder in the upstream and downstream
directions. The first 10 profiles are hard-coded and may be neither edited nor deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.9-1 "Vlan Priority Regeneration Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-idx) Format: A unique profile index
- a unique index value for the priority regeneration profile
- range: [11...32]
Table 21.9-2 "Vlan Priority Regeneration Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] pbit0 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMaskRestricted_0> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8
- nibble mask pbit mapping corresponding to
- range: [0...8] pbit0
[no] pbit1 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMaskRestricted_1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8
- nibble mask pbit mapping corresponding to
- range: [0...8] pbit1
[no] pbit2 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMaskRestricted_2> optional parameter with default
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Bridge Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----bridge
- [no] ageing-time
----[no] port
- (port)
- [no] pvid
- [no] default-priority
- [no] mac-learn-off
- [no] max-unicast-mac
X [no] accept-frame-type
- [no] qos-profile
- [no] prio-regen-prof
- [no] prio-regen-name
- [no] max-committed-mac
- [no] mirror-mode
- [no] mirror-vlan
- [no] pvid-tagging-flag
----[no] vlan-id
- (index)
X (old-tag)
- [no] tag
- [no] network-vlan
- [no] vlan-scope
- [no] qos
- [no] qos-profile
- [no] prior-best-effort
- [no] prior-background
- [no] prior-spare
- [no] prior-exc-effort
- [no] prior-ctrl-load
- [no] prior-less-100ms
- [no] prior-less-10ms
- [no] prior-nw-ctrl
- [no] in-qos-prof-name
- [no] max-up-qos-policy
- [no] max-ip-antispoof
- [no] max-unicast-mac
- [no] max-ipv6-antispf
- [no] mac-learn-ctrl
----static-user
----[no] ip-address
- (ipaddr)
----[no] ipv6-address
- (prefixandlength)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering
database. The setting is applicable to the entire bridge.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.2-2 "Bridge General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ageing-time Parameter type: <Vlan::AgingTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- ageing time ageing timeout for dynamic mac
- unit: sec entries
- range: [10...1000000]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port. These
parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.
Priority Regeneration Profile: these profiles are predetermined. Following profiles are available:
• Profile 1: Trusted Port
• Profile 2: Best Effort
• Profile 3: Controlled Load, all priority 3 traffic
• Profile 4: Controlled Load, all priority 4 traffic
• Profile 5: Background
• Profile 6: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice
• Profile 7: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice according 802.1d Annex G
• Profile 8: Best Effort, Voice
• Profile 9: L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
• Profile 10: L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
The configuration of this value should not be combined with the configuration of:
• a port default vlan, or
• a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, or
• a terminated PPPoE interface, or
• a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE, or
• a terminated IPoE interface.
untagged: This configuration allows the user to send untagged frames and on some types of HW also priority
tagged frames. Processing untagged / priority tagged frames requires additional configuration. Such frames will be
discarded in absence of such additional configuration. The configuration of the acceptable-Frame-Type to this
value results also in the autonomous creation by the system of an 'IGMP channel' and of an '802.1x Port'
associated to this Bridge Port. These objects are created with default values such that the corresponding function is
'disabled'. The configuration this value should be completed with the creation of:
• one or more port-vlan associations and
• a port default vlan, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE,
However, note that this value is not always strictly forced on all HW. E.g. some type of LSMs will accept and
forward single tagged frames when the VLAN-id matches a configured port-vlan association. Other type of LSMs
will always discard single tagged frame.
Note that for the multivlan feature, tagged user traffic will be sent but the "acceptable frame types" must be set to
"untagged".
mixed-untagged: This value allows the user to send single tagged frames, untagged frames, and on some types of
HW also priority tagged frames. The VLAN-id of single tagged frames will be verified against the configured
port-vlan associations. Untagged / priority tagged frames will be processed according additional configuration.
Such frames will be discarded in absence of such additional configuration. The configuration of this value should
be completed with the configuration of:
• one or more port-vlan associations, and
• a port default vlan, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE.
default-priority: The selection of the port default-priority can apply provided the priority-policy at node level is
port-default.
mac-learn-off : The configuration value has no effect in case the bridge port is used for IpoA CC and EPON
boards: the system accepts all values but no mac learning will be done.
Remark: Please note that in case the RADIUS server returns a VLAN for 802.1x authenticated ports, it is
recommended to not configure a port default VLAN ID (PVID) on that user port. In any case, the VLAN ID
returned by the RADIUS server may not equal the pre- configured PVID on the user port. In addition, the returned
VLAN ID by the RADIUS server may not be configured as the PVID on the user port after successful 802.1x
authentication.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge ( no port (port) ) | ( port (port) [ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ no default-priority |
default-priority <Vlan::Priority> ] [ [ no ] mac-learn-off ] [ no max-unicast-mac | max-unicast-mac
<Vlan::MaxMac> ] [ no accept-frame-type | accept-frame-type <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> ] [ no qos-profile |
qos-profile <Qos::QosSessionProfileName> ] [ no prio-regen-prof | prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> ] [
no prio-regen-name | prio-regen-name <Vlan::PrioRegenProfileName> ] [ no max-committed-mac |
max-committed-mac <Vlan::ComitMaxMac> ] [ no mirror-mode | mirror-mode <Vlan::MirrorMode> ] [ no
mirror-vlan | mirror-vlan <Vlan::MirrorVlan> ] [ no pvid-tagging-flag | pvid-tagging-flag
<Vlan::PvidTaggingFlag> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 22.3-1 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm pvc,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / efm port, eth port, la group ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to associate a VLAN to a bridge port and to define VLAN attributes on this port.
The parameters that allow to configure the priority bits (prior-best-effort till prior-nw-ctrl) only apply in case of a
qos-aware VLAN.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge port (port) ( no vlan-id (index) ) | ( vlan-id (index) [ (old-tag) ] [ no tag | tag
<Vlan::PortUntagStatus> ] [ no network-vlan | network-vlan <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ no vlan-scope | vlan-scope
<Vlan::VlanScope> ] [ no qos | qos <Vlan::QosPolicy> ] [ no qos-profile | qos-profile
<Qos::QosSessionProfileName> ] [ [ no ] prior-best-effort ] [ [ no ] prior-background ] [ [ no ] prior-spare ] [ [ no ]
prior-exc-effort ] [ [ no ] prior-ctrl-load ] [ [ no ] prior-less-100ms ] [ [ no ] prior-less-10ms ] [ [ no ] prior-nw-ctrl ]
[ no in-qos-prof-name | in-qos-prof-name <Qos::QosIngressProfileNameForVlan> ] [ no max-up-qos-policy |
max-up-qos-policy <Vlan::MaxUpQoSPolicy> ] [ no max-ip-antispoof | max-ip-antispoof
<Vlan::MaxIpAntispoof> ] [ no max-unicast-mac | max-unicast-mac <Vlan::BridgeMaxMac> ] [ no
max-ipv6-antispf | max-ipv6-antispf <Vlan::MaxIpAntispoof> ] [ no mac-learn-ctrl | mac-learn-ctrl
<Vlan::MacLearnCtrl> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 22.4-1 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm pvc,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / efm port, eth port, la group ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
Command Output
Table 22.4-3 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
prio-regen-name Parameter type: <Vlan::PrioRegenProfileName> priority regeneration profile name
( none This element is only shown in
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredVlanProfileName> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP-address for a user interface(vlan-port) of a L2 forwarder.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge port (port) vlan-id (index) static-user ( no ip-address (ipaddr) ) | ( ip-address (ipaddr) )
Command Parameters
Table 22.5-1 "L2 Static User Ip Address Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm pvc,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / efm port, eth port, la group ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IPv6-address for a user interface(vlan-port) of a L2 forwarder.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge port (port) vlan-id (index) static-user ( no ipv6-address (prefixandlength) ) | ( ipv6-address
(prefixandlength) )
Command Parameters
Table 22.6-1 "L2 Static User Ipv6 Address Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm pvc,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / efm port, eth port, la group ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ARP-RELAY Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----arp-relay
----[no] statistics
- (vlan-port)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable/disable the detailed arp-relay statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 23.2-1 "Arp-Relay Statistics Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-port) Format: the vlan-port
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IGMP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----igmp
----[no] channel
- (port)
- [no] perm-pkg-bitmap
- [no] max-num-group
- [no] mode
X (cac-disable)
X (ip-anti-spoof-dis)
- [no] igmp-version
- [no] forking
- [no] lt-ont-signaling
- [no] mc-pbit-value
- [no] mcast-vlan-id
- [no] mc-vlan-xlate
- [no] mcast-svc-context
- [no] max-msg-rate
----[no] fullview-packages
- (package)
----[no] preview-packages
- (package)
----package
- (index)
- [no] name
- [no] template-name
- [no] template-version
----system
- [no] src-ip-address
- [no] verify-checksum
- [no] query-interval
- [no] max-rsp-time
- [no] robustness
- [no] mem-query-int
- [no] last-memb-cnt
- [no] last-max-resp-tim
- [no] host-report-intv
- [no] start
- [no] preview-valid
- [no] cdr-validation
- [no] cdr-generation
- [no] except-cdr-rate
- [no] cdr-export
- [no] cdr-file-aging
- [no] cdr-polling
- [no] user-igmp-version
- [no] netw-igmp-version
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
- [no] forking
- [no] lt-ont-signaling
- [no] vlan-selection
- [no] disc-lwr-version
----cdr-type
- [no] periodic
- [no] period
- [no] attempt-max-pview
- [no] attempt-blackout
- [no] attempt-no-perm
----[no] vlan
- (vlan-id)
- netw-igmp-version
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
----[no] mc-vlan-xlate
- (nwvlan)
- ponvlan
----[no] mc-pon-vlan-xlate
- (pon)
- nwvlan
- ponvlan
----[no] mcast-svc-context
- (name)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the IGMP channel parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.2-1 "IGMP Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP channel permission package members.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.3-1 "IGMP Channel Permission Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP channel preview package members.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.4-1 "IGMP Channel Preview Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure IGMP package bitmaps. The package is intended primarily for use
by a network/element manager, such as an AMS, to support multiple sets of packages in different regions.
A package is a group of zero or more multicast sources that share a common access permission. Grouping the
source channels into one or more packages provides flexibility for the service provider to deliver different levels of
services to the end users; for example, "Basic Package", "Middle-Tier Package", and "Premium Package".
NOTE:There is no requirement to configure the package. If the package is modified, there is no effect on the
multicast source.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.5-1 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the package
- index of the package
- range: [1...1024]
Table 24.5-2 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the package
- length: x<=32
[no] template-name Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the service template
- length: x<=32 containing this pkg
[no] template-version Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- version of the service template containing this package version of the service template
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP parameters that are globally applicable to the Node.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.6-2 "IGMP System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] src-ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address source ip addr which is tx in
every mcast IP datagram
[no] verify-checksum Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
verification performed on Rx
IGMP frame
[no] query-interval Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 125
- interval at which general membership queries transmitted interval at which general
- unit: sec membership queries transmitted
- range: [2...3175]
[no] max-rsp-time Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100
- max query resp time advertised in IGMPv2 queries max query response time
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP system Call Detail Record
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.7-2 "IGMP System CDR Type Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] periodic Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
interim CDR records generated
for fullview/preview
[no] period Parameter type: <Igmp::IntermGenCDRPeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- intermediate CDR generation period, in multiples of 5 intermediate CDR generation
- unit: min period
- range: [15...60]
[no] attempt-max-pview Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated when max nbr
preview exceeded is true
[no] attempt-blackout Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated allowed when
blackout period is active
[no] attempt-no-perm Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated to join a mcast
with no access rights
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP parameters on a per Vlan basis.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.8-1 "IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: index of the system vlan
- vlan index
- range: [1...4093]
Table 24.8-2 "IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
netw-igmp-version Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanV3ProcessStatus> mandatory parameter
Format: IGMP version of the protocol
(2
|3)
Possible values:
- 2 : IGMP version2
- 3 : IGMP version3
[no] v3-max-num-rec Parameter type: <Igmp::V3MaxNumRecordReport> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- max num of group records in one IGMPv3 report (2 exp N) max num of group records in one
- range: [0...10] IGMPv3 report (2 exp N)
Command Description
This command allows the operator configure source-pon vlan translation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.9-1 "IGMP Multicast Vlan Translation Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(nwvlan) Format: identification of the network-side
- the multicast vlan id virtual lan
- range: [2...4093]
Table 24.9-2 "IGMP Multicast Vlan Translation Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ponvlan Parameter type: <Igmp::mcPonVlanId> mandatory parameter
Format: identification of the pon-side
- vlan index virtual lan
- range: [1...4093]
Command Description
This command allows the operator configure source-pon vlan translation on pon port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure igmp ( no mc-pon-vlan-xlate (pon) nwvlan <Igmp::mcSrcVlanId> ) | ( mc-pon-vlan-xlate (pon) nwvlan
<Igmp::mcSrcVlanId> ponvlan <Igmp::mcPonVlanId> )
Command Parameters
Table 24.10-1 "IGMP Multicast Pon Vlan Translation Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon) Format: identification of the pon interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
nwvlan Parameter type: <Igmp::mcSrcVlanId> identification of the network-side
Format: virtual lan
- the multicast vlan id
- range: [2...4093]
Table 24.10-2 "IGMP Multicast Pon Vlan Translation Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ponvlan Parameter type: <Igmp::mcPonVlanId> mandatory parameter
Format: identification of the pon-side
- vlan index virtual lan
- range: [1...4093]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure multicast service context
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.11-1 "Igmp Multicast Service Context Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name for the
- a profile name service context
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Multicast Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----mcast
----general
- [no] fast-change
- [no] pkg-memb-bitmap
- [no] max-bitrate
- [no] mean-bit-rate
----[no] package-member
- (package)
----capacity
- [no] max-num-group
- [no] max-num-uncfg
- [no] cfg-res-time
- [no] uncfg-res-time
----[no] channel
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- [no] dis-fast-change
- [no] pkg-mem-bitmap
- [no] name
- [no] guaranteed-serv
- [no] peak-bit-rate
- vlan-id
- [no] service-name
- [no] preview-duration
- [no] preview-number
- [no] preview-blackout
----[no] packagemember
- (package)
----[no] chn
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- vlan-id
- [no] end-ip-addr
- [no] mcast-svc-context
- [no] dis-fast-change
- [no] name
- [no] guaranteed-serv
- [no] peak-bit-rate
- [no] service-name
- [no] preview-duration
- [no] preview-number
- [no] preview-blackout
----[no] packagemember
- (package)
----monitor
----[no] src
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- [no] loss-duration
- [no] loss-thresh-alert
----[no] chn
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- vlan-id
- [no] loss-duration
- [no] loss-thresh-alert
----static
----[no] branch
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- port
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure general multicast parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.2-2 "Multicast General Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] fast-change Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable fast channel change
[no] pkg-memb-bitmap Parameter type: <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
- a binary string : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
- length: 128 ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff"
package(s) a class D address
belongs
[no] max-bitrate Parameter type: <Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2500
- reasonable max bitrate in ATM level for upstream reasonable downstream max
- unit: kbps bitrate in ATM level
- range: [0...100000]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP general multicast package members.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.3-1 "General Multicast Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast capacity parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.4-2 "Multicast Capacity Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-num-group Parameter type: <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1024
- no of groups the system can support in enough bandwidth no of grps the system supports in
- range: [0...1024] enough bandwidth
[no] max-num-uncfg Parameter type: <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- no of uncfg grps,system can support in enough bandwidth no of uncfg grps the system
- range: [0...1024] supports in enough bandwidth
[no] cfg-res-time Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::multicastCapacityCfgSourceReserveTime> value: 125
Format: time to reserve the unused
- time to reserve guaranteed configured groups
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]
[no] uncfg-res-time Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::multicastCapacityUnCfgSourceReserveTime> value: 0
Format: time to reserve the unused
- time to reserve unconfigured groups
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel.
Note:Mcast channel can not be deleted when VlanSelection is enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast ( no channel (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ) | ( channel (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> [ [ no ] dis-fast-change ] [ no pkg-mem-bitmap | pkg-mem-bitmap <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> ] [
no name | name <Igmp::multicastSrcName> ] [ [ no ] guaranteed-serv ] [ no peak-bit-rate | peak-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcEtherPeakBitRate> ] vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> [ no service-name | service-name
<Igmp::multicastSrcServiceName> ] [ no preview-duration | preview-duration
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> ] [ no preview-number | preview-number
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> ] [ no preview-blackout | preview-blackout
<Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.5-1 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
Table 25.5-2 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dis-fast-change Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable fast channel change
[no] pkg-mem-bitmap Parameter type: <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "01 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- a binary string : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
- length: 128 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel package members.
A multicast channel can be member of maximum 20 packages or be member of all (1024) packages, any value in
between will be rejected.
Using this command packages will be added or removed from/to the list of packages of which the multicast channel
is currently a member.
If the multicast channel is member of all packages care must be taken when removing packages, meaning that the
command will only be accepted if after execution the multicast channel will be member of 20 packages or less.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.6-1 "Multicast Channel Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel.
Note:Mcast channel can not be deleted when VlanSelection is enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast ( no chn (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> ) | ( chn
(grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> [ no end-ip-addr | end-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> ] [ no mcast-svc-context | mcast-svc-context <Igmp::McastSvcCtxtName> ] [ [ no ]
dis-fast-change ] [ no name | name <Igmp::multicastSrcName> ] [ [ no ] guaranteed-serv ] [ no peak-bit-rate |
peak-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcEtherPeakBitRate> ] [ no service-name | service-name
<Igmp::multicastSrcServiceName> ] [ no preview-duration | preview-duration
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> ] [ no preview-number | preview-number
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> ] [ no preview-blackout | preview-blackout
<Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.7-1 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> vlanid of the multicast channel
Format: which is configured in it
- vlan id for multicast
- range: [1...4093]
Table 25.7-2 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] end-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address The parameter is not visible
during modification.
end ip address of the range of
multicast addresses starting from
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel package members.
A multicast channel can be member of maximum 20 packages or be member of all (1024) packages, any value in
between will be rejected.
Using this command packages will be added or removed from/to the list of packages of which the multicast channel
is currently a member.
If the multicast channel is member of all packages care must be taken when removing packages, meaning that the
command will only be accepted if after execution the multicast channel will be member of 20 packages or less.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.8-1 "Multicast Channel Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> vlanid of the multicast channel
Format: which is configured in it
- vlan id for multicast
- range: [1...4093]
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure on demand monitoring for a specified multicast stream.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast monitor ( no src (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ) | ( src (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> [ no loss-duration | loss-duration <Igmp::LossDuration> ] [ no loss-thresh-alert | loss-thresh-alert
<Igmp::LossThreshold> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.9-1 "Multicast Monitoring Source Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255, order(big-endian)
except for 224.0.0.22)
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Unicast IP address in case SSM
Format: multicast channel, value 0.0.0.0
- IPv4-address means ASM(any-src-ip-addr)
Table 25.9-2 "Multicast Monitoring Source Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] loss-duration Parameter type: <Igmp::LossDuration> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- duration set the duration to count packets
- unit: sec
- range: [5...2147483647]
[no] loss-thresh-alert Parameter type: <Igmp::LossThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the threshold for loss of traffic alert, 0 - disable set loss of traffic threshold, alert
- range: [0...4294967295] generated if packet count is less
or equal to the threshold.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure on demand monitoring for a specified multicast stream.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast monitor ( no chn (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastMonitorVlan>
) | ( chn (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastMonitorVlan> [ no loss-duration |
loss-duration <Igmp::LossDuration> ] [ no loss-thresh-alert | loss-thresh-alert <Igmp::LossThreshold> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.10-1 "Multicast Monitoring Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255, order(big-endian)
except for 224.0.0.22)
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Unicast IP address in case SSM
Format: multicast channel, value 0.0.0.0
- IPv4-address means ASM(any-src-ip-addr)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastMonitorVlan> vlanid of the multicast channel.
Format: Value 0 means any VLAN ID
- vlan id for multicast
- range: [0...4093]
Table 25.10-2 "Multicast Monitoring Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] loss-duration Parameter type: <Igmp::LossDuration> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- duration set the duration to count packets
- unit: sec
- range: [5...2147483647]
[no] loss-thresh-alert Parameter type: <Igmp::LossThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the threshold for loss of traffic alert, 0 - disable set loss of traffic threshold, alert
- range: [0...4294967295] generated if packet count is less
or equal to the threshold.
Command Description
This command allow the operator to configure the static multicast branch. When at least one static multicast
branch is created, the corresponding static multicast root is created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast static ( no branch (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> port <Itf::VlanPort> ) | ( branch
(grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> port <Itf::VlanPort> )
Command Parameters
Table 25.11-1 "Multicast Static Branch Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast channel,
- IPv4-address value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
port Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPort> identification of the vlanport
Format:
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----pppox-relay
----cross-connect
----global-session
- [no] pado-timeout
- [no] pads-timeout
- [no] max-pad-attempts
- [no] trans-max-age
- [no] cc-max-age
----[no] engine
- (vlan-id)
- [no] mac-addr-conc
- [no] dslf-iwf-tag
- [no] max-payload-tag
- [no] name
- [no] lock
- [no] service-name
----[no] monitor
----tca
- [no] enable
- [no] tran-ageout-15min
- [no] sess-ageout-15min
- [no] tran-ageout-1day
- [no] sess-ageout-1day
----[no] client-port
- (port)
- vlan-id
- default-priority
- [no] max-cc
- [no] qos-profile
----[no] monitor
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the system-wide configuration parameters applicable to all PPP
sessions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.2-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Global Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pado-timeout Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- timeout for PAD-O PAD-S messages timeout for PAD-O message
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
[no] pads-timeout Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- timeout for PAD-O PAD-S messages timeout for PAD-S message
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
[no] max-pad-attempts Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- maximum number of PAD-R messages maximum number of PAD-R
- range: [1...16] messages
[no] trans-max-age Parameter type: <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- maximum age of PPP transaction maximum age of PPP transaction
- unit: sec
- range: [1...300]
[no] cc-max-age Parameter type: <PPPoX::CcMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPP cross-connect engine. The PPP cross-connect engine is
identified by a VLAN ID. The name is the name used to identify the PPP cross-connect engine. The lock command
locks or unlocks the PPP control plane. For example, if the control plane is unlocked, no new PPP
cross-connections can be established, but the existing connections remain until they are released by the PPP server
or client.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.3-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 26.3-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mac-addr-conc Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
The parameter is not visible
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect engine.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.4-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per PPP CC Engine.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.5-1 "PPPCC Engine TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 26.5-2 "PPPCC Engine TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the reporting of TCA's for
this pppcc engine
[no] tran-ageout-15min Parameter type: <PPPoX::TcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the PPP cross-connect client port. When creating a client port on a
vlan port, only a Cvlan may be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.6-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect client port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.7-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoE Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----pppoe-client
----[no] ppp-profile
- (name)
- [no] ipversion
- [no] authproto
- [no] mru
----[no] interface
- (ifindex)
- client-id
- profile-name
- username
- password
- [no] mac
- [no] pbit
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure PPP profile parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 27.2-1 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 27.2-2 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ipversion Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppProfileIpMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ipv4"
( none specifying ip version during NCP
| ipv4 phase
| dual
| ipv6 )
Possible values:
- none : without NCP phase
- ipv4 : only specify ipv4 connection
- dual : specify both ipv4 and ipv6 connection
- ipv6 : only specify ipv6 connection
[no] authproto Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( auto the type of PPP authentication
| pap used
| chap )
Possible values:
- auto : auto selected by ONU
- pap : only PAP negotiation
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure PPPoE client interface parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure pppoe-client ( no interface (ifindex) client-id <PPPoE::ClientId> ) | ( interface (ifindex) client-id
<PPPoE::ClientId> profile-name <PPPoE::PppProfileName> username <PPPoE::UserName> password
<PPPoE::Password> [ no mac | mac <PPPoE::MacAddress> ] [ no pbit | pbit <PPPoE::PbitValue> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 27.3-1 "PPPoE Client Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ifindex) Format: interface index of the PPPoE
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / client port
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoEL2STATS Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----pppoel2
----[no] statistics
- (vlan-port)
Command Description
This command is used to enable or disable the PPPoE L2 statistics of extensive counters (on demand) on vlan-port
interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 28.2-1 "Pppoe-L2 Statistics Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-port) Format: vlan-port
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "DHCP Relay Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----dhcp-relay
----[no] port-stats
- (port-interface)
----[no] v6-port-stats
- (port-interface)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP relay user port statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 29.2-1 "DHCP Relay User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: identification of the ip user
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface or vlan port
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP v6 relay user port statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 29.3-1 "DHCP v6 Relay User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: identification of vlan port
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl-bonding
- group-assembly-time
----[no] group-profile
- (index)
- name
- (scope)
- version
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] plan-bitrate-up
- [no] plan-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] delay-opt-mode-ds
- [no] grp-assembly-time
- [no] active
----group
- (bonding-group-idx)
- [no] group-profile
X [no] admin-up
- [no] up
----[no] link
- (bonding-link-id)
Command Description
This node provides the provisioning of the bonding group assembly timeout. Default value is zero ('0', represents
an infinite time ), and will have as consequence that the bonding group will not come up till all lines in this bonding
group are up. This parameter may be overruled by the grp-assembly-time parameter on bonding group-profile
level.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 30.2-2 "XDSL Bonding Assembly Timer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-assembly-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSEC> optional parameter
Format: Max waiting period for group to
- second become operational
- unit: sec
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This command allows to manage the xDSL bonding group profile. A profile can be created in one step with all the
necessary parameters and making it active. It can also be created in several steps by specifying a few parameters in
each step and make the profile active in the last step.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profile must be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl-bonding ( no group-profile (index) ) | ( group-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> (scope)
version <SignedInteger> [ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no min-bitrate-down |
min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-up | plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no
plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up
<Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no
max-delay-down | max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no
imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no delay-opt-mode-ds | delay-opt-mode-ds
<Xdsl::BondingGroupDelayOptimMode> ] [ no grp-assembly-time | grp-assembly-time
<Xdsl::BondingGroupProfileAssemblyTimer> ] [ [ no ] active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 30.3-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- bonding group profile index
- range: [1...100]
Table 30.3-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
Command Description
This command allows to configure a bonding group, which consists of assigning a predefined bonding group
profile.
Configuring bonding group will fail when a service is already configured on the secondary DSL line of the bonding
group
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 30.4-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bonding-group-idx) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 30.4-2 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] group-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none a valid profile index for the
| <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> interface
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove>
- bonding group profile index
Command Output
Table 30.4-3 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the group profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This node provides the provisoning of the bonding group, which consists of adding/removing links to/from the
bonding group.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 30.5-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bonding-group-idx) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(bonding-link-id) Format: a bonding link interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CPE Remote Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----cpe-management
- [no] proxy-mode
X vlan-id
----[no] manager
- (address)
----X [no] session
- (dslport)
- connection
Command Description
This command allows to configure CPE Remote Management System;
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 31.2-2 "CPE Remote Management System Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proxy-mode Parameter type: <CpeProxy::SystemMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( snmp set the CPE Proxy mode
| none )
Possible values:
- snmp : this mode is relaying SNMP messages
- none : disables the cpeproxy
vlan-id Parameter type: <CpeProxy::VlanIndex> obsolete parameter that will be
Format: ignored
- cpe ipproxy vlan number configure the svlan number.
- range: [0...4093]
Command Description
This command allows to configure a CPE manager.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 31.3-1 "CPE Manager Configuration Command " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the address of a CPE manager
<CpeProxy::IPaddress> : <CpeProxy::PortNumber>
Field type <CpeProxy::IPaddress>
- IP address of CPE Management Station
Field type <CpeProxy::PortNumber>
- cpe management station udp port number
- range: [1...65535]
Command Description
Obsolete command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 31.4-1 "CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dslport) Format: identification of port to which the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / CPE is connected
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 31.4-2 "CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command " Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
connection Parameter type: mandatory parameter
<CpeProxy::cpeIpProxySessionProtocolPort> protocol port for ipproxy session.
Format:
- cpe ipproxy port number
- range: [0,13410...13457]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SHDSL Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----shdsl
----span
- (if-index)
- [no] active
- [no] admin-up
- [no] repeaters
- [no] op-mode
- [no] spectral-profile
- [no] wire-mode
- [no] mgmt-by-stu-r
- [no] regi-set
- [no] min-line-rate
- [no] max-line-rate
- [no] margin-down-worst
- [no] margin-down-curr
- [no] margin-up-worst
- [no] margin-up-curr
- [no] probe
- [no] tc-pam-sele
- [no] efm-hs-sele
- [no] bonding-rate-mode
- [no] min-rate-link1
- [no] max-rate-link1
- [no] min-rate-link2
- [no] max-rate-link2
- [no] min-rate-link3
- [no] max-rate-link3
- [no] min-rate-link4
- [no] max-rate-link4
- [no] tc-pam-link1
- [no] tc-pam-link2
- [no] tc-pam-link3
- [no] tc-pam-link4
- [no] ctc
----unit
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- [no] loop-attenuation
- [no] snr-margin
- [no] loopback-timeout
----segment
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- [no] loopback
- [no] pbo-mode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the SHDSL span profile.
The lines, which you can configure, are calculated via the next formula: m*n + 1
o where m is the number of pairs per modem
o where n is from 0 till 24/m - 1
Mixing of different "wire mode" on the same LT is possible as long as the lines are not occupied yet.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 32.2-1 "SHDSL Span Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the SHDSL unit profile in one SHDSL span.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 32.3-1 "SHDSL Unit Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r
| sru-1
| sru-2
| sru-3
| sru-4
| sru-5
| sru-6
| sru-7
| sru-8 )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
- sru-1 : the SHDSL unit is SRU-1
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the SHDSL segment points on either sides of an SHDSL unit.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure shdsl segment (if-index) unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> side <Shdsl::SegmentSide> [ no loopback | loopback
<Shdsl::SegmentTermLoopbackConf> ] [ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode <Shdsl::SegmentTermPowerBackoff> ]
Command Parameters
Table 32.4-1 "SHDSL Segment Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r
| sru-1
| sru-2
| sru-3
| sru-4
| sru-5
| sru-6
| sru-7
| sru-8 )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
- sru-1 : the SHDSL unit is SRU-1
- sru-2 : the SHDSL unit is SRU-2
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IMA Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ima
----group
- (if-index)
- [no] activate
- [no] admin-up
- [no] min-tx-links
- [no] min-rx-links
- near-end-ima-id
----[no] link
- (link-if-index)
- grp-index
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IMA group profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 33.2-1 "IMA Group Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 33.2-2 "IMA Group Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] activate Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
[no] min-tx-links Parameter type: <Ima::GroupMinNumTxLinks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- a mininum number of transmit links required to be active the mininum number of transmit
- range: [1...8] links
[no] min-rx-links Parameter type: <Ima::GroupMinNumRxLinks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- a mininum number of receive links required to be active the mininum number of receive
- range: [1...32] links
near-end-ima-id Parameter type: <Ima::GroupTxImaId> optional parameter
Format: the imd id used by the near-end
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IMA link profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 33.3-1 "IMA Link Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(link-if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 33.3-2 "IMA Link Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
grp-index Parameter type: <Itf::ImaLine> mandatory parameter
Format: logical interface number assigned
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / to this IMA grp Link
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "L2CP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----l2cp
- [no] partition-type
----[no] session
- (index)
- bras-ip-address
- [no] gsmp-version
- [no] gsmp-sub-version
- [no] encap-type
- [no] topo-discovery
- [no] layer2-oam
- [no] alive-timer
- [no] port-reprt-shaper
- [no] aggr-reprt-shaper
- [no] tcp-retry-time
- [no] gsmp-retry-time
- [no] dslam-name
- [no] partition-id
- [no] window-size
- [no] tcp-port
- [no] router-instance
- [no] sig-partition-id
----[no] user-port
- (user-port)
- partition-id
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the L2CP parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.2-2 "L2CP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] partition-type Parameter type: <L2cp::PartitionType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-partition"
( no-partition partition type
| fixed-assigned )
Possible values:
- no-partition : no partitioning is supported
- fixed-assigned : partitioning is supported
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the L2CP session parameters for a given session id.
In current version, ISAM supports L2CP only on top of TCP/IP; as result of this command, ISAM shall start a TCP
connection to a BRAS identified by a configured IP address. Then depending on the setting of the GSMP Retry
Timer, the ISAM shall start the GSMP Adjacency Protocol to setup a L2CP session with that BRAS.
This means:
• if TCP Retry Timer is zero, ISAM shall not start the TCP connection. If TCP Retry Timer is not zero, ISAM
shall start the setup of a TCP connection to a BRAS whose IP address must be configured too. In no way the
ISAM accepts that a (unknown) BRAS tries to start a TCP connection
• if GSMP Retry Timer is zero, ISAM shall not start the GSMP Adjacency Protocol but instead be prepared to
handle GSMP Adjacency Protocol messages from that BRAS. If GSMP Retry Timer is not zero, ISAM shall start
the GSMP Adjacency Protocol in addition to being prepared to handle GSMP Adjacency Protocol messages
from that BRAS
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure l2cp ( no session (index) ) | ( session (index) bras-ip-address <L2cp::InetAddress> [ no gsmp-version |
gsmp-version <L2cp::Version> ] [ no gsmp-sub-version | gsmp-sub-version <L2cp::SubVersion> ] [ no encap-type
| encap-type <L2cp::EncapType> ] [ no topo-discovery | topo-discovery <L2cp::AccessTopologyDiscovery> ] [ no
layer2-oam | layer2-oam <L2cp::Layer2OAM> ] [ no alive-timer | alive-timer <L2cp::AliveTimer> ] [ no
port-reprt-shaper | port-reprt-shaper <L2cp::ReportShaper> ] [ no aggr-reprt-shaper | aggr-reprt-shaper
<L2cp::AggrReportShaper> ] [ no tcp-retry-time | tcp-retry-time <L2cp::TcpRetryTimer> ] [ no gsmp-retry-time |
gsmp-retry-time <L2cp::GsmpRetryTimer> ] [ no dslam-name | dslam-name <L2cp::DslamName> ] [ no
partition-id | partition-id <L2cp::PartitionId2> ] [ no window-size | window-size <L2cp::WindowSize> ] [ no
tcp-port | tcp-port <L2cp::InetPortNumber> ] [ no router-instance | router-instance <Ihub::RouterVplsMgnt> ] [ [ no
] sig-partition-id ] )
Command Parameters
Table 34.3-1 "L2CP Session Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the l2cp session table
- identity of the l2cp session
- range: [1...255]
Table 34.3-2 "L2CP Session Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the partition id for the given user-port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure l2cp ( no user-port (user-port) partition-id <L2cp::PartitionId> ) | ( user-port (user-port) partition-id
<L2cp::PartitionId> )
Command Parameters
Table 34.4-1 "L2CP User Port Partition Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(user-port) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
partition-id Parameter type: <L2cp::PartitionId> partition id
Format:
- partition id
- range: [1...127]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Voice Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----voice
----sip
----[no] server
- (name)
- [no] admin-status
- address
- [no] port
- [no] server-role
- [no] priority
- [no] weight
- [no] site
- [no] transproto
- [no] dnsname-type
- admin-domain-name
----lineid-syn-prof
- (name)
- [no] syntax-pattern
- [no] pots-syntax
----[no] user-agent
- (name)
- [no] ip-addr-policy
- [no] ip-config-mode
- [no] signal-gateway-ip
- signal-vlan-id
- [no] signal-dscp
- [no] signal-pbits
- [no] signal-link-mtu
- [no] rtp-gateway-ip
- rtp-vlan-id
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
- [no] rtp-link-mtu
- [no] dhcp-optreq-list
- [no] admin-status
----vsp
- (name)
- [no] domain-name
- [no] admin-status
- [no] tinfo
- [no] ta4
- [no] ttir1
- [no] t-acm-delta
- [no] access-held-time
- [no] awaiting-time
- [no] digit-send-mode
- [no] overlap-484-act
- [no] dmpm-intdgt-expid
- [no] dial-start-timer
- [no] dial-long-timer
- [no] dial-short-timer
- [no] uri-type
- [no] rfc2833-pl-type
- [no] rfc2833-process
- [no] min-data-jitter
- [no] init-data-jitter
- [no] max-data-jitter
- [no] release-mode
- [no] dyn-pt-nego-type
- [no] vbd-g711a-pl-type
- [no] vbd-g711u-pl-type
- [no] vbd-mode
- [no] warmline-dl-timer
- [no] timer-b
- [no] timer-f
- [no] timer-t1
- [no] timer-t2
- [no] reg-sub
- [no] sub-period
- [no] sub-head-start
- [no] t38-same-udp
- [no] dhcp-option82
----user-agent-ap
- (ua-name)
- slot-id
- signal-ip
- rtp-ip
- [no] dhcp-fqdn
- [no] dhcp-customer-id
- [no] admin-status
----[no] dialplan
- (name)
- [no] pre-activated
- [no] static-prefix
- [no] static-suffix
- [no] digitmap-mode
----[no] digitmap
- (name)
- type
- rule
- [no] access-type
----[no] termination
- (if-index)
- [no] directory-number
- [no] user-name
- [no] display-name
- [no] uri
- [no] direct-uri
- [no] line-feed
- [no] md5-realm
- [no] md5-password
- [no] admin-status
- [no] clip-mode
- [no] anti-tapping
- [no] impedance
- [no] rx-gain
- [no] tx-gain
- [no] warmline-service
- [no] force-hold
- [no] callwait-service
- [no] callhold-service
- [no] callconf-service
- [no] calltras-service
----tca
- [no] enable
- [no] high-jbfl
- [no] low-jbfl
----register
- (provider-name)
- [no] register-uri
- [no] register-intv
- [no] reg-retry-intv
- [no] reg-prev-ava-intv
- [no] reg-head-start
- [no] reg-start-min
----[no] transport
- (trans-protocol)
- provider-name
- [no] admin-status
- [no] port-rcv
- [no] tcp-idle-time
- [no] max-out-udp-size
----redundancy
- (admin-domain-name)
- [no] support-redun
- [no] dns-purge-timer
- [no] dns-ini-retr-int
- [no] dns-max-retr-nbr
- [no] fg-monitor-method
- [no] fg-monitor-int
- [no] bg-monitor-method
- [no] bg-monitor-int
- [no] stable-obs-period
- [no] fo-hystersis
- [no] del-upd-threshold
- [no] auto-server-fo
- [no] auto-server-fb
- [no] auto-sos-fo
- [no] auto-sos-fb
- [no] rtry-after-thrsh
- [no] options-max-fwd
----system
----session-timer
X [no] enable
- [no] status
- [no] min-se-time
- [no] se-time
- [no] admin-status
----[no] dnsserver
- (name)
- [no] admin-status
- address
- [no] priority
- [no] site
- admin-domain-name
- [no] port
----[no] dhcp-authent-para
- (ua-name)
- secret-id
- [no] key
- [no] action-type
----redundancy-cmd
- (domain-name)
- [no] start-time
- [no] end-time
- fail-x-type
----statistics
----stats-config
- [no] per-line
- [no] per-board
- [no] per-system
- [no] per-call
- [no] out-any-rsp
- [no] out-180-rsp
- [no] out-200-rsp
- [no] in-any-rsp
- [no] in-180-rsp
----cluster
- (cluster-id)
----ip
- ivps-ip
- netmask
- router-ip
- vlan-id
- [no] private-ip
- [no] private-netmask
- [no] private-vlan-id
----[no] equipment
- (equip-id)
- asam-id
- ip-address
- [no] next-hop
----[no] board
- (board-id)
- planned-type
- lanx-port
----[no] termination
- (port-id)
- [no] type
- [no] isdn-codec
- [no] switch-type
- [no] activate-type
- termination-id
- media-gateway-id
- [no] admin-status
- [no] line-feed
- [no] rx-gain
- [no] tx-gain
- [no] impedance
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
- [no] clip-mode
- [no] metering-type
- [no] directory-number
----[no] media-gateway
- (media-gateway-id)
- [no] name
- ip-address
- netmask
- [no] udp-port
- [no] router-ip
- vlan-id
- [no] mgc-type
- prim-mgc-ip
- [no] mgc-id
- [no] prim-mgc-udp
- [no] sec-mgc-ip
- [no] sec-mgc-udp
- [no] tert-mgc-ip
- [no] tert-mgc-udp
- [no] mg-mid-type
- [no] mg-domain-name
- [no] svcreason-format
- [no] mg-profile-name
- [no] admin-status
- termid-type
- pstn-term-format
- isdn-term-format
- isdn-suffix1
- isdn-suffix2
- [no] max-transhandling
- [no] max-network-delay
- [no] max-retrans
- [no] red-bat-delay
- [no] release-delay
- [no] release-type
- [no] wt-rls-delay
- [no] active-heartbeat
- [no] passive-heartbeat
- [no] retrans
- [no] max-waiting-delay
- [no] prov-rpl-time
- [no] signal-dscp
- [no] signal-pbits
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
- [no] event-req-id
- [no] stml-stdsg-evt
- [no] al-of-evt
- [no] al-on-evt
- [no] al-of-strict-evt
- [no] al-on-strict-evt
- [no] mg-overload-evt
- [no] rfc2833-pl-type
- [no] rfc2833-process
- [no] dial-start-timer
- [no] dial-long-timer
- [no] dial-short-timer
- [no] min-data-jitter
- [no] init-data-jitter
- [no] max-data-jitter
- [no] ephe-term-prefix
- [no] ephe-term-min
- [no] ephe-term-max
----[no] signal-gateway
- (signal-gateway-id)
- prim-asp-ip
- prim-sctp-port
- sec-asp-ip
- [no] sec-sctp-port
- tert-asp-ip
- [no] tert-sctp-port
- ip-address
- sgi-user-label
- sgi-mgi
- [no] admin-status
----eont
----[no] sip-useragent
- (ont-idx)
- [no] udp-port
- proxy-pri-ip
- [no] proxy-pri-port
- proxy-sec-ip
- [no] proxy-sec-port
- reg-pri-ip
- [no] reg-pri-port
- reg-sec-ip
- [no] reg-sec-port
- outbound-ip
- [no] outbound-port
- [no] reg-intval
- [no] heartbeat-mode
- [no] heartbeat-cycle
- [no] heartbeat-count
- digit-map-prof
----[no] pots
- (uni-idx)
- [no] admin-up
- [no] user-account
- [no] user-name
- [no] user-pwd
- tid-name
----[no] comm-para
- (ont-idx)
- [no] ip-mode
- ip
- mask
- gateway
- [no] pppoe-mode
- [no] pppoe-username
- [no] pppoe-pwd
- [no] tagged-mode
- cvlan
- [no] svlan
- [no] pbit
- [no] t38-admin
- [no] fax
----[no] media-gateway
- (ont-idx)
- [no] udp-port
- mgc-pri-ip
- [no] mgc-pri-port
- [no] mgc-sec-ip
- [no] mgc-sec-port
- [no] reg-mode
- gw-id
- [no] heartbeat-mode
- [no] heartbeat-cycle
- [no] heartbeat-count
- tid-num
- tid-prefix
- tid-digit-begin
- tid-mode
- tid-digit-len
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Server profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no server (name) ) | ( server (name) [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::ServerAdminStatus> ] address <Sip::ServerAddr> [ no port | port <Sip::ServerPort> ] [ no server-role |
server-role <Sip::ServerRole> ] [ no priority | priority <Sip::ServerPriority> ] [ no weight | weight
<Sip::ServerWeight> ] [ no site | site <Sip::ServerSite> ] [ no transproto | transproto <Sip::ServerTransproto> ] [ no
dnsname-type | dnsname-type <Sip::DnsDomNameType> ] admin-domain-name <Sip::AdminDomName> )
Command Parameters
Table 35.2-1 "Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this voice
- uniquely identifies this voice server server
- length: x<=32
Table 35.2-2 "Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::ServerAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this sip
| down ) server
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip server
- down : lock the sip server
address Parameter type: <Sip::ServerAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: The address(ipv4 or DNS or
( ipv4 : <Ip::V4Address> FQDN) of this SIP server
| dns : <Sip::ServerAddr> )
Possible values:
- ipv4 : the address type of the server is ipv4
- dns : the address type of the server is DNS
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sip::ServerAddr>
- name of the SipServer that can be resolved to an IP address
via a DNS Server
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip LineId Syntax profile. This command can help operator
to get different types of sip termination contact-user-info: physicallineid or terminationuriordn. If the syntax is
'physicalLineId', then the system will construct a value according the syntax as specified in the next parameters
(depending of the type of line being pots or isdn). In case the value is 'terminationuriordn', then the value will be
taken from the corresponding parameter of the SipTermination object (chapter 38.9): the uri will be taken firstly if
it is valid, otherwise the dn can be taken. The keywords apply to the profile syntax include: "Access_Node_ID",
"Rack", "Frame", "Slot", "ShSlt", "Port","ShPrt", "Channel". The sip termination contact-user-info can be learned
using the show command: show voice sip termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.3-1 "Voice Sip LineId Syntax Profile Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this lineid
- the lineid syntax profile name, can only be profile1 syntax profile, can only be
- length: x<=32 profile1
Table 35.3-2 "Voice Sip LineId Syntax Profile Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] syntax-pattern Parameter type: <SIP::LineIdSyntaxPattern> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "terminationuriordn"
( rpregisterdialog pattern of the sip LineID Syntax
| rpregister
| physicallineid
| terminationuriordn )
Possible values:
- rpregisterdialog : random per register and dialog
- rpregister : random per register
- physicallineid : physical line id
- terminationuriordn : termination uri
[no] pots-syntax Parameter type: <SIP::PotsSyntax> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip user agent profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no user-agent (name) ) | ( user-agent (name) [ no ip-addr-policy | ip-addr-policy
<Sip::IpAddrPolicy> ] [ no ip-config-mode | ip-config-mode <Sip::IpConfigMode> ] [ no signal-gateway-ip |
signal-gateway-ip <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> ] signal-vlan-id <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> [ no signal-dscp | signal-dscp
<Sip::UserAgentSignalDscp> ] [ no signal-pbits | signal-pbits <Sip::UserAgentSignalPbits> ] [ no signal-link-mtu |
signal-link-mtu <Sip::UserAgentLinkMTU> ] [ no rtp-gateway-ip | rtp-gateway-ip <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> ] [
rtp-vlan-id <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> ] [ no rtp-dscp | rtp-dscp <Sip::UserAgentRtpDscp> ] [ no rtp-pbits | rtp-pbits
<Sip::UserAgentRtpPbits> ] [ no rtp-link-mtu | rtp-link-mtu <Sip::UserAgentLinkMTU> ] [ no dhcp-optreq-list |
dhcp-optreq-list <Sip::UserAgentDHCPOptionReqList> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::UserAgentAdminStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.4-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 35.4-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ip-addr-policy Parameter type: <Sip::IpAddrPolicy> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "distributed"
( distributed The ip address policy of the sip
| centralized ) user agent
Possible values:
- distributed : the ip address policy of the user agent
operation is to use an IP address per Voice LT
- centralized : the ip address policy of the user agent
operation is to use a single IP address for the ISAM Voice
[no] ip-config-mode Parameter type: <Sip::IpConfigMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dhcp"
( dhcp The ip config mode of the sip
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Voice Service Provider.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip vsp (name) [ no domain-name | domain-name <Sip::VspDomainName> ] [ no admin-status |
admin-status <Sip::VspAdminStatus> ] [ no tinfo | tinfo <Sip::VspTinfo> ] [ no ta4 | ta4 <Sip::VspTa4> ] [ no ttir1
| ttir1 <Sip::VspTtir1> ] [ no t-acm-delta | t-acm-delta <Sip::VspTAcmDelta> ] [ no access-held-time |
access-held-time <Sip::VSPAccessHeldTimer> ] [ no awaiting-time | awaiting-time <Sip::VSPAwaitingTimer> ] [
no digit-send-mode | digit-send-mode <Sip::VSPDigitSendingMode> ] [ no overlap-484-act | overlap-484-act
<Sip::VSPOverlap484Action> ] [ no dmpm-intdgt-expid | dmpm-intdgt-expid <Sip::VSPDMPMIntDgtExpid> ] [
no dial-start-timer | dial-start-timer <Sip::VSPDialStartTimer> ] [ no dial-long-timer | dial-long-timer
<Sip::VSPDialLongTimer> ] [ no dial-short-timer | dial-short-timer <Sip::VSPDialShortTimer> ] [ no uri-type |
uri-type <Sip::VSPURIType> ] [ no rfc2833-pl-type | rfc2833-pl-type <Sip::VSPRfc2833PayloadType> ] [ no
rfc2833-process | rfc2833-process <Sip::VSPRfc2833Process> ] [ no min-data-jitter | min-data-jitter
<Sip::VSPDataJitter> ] [ no init-data-jitter | init-data-jitter <Sip::VSPDataJitter> ] [ no max-data-jitter |
max-data-jitter <Sip::VSPDataJitter> ] [ no release-mode | release-mode <Sip::VSPReleaseMode> ] [ no
dyn-pt-nego-type | dyn-pt-nego-type <Sip::VSPDynamicPTNegoType> ] [ no vbd-g711a-pl-type |
vbd-g711a-pl-type <Sip::VSPVbdG711APayloadType> ] [ no vbd-g711u-pl-type | vbd-g711u-pl-type
<Sip::VSPVbdG711UPayloadType> ] [ no vbd-mode | vbd-mode <Sip::VSPVbdMode> ] [ no warmline-dl-timer |
warmline-dl-timer <Sip::VSPWarmlineDelayTimer> ] [ no timer-b | timer-b <Sip::CommonCfgTimerB> ] [ no
timer-f | timer-f <Sip::CommonCfgTimerF> ] [ no timer-t1 | timer-t1 <Sip::CommonCfgTimerT1> ] [ no timer-t2 |
timer-t2 <Sip::CommonCfgTimerT2> ] [ no reg-sub | reg-sub <Sip::VSPRegSubscribe> ] [ no sub-period |
sub-period <Sip::VSPSubscribePeriod> ] [ no sub-head-start | sub-head-start <Sip::VSPSubscribeHeadStart> ] [ no
t38-same-udp | t38-same-udp <Sip::VSPT38withSameUDP> ] [ no dhcp-option82 | dhcp-option82
<Sip::DHCPOption82> ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.5-1 "Sip Voice Service Provider Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this sip voice
- uniquely identify of this SIP voice service provider, can service provider, can only be
only be vsp1 vsp1
Table 35.5-2 "Sip Voice Service Provider Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Voice Sip User Agent Access Point. This command depends on
the Voice Sip UserAgent Configuration command. When a SIP User Agent is created/deleted, the user agent access
point(s) will be created/deleted automatically according to the SIP UA ip-address-policy. The user agent access
point(s) can be learned using the show command: show voice sip user-agent-ap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip user-agent-ap (ua-name) slot-id <SIP::SlotIndex> [ signal-ip <SIP::IpAddressAndMask> ] [
rtp-ip <SIP::IpAddressAndMask> ] [ no dhcp-fqdn | dhcp-fqdn <Sip::UaApDHCPFQDN> ] [ no dhcp-customer-id
| dhcp-customer-id <Sip::UaApDHCPCustomerID> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::UaApAdminStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.6-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Access Point Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ua-name) Format: uniquely identify of the user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
slot-id Parameter type: <SIP::SlotIndex> slot id associated with this user
Format: agent access point
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 35.6-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Access Point Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip dial plan profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no dialplan (name) ) | ( dialplan (name) [ no pre-activated | pre-activated
<Sip::DialPlanPreActivated> ] [ no static-prefix | static-prefix <Sip::DialPlanStaticPrefix> ] [ no static-suffix |
static-suffix <Sip::DialPlanStaticSuffix> ] [ no digitmap-mode | digitmap-mode <Sip::DialPlanDigitMapMode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.7-1 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: unique identity of a voice sip dial
- uniquely identifies the dial plan plan
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 35.7-2 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pre-activated Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanPreActivated> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "off"
( on identify the status for sip dial
| off ) plan prefix
Possible values:
- on : Prefix activated of dial plan is on
- off : Prefix activated of dial plan is off
[no] static-prefix Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanStaticPrefix> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- static prefix added to all valid DNs identify static prefix(area code)
- length: x<=32 added to valid DNs
[no] static-suffix Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanStaticSuffix> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- static suffix added to all valid DNs identify static suffix(area code)
- length: x<=32 added all valid DNs
[no] digitmap-mode Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitMapMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "maximum"
( maximum identify the digit match mode for
| minimum ) dial plan
Possible values:
- maximum : standard match mode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip dialplan digitmap profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.8-1 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: identify voice application dial
- uniquely identifies the dial plan plan within the scope
- length: 1<=x<=32
type Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapType> identify the type of sip dial plan
Format: digitmap
regular
Possible values:
- regular : digitmap type
rule Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapValue> identify the value of sip dial plan
Format: digitmap
- identity the value of digitmap
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 35.8-2 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] access-type Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapAccessType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "allowed"
allowed The parameter is not visible
Possible values: during creation.
- allowed : the digitmap can be used The access type of digitmap
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip termination profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.9-1 "Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 35.9-2 "Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] directory-number Parameter type: <Sip::TermDnumber> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable/disable tca or configure the high/low threshold for jitter buffer fill
level of the sip termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip termination (if-index) tca [ [ no ] enable ] [ no high-jbfl | high-jbfl <Sip::JBFL> ] [ no
low-jbfl | low-jbfl <Sip::JBFL> ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.10-1 "Voice Sip Termination TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 35.10-2 "Voice Sip Termination TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Enable the reporting of tca for sip
termination
[no] high-jbfl Parameter type: <Sip::JBFL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 90
- average of jitter buffer fill level percentage for the the high threshould for jitter
termination buffer fill level. it can not be
- unit: percentage smaller than low-jbfl. 100 mean
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SIP Voice Register parameters .
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip register (provider-name) [ no register-uri | register-uri <Sip::RegisterUri> ] [ no register-intv |
register-intv <Sip::RegisterIntv> ] [ no reg-retry-intv | reg-retry-intv <Sip::RegisterRetryIntv> ] [ no
reg-prev-ava-intv | reg-prev-ava-intv <Sip::RegisterPrevAvaIntv> ] [ no reg-head-start | reg-head-start
<Sip::RegisterHeadStart> ] [ no reg-start-min | reg-start-min <Sip::RegisterStartMin> ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.11-1 "Sip Voice Register Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(provider-name) Format: uniquely identify register
- provider name,Currently support only vsp1 provider name
- length: x<=32
Table 35.11-2 "Sip Voice Register Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] register-uri Parameter type: <Sip::RegisterUri> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- The registration URI to be used by all SIP terminations that The registration URI to be used
have a service agreement with this SIP Voice Service by all SIP terminations that have
provider a service agreement with this SIP
- length: x<=80 Voice Service provider.
[no] register-intv Parameter type: <Sip::RegisterIntv> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- The registration expiration time that UA will propose in The registration expiration time
the Expires header of a REGISTER request, unless the value that UA will propose in the
is 0. If the value is set to 0 the UA shall not refresh a Expires header of a REGISTER
registration even if the server specifies an expiration request, unless the value is 0. If
interval. Accept value greater than or equal to 60 the value is set to 0 the UA shall
[0|(60..86400)] not refresh a registration even if
- unit: second the server specifies an expiration
- range: [0...86400] interval.
[no] reg-retry-intv Parameter type: <Sip::RegisterRetryIntv> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- The interval between successive registration retries after a The interval between successive
failed registration. The value of 0 shall disable registration registration retries after a failed
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Transport params.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.12-1 "Voice Sip Transport Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(trans-protocol) Format: Terminations will use this
( udp transport for establishing the calls
| tcp
| udp_tcp )
Possible values:
- udp : transport protocol is udp
- tcp : transport protocol is support tcp
- udp_tcp : transport protocol is udp and tcp
provider-name Parameter type: <Sip::TransportProviderName> uniquely identify transport
Format: provider name
- provider name,Currently supports only vsp1
- length: x<=32
Table 35.12-2 "Voice Sip Transport Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::TransportAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up change administrative status
| down )
Possible values:
- up : unlock the dns server
- down : lock the dns server
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Redundancy table.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.13-1 "Voice Sip Redundancy Table Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(admin-domain-name) Format: The administrative domain name
- uniquely name of this element of the (farm of) SIP First hop(s)
- length: x<=32
Table 35.13-2 "Voice Sip Redundancy Table Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] support-redun Parameter type: <Sip::NetwRedunSupported> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable This object allows the
| disable ) administrator to define whether
Possible values: the Voice Service Provider
- enable : support Redundancy network supports redundancy or
- disable : doesn't supprot Redundancy not.
[no] dns-purge-timer Parameter type: <Sip::NetwRedunDnsPurgeTimer> optional parameter with default
Command Description
this command allows the operator to manage the voice sip session timer profile. The timer is used to consult with
remote, and at last, if session timer was enabled, the refresh timer will be started by IPTK. The SIP Session Timer
feature adds the capability to periodically refresh SIP sessions by sending repeated INVITE requests. The repeated
INVITE requests, or re-INVITEs, are sent during an active call leg to allow user agents (UA) or SIP proxies to
determine the status of a SIP session. Without this keep alive mechanism, proxies that remember incoming and
outgoing requests (stateful proxies) may continue to retain call state needlessly. If a UA fails to send a BYE
message at the end of a session or if the BYE message is lost because of network problems, a stateful proxy does
not know that the session has ended. The re-INVITES ensure that active sessions stay active and completed sessions
are terminated.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip system session-timer [ [ no ] enable ] [ no status | status <Sip::SessionTimerAdminState> ] [
no min-se-time | min-se-time <Sip::SessionTimerMinSE> ] [ no se-time | se-time
<Sip::SessionTimerSessionExpire> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::SysObjectsAdminStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.14-2 "Voice Sip System Session Timer Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter replaced by
parameter "status"
Prefix activated of session timer
is enable
[no] status Parameter type: <Sip::SessionTimerAdminState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable To configure the SIP Session
| disable Timer feature capability. If it's
| enable-uas ) disable, shall not request session
Possible values: expiration in initial INVITE
- enable : Prefix activated of session timer is enable requests and 200 OK responses If
- disable : Prefix activated of session timer is disable it's enable, shall request session
- enable-uas : Prefix activated of session timer is expiration in initial INVITE
enableAsUas requests and 200 OK responses,
and in both cases, if an incoming
initial INVITE request contains a
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip DNS Server profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no dnsserver (name) ) | ( dnsserver (name) [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::sipDNSServerAdminStatus> ] address <Sip::sipDNSServerAddr> [ no priority | priority
<Sip::sipDNSServerPriority> ] [ no site | site <Sip::sipDNSServerSite> ] admin-domain-name
<Sip::AdminDomName> [ no port | port <Sip::sipDNSServerPort> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.15-1 "Voice Sip DNS Server Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this sip DNS
- uniquely identifies this voice dns server server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 35.15-2 "Voice Sip DNS Server Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::sipDNSServerAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this DNS
| down ) server
Possible values:
- up : unlock the dns server
- down : lock the dns server
address Parameter type: <Sip::sipDNSServerAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: The address(ipv4) of this DNS
ipv4 : <Ip::V4Address> server
Possible values:
- ipv4 : the address type of the server is ipv4
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
[no] priority Parameter type: <Sip::sipDNSServerPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100
- the SIP dns server priority, lower value with higher priority The priority of sip DNS
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip DHCP authentication params.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.16-1 "Voice Sip DHCP Authentication Params Configuration Commands" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ua-name) Format: uniquely identify of the user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
secret-id Parameter type: <Sip::DHCPAuthentParaSecretId> A unique identifier of the DHCP
Format: message authentication parameter
- Unique identifier of the DHCP message authentication record
parameter record
- range: [1...4294967295]
Table 35.16-2 "Voice Sip DHCP Authentication Params Configuration Commands" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] key Parameter type: <Sip::DHCPAuthentParaKey> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- DHCP secret key used for DHCP message authentication. DHCP secret key used for DHCP
Every letter in key must be in '0'~'9', 'a'~'f', 'A'~'F' and the message authentication. Every
string length must be even. letter in key must be in '0'~'9',
- length: x<=32 'a'~'f', 'A'~'F' and the string length
must be even.
[no] action-type Parameter type: <Sip::DHCPAuthentParaActionType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal-send-req"
( normal-req-key the action type for the configured
| force-discover DHCP secret keys
Command Description
This command allows the operator to change the Failover/Failback type or mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.17-1 "manage restoration Failover/Failback type/mode" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-name) Format: uniquely identify of admin
- provider name,Currently supports only vsp1 domain name
- length: x<=32
Table 35.17-2 "manage restoration Failover/Failback type/mode" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] start-time Parameter type: <Sip::FailXStartTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- an unsigned integer Fail X start time.
[no] end-time Parameter type: <Sip::FailXEndTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- an unsigned integer Fail X end time.
fail-x-type Parameter type: <Sip::FailXType> optional parameter
Format: Fail X type, failover or failback.
( geo-fail-over
| geo-fail-back )
Possible values:
- geo-fail-over : geo fail over
- geo-fail-back : geo fail back
Command Description
Set statistics configuration.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip statistics stats-config [ [ no ] per-line ] [ [ no ] per-board ] [ [ no ] per-system ] [ [ no ] per-call
] [ [ no ] out-any-rsp ] [ [ no ] out-180-rsp ] [ [ no ] out-200-rsp ] [ [ no ] in-any-rsp ] [ [ no ] in-180-rsp ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.18-2 "Voice Statistics Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] per-line Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per line statistics function
[no] per-board Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per board statistics
function
[no] per-system Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per system statistics
function
[no] per-call Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per call statistics function
[no] out-any-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable Arbitrary Response Mode
for out-going call answered
[no] out-180-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 180 Response Mode for
out-going call answered
[no] out-200-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 200 Response Mode for
out-going call answered
[no] in-any-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable Arbitrary Response Mode
for in-coming call answered
[no] in-180-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 180 Response Mode for
in-coming call answered
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Cluster.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.19-1 "Voice Cluster Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Megaco xvps ip.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) ip [ ivps-ip <Ip::V4Address> ] [ netmask <Ip::V4Address> ] [ router-ip
<Ip::V4Address> ] [ vlan-id <MEGACO::ivpsXLESVLAN> ] [ no private-ip | private-ip <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no
private-netmask | private-netmask <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no private-vlan-id | private-vlan-id
<MEGACO::ivpsPrivateVLAN> ]
Command Parameters
Table 35.20-1 "Voice Megaco IP Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
Table 35.20-2 "Voice Megaco IP Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ivps-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: xles ip address of this xvps
- IPv4-address cluster.When operator configure
Ip parameters first time ,operator
should provide ivps-ip,netmask
and vlan-id at the same time.
netmask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: xles ip subnet mask address of
- IPv4-address this xvps cluster.When operator
configure Ip parameters first time
,operator should provide
ivps-ip,netmask and vlan-id at the
same time.
router-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: the next hop ip address of this
- IPv4-address xvps cluster.When operator
configure Ip parameters first time
,operator should provide
ivps-ip,netmask and vlan-id at the
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice equipment.One ivps can manage at most 256
equipments,so the id of equipment is from 1 to 256.
If you want to configure a board or a termination ,you must configure a equipment first.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) ( no equipment (equip-id) ) | ( equipment (equip-id) asam-id
<MEGACO::accessEquipmentAsamId> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no next-hop | next-hop <Ip::V4Address> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.21-1 "Voice Megaco Equipment Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
Table 35.21-2 "Voice Megaco Equipment Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
asam-id Parameter type: <MEGACO::accessEquipmentAsamId> mandatory parameter
Format: asam identify of this ne
- the equipment asam id of ne
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: x<=64
ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- IPv4-address during modification.
the voice ip address of this
isam-v ne
[no] next-hop Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice board.Before you confiure a board,you must configure a
equipment first.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) equipment (equip-id) ( no board (board-id) ) | ( board (board-id) planned-type
<Equipm::BoardFuncType> lanx-port <MEGACO::accessBoardLanxPort> )
Command Parameters
Table 35.22-1 "Voice Megaco Equipment Board Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
(board-id) Format: uniquely identify of this board.
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> the CLI slot numbering method is
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> ) based on logical concept.for XD
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> shelf, CLI logic slot-id(1 to 16) is
- the rack number mapped to physical slot-id from 4
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId> to 19. for FD shelf, CLI logic
- the shelf number slot-id(1 to 16) is mapped to
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId> physical slot-id from 1 to 8 and
- the LT slot number 12 to 19. In extend-lt mode, the
slot-id range shall be 1 to 18.For
XD shelf, CLI logic slot-id(17 to
18) is mapped to physical slot-id
from 2 to 3. for FD shelf, CLI
logic slot-id(17 to 18) is mapped
to physical slot-id from 10 to 11
Table 35.22-2 "Voice Megaco Equipment Board Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice termination.Before you configure a termination ,you must
configure a equipment first.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) equipment (equip-id) ( no termination (port-id) ) | ( termination (port-id) [ no
type | type <MEGACO::accTerminationUserPortType> ] [ no isdn-codec | isdn-codec
<MEGACO::IsdnCodecType> ] [ no switch-type | switch-type <MEGACO::accTerminationPacketSwitchType> ] [
no activate-type | activate-type <MEGACO::accTerminationL1ActivateType> ] [ termination-id
<MEGACO::accessTerminationId> ] media-gateway-id <MEGACO::MediaGatewayId> [ no admin-status |
admin-status <MEGACO::accTerminationAdminStatus> ] [ no line-feed | line-feed
<MEGACO::accTerminationLineCharact> ] [ no rx-gain | rx-gain <MEGACO::accTerminationRxGain> ] [ no
tx-gain | tx-gain <MEGACO::accTerminationTxGain> ] [ no impedance | impedance
<MEGACO::accTerminationImpedance> ] [ no rtp-dscp | rtp-dscp <MEGACO::accTerminationVoiceDscp> ] [ no
rtp-pbits | rtp-pbits <MEGACO::accTerminationVoiceDot1P> ] [ no clip-mode | clip-mode
<MEGACO::accTerminationETSIClipDataMode> ] [ no metering-type | metering-type
<MEGACO::accTerminationMeteringPulseType> ] [ no directory-number | directory-number
<MEGACO::accTerminationDirectoryNumber> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.23-1 "Voice Megaco Equipment Termination Configuration Commands" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
(port-id) Format: unique identifier of this
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> / termination port
<Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Megaco media gateway.
- pstn-term-format: the termination id format pattern of pstn user.
If termid-type is hierarchy, It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix][['Dslam_Id'][deli1]][['rack'][formater][deli2]]'shelf'[formater][deli3]'slot'[formater][deli4]'port'[formater]
and thereinto:
'Dslam_Id' is key to indicate whether the Dslam id should be filled into hierarchy termination id. It is optional.
'rack' is key to indicate whether the rack id should be filled into hierarchy termination id. It is optional.
'shelf' is key to indicate the shelf id. It is mandatory.
'slot' is key to indicate the slot id. It is mandatory.
'port' is key to indicate the port id. It is mandatory.
Each key should present only once and the order of the keys should keep as in the rule.
deli can be zero or several characters, be note that the char must be valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it. It must be
constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicate the minimum width of the id
in the termination id, so if the width of the id is less than number of digits in formater, '0' is
filling at the beginning. The value that converted by the digits into a integer indicates the value of
the first device NO. in the termination id. If the no digit existing, it indicates that no format need to
be applied.
prefix is a string constructed by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
At least one of the deli and the formater must be presenting after the key(exclude 'Dslam_Id').
for example:
format string port position termination id
(dslamid/rack/shelf/slot/port)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
AL/Dslam_Id/rack/shelf/slot/port nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/nod01/1/1/1/1
AL/Dslam_Id/shelf/slot/port nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/nod01/1/1/1
AL/rack/shelf/slot/port nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/1/1/1/1
AL/rack0/shelf0/slot0/port00 nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/0/0/0/00
ALDslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port00 nod01/1/1/1/1 ALnod0100000
ALDslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port0 nod01/1/1/1/12 ALnod0100012
-------------------------------------------------------------------
If the termid-type is flat,It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix]['<tid'[formater]'>']
and thereinto:
prefix is a string construct by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it.
It must be constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicat the
minimum width of the id in the termination id,If contains no digit, it indicat that no
format need to be applied. for example:
format string port position termination id
(termination-id)
------------------------------------------------
AL/ 0 AL/0
AL 0 AL0
AL<tid000> 0 AL000
AL<tid000> 888 AL888
-------------------------------------------------
- isdn-term-format: the termination id format pattern of isdn user.
If termid-type is hierarchy, It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix][['Dslam_Id'][deli1]][['rack'][formater][deli2]]'shelf'[formater][deli3]'slot'[formater]
[deli4]'port'[formater]][deli4]'channel'
and thereinto:
'Dslam_Id' is key to indicate whether the Dslam id should be filled into hierarchy termination id.
It is optional.
'rack' is key to indicate whether the rack id should be filled into hierarchy termination id.
It is optional.
'shelf' is key to indicate the shelf id. It is mandatory.
'slot' is key to indicate the slot id. It is mandatory.
'port' is key to indicate the port id. It is mandatory.
'channel' is key to indicate channel id. It is mandatory.
Each key should present only once and the order of the keys should keep as in the rule.
deli can be zero or several characters, be note that the char must be valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it. It must be
constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicate the minimum width of the id
in the termination id, so if the width of the id is less than number of digits in formater, '0' is
filling at the beginning. The value that converted by the digits into a integer indicates the value of
the first device NO. in the termination id. If the no digit existing, it indicates that no format need to
be applied. suffix already includes delimiter, so deli4 is will be replaced by suffix.
prefix is a string constructed by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
At least one of the deli and the formater must be presenting after the key(exclude 'Dslam_Id').
for example:
format string port position termination id
(dslamid/rack/shelf/slot/port suffix)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BA/Dslam_Id/rack/shelf/slot/port/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/nod01/1/1/1/1/B1
BA/Dslam_Id/shelf/slot/port/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/nod01/1/1/1/B1
BA/rack/shelf/slot/port/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/1/1/1/1/B1
BA/rack0/shelf0/slot0/port00/channel/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/0/0/0/00/B1
BADslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port00 nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BAnod0100000/B1
BADslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port0/channel nod01/1/1/1/12 B1 BAnod0100012B1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the termid-type is flat,It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix]['<tid'[formater]'>']
and thereinto:
prefix is a string construct by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it.It must be
constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicat the minimum width of the id
in the termination id,If contains no digit, it indicat that no format need to be applied. ISDN
termination id should not be zero because zero is reserved for special use of IID.
for example:
format string port position termination id
(termination-id sufix)
----------------------------------------------------
BA/ 1 /B1 BA/1/B1
BA 1 /B1 BA1/B1
BA<tid000> 1 /B1 BA001/B1
BA<tid000> 888 /B1 BA888/B1
----------------------------------------------------
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.24-1 "Voice Megaco Media Gateway Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(media-gateway-id) Format: uniquely identify of this media
- the media gateway table index gateway
- range: [1]
Table 35.24-2 "Voice Megaco Media Gateway Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <MEGACO::mediaGatewayName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "AG"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Megaco signal gateway.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.25-1 "Voice Megaco Signal Gateway Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(signal-gateway-id) Format: uniquely identify of this signal
- the signal gateway table index gateway
- range: [1]
Table 35.25-2 "Voice Megaco Signal Gateway Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
prim-asp-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
Format: the primary asp ip
- IPv4-address
prim-sctp-port Parameter type: mandatory parameter
<MEGACO::signallingGatewayInterfacePrimarySCTPPort> the sctp port of the primary asp
Format:
- the sctp port of the primary asp
- range: [1...65534]
sec-asp-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure EPON ONT voice sip user agent parameters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice eont ( no sip-useragent (ont-idx) ) | ( sip-useragent (ont-idx) [ no udp-port | udp-port
<Epon::UdpPort> ] proxy-pri-ip <Epon::PxyPrimaryIp> [ no proxy-pri-port | proxy-pri-port
<Epon::PxyPrimaryPort> ] [ proxy-sec-ip <Epon::PxySecondaryIp> ] [ no proxy-sec-port | proxy-sec-port
<Epon::PxySecondaryPort> ] reg-pri-ip <Epon::RegPrimaryIp> [ no reg-pri-port | reg-pri-port
<Epon::RegPrimaryPort> ] [ reg-sec-ip <Epon::RegSecondaryIp> ] [ no reg-sec-port | reg-sec-port
<Epon::RegSecondaryPort> ] [ outbound-ip <Epon::OutboundIp> ] [ no outbound-port | outbound-port
<Epon::OutboundPort> ] [ no reg-intval | reg-intval <Epon::RegInterval> ] [ no heartbeat-mode | heartbeat-mode
<Epon::HeartBeatMode> ] [ no heartbeat-cycle | heartbeat-cycle <Epon::HeartBeatCycle> ] [ no heartbeat-count |
heartbeat-count <Epon::HeartBeatCount> ] digit-map-prof <Epon::DigitMapProfile> )
Command Parameters
Table 35.26-1 "Epon Ont Voice SIP UserAgent Configuration" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ONT index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 35.26-2 "Epon Ont Voice SIP UserAgent Configuration" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] udp-port Parameter type: <Epon::UdpPort> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "5060"
- sip udp port number signal udp port of sip user agent
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This command configures provisioning data associated with an ONT Pots Port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice eont ( no pots (uni-idx) ) | ( pots (uni-idx) [ [ no ] admin-up ] [ no user-account | user-account
<Epon::UserAcc> ] [ no user-name | user-name <Epon::UserName> ] [ no user-pwd | user-pwd <Epon::UserPwd> ]
[ tid-name <Epon::TidName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.27-1 "Epon Ont Pots Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: ONT UNI interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::EontSlot> /
<Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
- Epon Ont Port
- range: [1...64]
Table 35.27-2 "Epon Ont Pots Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
[no] user-account Parameter type: <Epon::UserAcc> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command configures EPON ONT voice common parameters.
ip /mask /gateway - If ip-mode is not static IP, this parameter has no meaning. When ip-mode is static, this
parameter should be configured.
svlan - If tag- mode is not stack, this parameter has no meaning.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice eont ( no comm-para (ont-idx) ) | ( comm-para (ont-idx) [ no ip-mode | ip-mode <Epon::IpMode>
] [ ip <Epon::IpAddr> ] [ mask <Epon::IpAddr> ] [ gateway <Epon::IpAddr> ] [ no pppoe-mode | pppoe-mode
<Epon::pppoeMode> ] [ no pppoe-username | pppoe-username <Epon::pppoeUsrName> ] [ no pppoe-pwd |
pppoe-pwd <Epon::pppoePwd> ] [ no tagged-mode | tagged-mode <Epon::TagMode> ] cvlan <Epon::cvlan> [ no
svlan | svlan <Epon::svlan> ] [ no pbit | pbit <Epon::pbit> ] [ no t38-admin | t38-admin <Epon::faxMode> ] [ no fax
| fax <Epon::ctrlMode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 35.28-1 "Epon Ont Voice Common Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont Index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 35.28-2 "Epon Ont Voice Common Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command configures EPON ONT voice media gateway parameters.
gw-id - Identifier of media gateway. It is only valid if reg-mode is domain or equip.
tid-digit-len - tid digit length. Tid digit length + prefix length should be less than or equal to 32
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice eont ( no media-gateway (ont-idx) ) | ( media-gateway (ont-idx) [ no udp-port | udp-port
<Epon::udp> ] mgc-pri-ip <Epon::IpAddr> [ no mgc-pri-port | mgc-pri-port <Epon::udp> ] [ no mgc-sec-ip |
mgc-sec-ip <Epon::IpAddr> ] [ no mgc-sec-port | mgc-sec-port <Epon::udp> ] [ no reg-mode | reg-mode
<Epon::regMode> ] [ gw-id <Epon::gwid> ] [ no heartbeat-mode | heartbeat-mode <Epon::HBMode> ] [ no
heartbeat-cycle | heartbeat-cycle <Epon::HBCycle> ] [ no heartbeat-count | heartbeat-count <Epon::HBVal> ]
tid-num <Epon::TidNum> tid-prefix <Epon::TidPrefix> tid-digit-begin <Epon::TidDigit> tid-mode
<Epon::TidMode> tid-digit-len <Epon::TidLen> )
Command Parameters
Table 35.29-1 "Epon Ont Voice media gateway Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont Index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 35.29-2 "Epon Ont Voice media gateway Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Voice Ont Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----voice
----ont
----[no] service
- (voip-index)
- [no] label
- [no] ip-address
- [no] net-mask
- [no] default-router
- [no] mgc-ip-addr
- [no] sec-mgc-ip-addr
- [no] ftp-serv-ip-addr
- [no] dhcp
- [no] mgc-udp-port
- [no] voip-dscp
- [no] voip-mode
- conf-file-name
- [no] client-id
- [no] conf-method
- [no] ftp-user-name
- [no] ftp-passwd
- vlan
- [no] admin-state
----tc-layer
- [no] pm-collect
----pots
- (uni-idx)
- [no] custinfo
- [no] voip-serv
- [no] termination-id
- [no] pots-pwr-timer
- [no] call-hist
- [no] pwr-override
- [no] sip-msg-tot-th
- [no] brr-pkt-loss-th
- [no] excess-jitter-th
- [no] rx-gain
- [no] tx-gain
- [no] pots-dscp
- [no] veip-ptr
- [no] admin-state
----voice-port
- (uni-idx)
- [no] custinfo
- [no] voipconfig
- [no] pots-pwr-timer
- [no] call-hist
- [no] pwr-override
- [no] rx-gain
- [no] tx-gain
- [no] impedance
- [no] voip-media-prof
- [no] ne-file-name
- [no] admin-state
----[no] auth-sec-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] validation-scheme
- [no] user-name
- [no] password
- [no] realm
----[no] sec-uri-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] auth-securi-prof
- uri-prof
----[no] uri-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] address
----[no] tone-seg-profile
- (index)
- name
- freq1
- power1
- freq2
- power2
- freq3
- power3
- freq4
- power4
- modulation-freq
- modulation-power
- duration
----[no] tone-seq-profile
- (index)
- name
- pattern-prof1
- [no] pattern-prof2
- [no] pattern-prof3
- [no] pattern-prof4
- [no] pattern-prof5
- [no] pattern-prof6
- [no] pattern-prof7
- [no] pattern-prof8
----[no] tone-event-prof
- (index)
- name
----busy-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----callwait1-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----callwait2-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----callwait3-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----callwait4-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----alert-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----special-dial-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----special-info-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----release-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----congest-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----confirm-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----dial-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----msg-wait-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----reorder-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----ringback-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----roh-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----stutter-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----intrusion-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----dead-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----userdef1-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----userdef2-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----userdef3-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----userdef4-tone
- [no] tone-seq-prof
- [no] file-prof
- [no] repeat
----[no] nwdial-plan-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] critical-timeout
- [no] partial-timout
- [no] format
- digitmap1
- digitmap2
- digitmap3
- digitmap4
----[no] rtp-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] local-port-min
- [no] local-port-max
- [no] dscp
- [no] piggy-back-event
- [no] tone-event
- [no] dtmf-event
- [no] cas-event
----[no] voice-serv-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] securi-prof
- [no] toneset-prof
- [no] ringingset-prof
- [no] announce-type
- [no] jitter-target
- [no] jitter-max
- [no] echo-cancel
- [no] dtmf-level
- [no] dtmf-duration
- [no] hook-flash-min
- [no] hook-flash-max
- [no] pstn-variant
----[no] voip-app-service
- (index)
- name
- [no] calling-number
- [no] calling-name
- [no] caller-id-block
- [no] caller-id-number
- [no] caller-id-name
- [no] anonymous-block
- [no] call-waiting
- [no] callerid-announce
- [no] three-way-calling
- [no] call-transfer
- [no] call-hold
- [no] call-park
- [no] do-not-disturb
- [no] flash-on-emer-cal
- [no] emer-ser-org-hold
- [no] six-way-calling
- [no] mwi-splash-ring
- [no] mwi-spl-dialtone
- [no] mwi-visual-indi
- [no] call-fwd-indicate
- [no] dir-conn-feature
- [no] dialtone-dely-opt
- [no] dir-conn-prof
- [no] bridge-prof
- [no] conf-prof
----[no] voip-media-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] voiceserviceprof
- [no] rtp-prof
- [no] fax-mode
- [no] codec1st
- [no] pkt-period1st
- [no] silence1st
- [no] codec2nd
- [no] pkt-period2nd
- [no] silence2nd
- [no] codec3rd
- [no] pkt-period3rd
- [no] silence3rd
- [no] codec4th
- [no] pkt-period4th
- [no] silence4th
- [no] outofband-dtmf
----[no] ring-seg-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] profile-ring
- ring-duration
----[no] ring-seq-prof
- (index)
- name
- pattern1
- [no] pattern2
- [no] pattern3
- [no] pattern4
- [no] pattern5
----[no] ringing-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] ringing-seq-prof
- [no] ringing-file-prof
- [no] ringing-repeat
- [no] splash-seq-prof
- [no] splash-file-prof
- [no] splash-repeat
----[no] feat-acccode-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] cancel-call-wait
- [no] hold
- [no] park
- [no] act-caller-id
- [no] deact-caller-id
- [no] act-dnd
- [no] deact-dnd
- [no] dnd-pin
- [no] emergency
- [no] intercom
- [no] attend-call-trans
- [no] blind-call-trans
----[no] voip-config
- (voip-index)
- protocol
- [no] conf-method
- [no] securi-prof
----pots-rtp
- (uni-index)
- [no] pm-collect
----[no] sip-config
- (sip-index)
- [no] proxyserv-prof
- [no] outproxyserv-prof
- [no] primary-dns
- [no] secondary-dns
- [no] reg-expire-time
- [no] re-reg-head-start
- [no] aor-host-prt-prof
- [no] registrar-prof
- [no] soft-sw-vendor
- [no] opt-tx-cntrl
- [no] uri-format
- [no] dscp
- [no] udp-port
----sip-agent
- (ont-index)
- [no] pm-collect
----sip-call
- (ont-index)
- [no] pm-collect
----voice-sip-port
- (pots-index)
- [no] user-aor
- [no] display-name
- [no] val-scheme
- [no] user-name
- [no] password
- [no] realm
- [no] voice-mail-prof
- [no] voice-mail-to
- [no] ntwk-dp-prof
- [no] app-serv-prof
- [no] ac-code-prof
- [no] rlstimer
- [no] rohtimer
----[no] mgc-config
- (if-index)
- [no] pri-mgcuri-profid
- [no] sec-mgcuri-profid
- [no] protocol-ver
- [no] msg-format
- [no] max-retry-time
- [no] max-retries
- [no] status-delay-time
- base-termid
- [no] sig-dscp
- [no] udp-port
- [no] sw-vendor
- [no] cnf-msg-profid
----mgc-agent
- (voip-index)
- [no] pm-collect
----pots-call
- (uni-idx)
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command is to configure the service related paramters for ONT.
NOTE: OLT prohibits the entry of the following range of well-known IP addresses:
224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 (multicast)
127.0.0.0 to 127.255.255.255 (loopback)
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no service (voip-index) ) | ( service (voip-index) [ no label | label <Gpon::Label> ] [ no
ip-address | ip-address <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no net-mask | net-mask <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no default-router |
default-router <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no mgc-ip-addr | mgc-ip-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no sec-mgc-ip-addr |
sec-mgc-ip-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no ftp-serv-ip-addr | ftp-serv-ip-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no dhcp | dhcp
<Gpon::Dhcp> ] [ no mgc-udp-port | mgc-udp-port <Gpon::PortSignalling> ] [ no voip-dscp | voip-dscp
<Gpon::DscpSetting> ] [ no voip-mode | voip-mode <Gpon::GWMode> ] conf-file-name <Gpon::ConfName> [ no
client-id | client-id <Gpon::ClientID> ] [ no conf-method | conf-method <Gpon::SrvConfMethod> ] [ no
ftp-user-name | ftp-user-name <Gpon::FtpAuth> ] [ no ftp-passwd | ftp-passwd <Gpon::FtpAuth> ] vlan
<Vlan::Index> [ no admin-state | admin-state <Gpon::AdminState> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.2-1 "Voice ONT Service Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(voip-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::VoipID>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::VoipID>
- Gpon voip Port
Command Description
configures the PM Mode of ONT-side TC-layer counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont service (voip-index) tc-layer [ no pm-collect | pm-collect <Gpon::PmEnable> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.3-1 "Performance Monitoring configuration command for VOIP service" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(voip-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::VoipID>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::VoipID>
- Gpon voip Port
- range: [1]
Table 36.3-2 "Performance Monitoring configuration command for VOIP service" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::PmEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable indicates whether tc layer counter
| enable ) Performance Monitors should be
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure pots specific data associated with an ont.
To modify any parameter except custinfo, the admin-state should be set as "locked"
Parameter Termination ID is a case insensitive string up to 25 characters long. Only the following characters are
allowed:
['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '*', '/', '-', '_', '$', '@', or '.'].
The first character must be alphabetic.The string 'ROOT' is not allowed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont pots (uni-idx) [ no custinfo | custinfo <Gpon::CustInfo> ] [ no voip-serv | voip-serv
<Gpon::VoipSrvIndex> ] [ no termination-id | termination-id <Gpon::TerminationId> ] [ no pots-pwr-timer |
pots-pwr-timer <Gpon::PotsPwrTimer> ] [ no call-hist | call-hist <Gpon::CallHist> ] [ no pwr-override |
pwr-override <Gpon::PotsPwrShedOverride> ] [ no sip-msg-tot-th | sip-msg-tot-th
<Gpon::SipMsgTimeOutThreshold> ] [ no brr-pkt-loss-th | brr-pkt-loss-th <Gpon::BrrPktLossThreshold> ] [ no
excess-jitter-th | excess-jitter-th <Gpon::ExcessJitterThreshold> ] [ no rx-gain | rx-gain <Gpon::RxGain> ] [ no
tx-gain | tx-gain <Gpon::TxGain> ] [ no pots-dscp | pots-dscp <Gpon::PotsDscpSetting> ] [ no veip-ptr | veip-ptr
<Gpon::OntSpIndexOrZero> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state <Gpon::PotsAdminState> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.4-1 "Voice ONT POTS Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the pots uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 36.4-3 "Voice ONT POTS Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Gpon::PotsOperState> operational state of the service
( enabled This element is always shown.
| disabled
| unknown )
Possible values:
- enabled : enable the service
- disabled : disable the service
- unknown : unknown state
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the voice port specific data associated with an ont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont voice-port (uni-idx) [ no custinfo | custinfo <Gpon::CustInfo> ] [ no voipconfig | voipconfig
<Gpon::VoipConfig> ] [ no pots-pwr-timer | pots-pwr-timer <Gpon::PotsPwrTimer> ] [ no call-hist | call-hist
<Gpon::CallHist> ] [ no pwr-override | pwr-override <Gpon::PotsPwrShedOverride> ] [ no rx-gain | rx-gain
<Gpon::RxGain> ] [ no tx-gain | tx-gain <Gpon::TxGain> ] [ no impedance | impedance <Gpon::Impedance> ] [ no
voip-media-prof | voip-media-prof <Gpon::VoipMediaProfilePointer> ] [ no ne-file-name | ne-file-name
<Gpon::NEFileName> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state <Gpon::PotsAdminState> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.5-1 "Voice ONT Voice-Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the pots uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
- Gpon Ont Pots Port
- range: [1...24]
Command Output
Table 36.5-3 "Voice ONT Voice-Port Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Gpon::PotsOperState> operational state of the service
( enabled This element is always shown.
| disabled
| unknown )
Possible values:
- enabled : enable the service
- disabled : disable the service
- unknown : unknown state
Command Description
This command creates the profile for accessing the server storing authentication security information for
contacting network addresses. These profiles are normally associated with Voip Services that must reference
common authentication information.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no auth-sec-prof (index) ) | ( auth-sec-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
validation-scheme | validation-scheme <Gpon::AuthSecValScheme> ] [ no user-name | user-name
<Gpon::AuthUserName> ] [ no password | password <Gpon::AuthPasswd> ] [ no realm | realm <Gpon::Realm> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.6-1 "GPON Authentication Security Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...20]
Table 36.6-2 "GPON Authentication Security Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] validation-scheme Parameter type: <Gpon::AuthSecValScheme> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "md5-digest"
( disabled The parameter is not visible
| md5-digest during modification.
| basic-authentic ) validation scheme required for
Possible values: authentication
- disabled : Validation disabled
- md5-digest : validate using md5 digest authentication
Command Description
This command creates a Secure URI Profile.
It provides (via pointers to other profiles) both the URI for accessing information plus the security information
necessary to access the information
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no sec-uri-profile (index) ) | ( sec-uri-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
auth-securi-prof | auth-securi-prof <Gpon::AuthProfPtr> ] uri-prof <Gpon::UriProfId> )
Command Parameters
Table 36.7-1 "Voice ONT Secure URI profile Configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...50]
Table 36.7-2 "Voice ONT Secure URI profile Configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] A string 1..32 characters long
- length: 1<=x<=32 which uniquely identifies this
Secure URI Profile
[no] auth-securi-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::AuthProfPtr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none The parameter is not visible
| <Gpon:AuthProfPtr> during modification.
| name : <AsamProfileName> ) Authentication security profile
Possible values: that contains network address of
- none : no profile to associate the security server
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon:AuthProfPtr>
Command Output
Table 36.7-3 "Voice ONT Secure URI profile Configuration command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
auth-securi-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the authentication
- ignored printable string security uri profile
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
uri-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the uri profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command creates the URI profile for accessing the configuration server. These profiles are normally
associated with Voip Services.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no uri-prof (index) ) | ( uri-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no address | address
<Gpon::UriProfileAddress> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.8-1 "GPON URI Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...100]
Table 36.8-2 "GPON URI Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] address Parameter type: <Gpon::UriProfileAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- uri profile address The parameter is not visible
- length: x<=100 during modification.
uri profile address that contains a
Fully Qualified Domain Name
(FQDN) or an IP Address (in dot
notation)
Command Description
This command creates a profile that defines a tone (multi-frequency is supported) segment including duration and
power. Multiple tone segment profiles are used to specify a tone that will be applied to the analog signal to the
handset when a particular call event/condition occurs, such as sending a busy tone when the called party is busy.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no tone-seg-profile (index) ) | ( tone-seg-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> freq1
<Gpon::ToneSegFrequency> power1 <Gpon::ToneSegPower> freq2 <Gpon::ToneSegFrequency> power2
<Gpon::ToneSegPower> freq3 <Gpon::ToneSegFrequency> power3 <Gpon::ToneSegPower> freq4
<Gpon::ToneSegFrequency> power4 <Gpon::ToneSegPower> modulation-freq
<Gpon::ToneSegModulationFrequency> modulation-power <Gpon::ToneSegPower> duration
<Gpon::ToneSegDuration> )
Command Parameters
Table 36.9-1 "GPON Tone Pattern Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...50]
Table 36.9-2 "GPON Tone Pattern Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
freq1 Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSegFrequency> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- frequency during modification.
- unit: khz frequency of one of the tone
- range: [0...4000] components
power1 Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSegPower> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
Command Description
This command creates a profile that defines a tone sequence by serially identifying tone segment profiles to
associate for a sequence.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no tone-seq-profile (index) ) | ( tone-seq-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName>
pattern-prof1 <Gpon::ToneSegProfile> [ no pattern-prof2 | pattern-prof2 <Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] [ no
pattern-prof3 | pattern-prof3 <Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] [ no pattern-prof4 | pattern-prof4
<Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] [ no pattern-prof5 | pattern-prof5 <Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] [ no pattern-prof6
| pattern-prof6 <Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] [ no pattern-prof7 | pattern-prof7 <Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] [
no pattern-prof8 | pattern-prof8 <Gpon::ZeroToneSegProfile> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.10-1 "GPON Tone Pattern Sequence Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...50]
Table 36.10-2 "GPON Tone Pattern Sequence Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
pattern-prof1 Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSegProfile> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( <Gpon::ToneSegProfilePointer> during modification.
| name : <AsamProfileName> ) tone segment profile
Possible values:
- name : profile name
Command Output
Table 36.10-3 "GPON Tone Pattern Sequence Profile Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
pattern-prof1-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof2-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof3-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof4-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof5-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof6-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof7-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pattern-prof8-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the tone segment profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command is used to create a profile that contains the associations of tone sequence profiles or file ids to call
event/conditions.
Note, this profile supports either method for making this association (use of the tone sequence profile or identifying
a file on the ONT where a bit map of the tone is located).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no tone-event-prof (index) ) | ( tone-event-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> )
Command Parameters
Table 36.11-1 "Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.11-2 "Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Busy tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont tone-event-prof (index) busy-tone [ no tone-seq-prof | tone-seq-prof <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile>
] [ no file-prof | file-prof <Gpon::FileProfile> ] [ no repeat | repeat <Gpon::RepetitionNbr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.12-1 "GPON Busy Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.12-2 "GPON Busy Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of the first Call Wait tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.13-1 "GPON First Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.13-2 "GPON First Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of the second Call Wait tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.14-1 "GPON Second Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.14-2 "GPON Second Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of the third Call Wait tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.15-1 "GPON Third Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.15-2 "GPON Third Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a fourth Call Wait tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.16-1 "GPON Fourth Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.16-2 "GPON Fourth Call Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Alert tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont tone-event-prof (index) alert-tone [ no tone-seq-prof | tone-seq-prof <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile>
] [ no file-prof | file-prof <Gpon::FileProfile> ] [ no repeat | repeat <Gpon::RepetitionNbr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.17-1 "GPON Alert Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.17-2 "GPON Alert Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Special Dial tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.18-1 "GPON Special Dial Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.18-2 "GPON Special Dial Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Special Info tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.19-1 "GPON Special Info Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.19-2 "GPON Special Info Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Release tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.20-1 "GPON Release Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.20-2 "GPON Release Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a congest tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.21-1 "GPON Congest Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.21-2 "GPON Congest Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Confirm tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.22-1 "GPON Confirm Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.22-2 "GPON Confirm Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of the Dial tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont tone-event-prof (index) dial-tone [ no tone-seq-prof | tone-seq-prof <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile>
] [ no file-prof | file-prof <Gpon::FileProfile> ] [ no repeat | repeat <Gpon::RepetitionNbr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.23-1 "GPON Dial Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.23-2 "GPON Dial Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Message wait tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.24-1 "GPON Message Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.24-2 "GPON Message Wait Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Reorder tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.25-1 "GPON Reorder Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.25-2 "GPON Reorder Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Ring Back tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.26-1 "GPON Ring Back Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.26-2 "GPON Ring Back Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Roh tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont tone-event-prof (index) roh-tone [ no tone-seq-prof | tone-seq-prof <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> ]
[ no file-prof | file-prof <Gpon::FileProfile> ] [ no repeat | repeat <Gpon::RepetitionNbr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.27-1 "GPON Roh Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.27-2 "GPON Roh Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Stutter tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.28-1 "GPON Stutter Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.28-2 "GPON Stutter Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Intrusion tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.29-1 "GPON Intrusion Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.29-2 "GPON Intrusion Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone sequence profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Dead tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont tone-event-prof (index) dead-tone [ no tone-seq-prof | tone-seq-prof <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile>
] [ no file-prof | file-prof <Gpon::FileProfile> ] [ no repeat | repeat <Gpon::RepetitionNbr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.30-1 "GPON Dead Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.30-2 "GPON Dead Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone segment profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Field type <Gpon::PrintableString>
- printable string
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a First User Defined tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.31-1 "GPON First User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.31-2 "GPON First User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone segment profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Second User Defined tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.32-1 "GPON Second User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.32-2 "GPON Second User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone segment profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Third User Defined tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.33-1 "GPON Third User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.33-2 "GPON Third User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone segment profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command is used to change or configure the definition of a Fourth User Defined tone within the tone set.
As noted in the Tone Event Profile configuration command, the selection of the tone can be either via pointing to a
Tone Sequence Profile, or by referencing a file on the ONT.
This command supports either mechanism.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.34-1 "GPON Fourth User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- tone event profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.34-2 "GPON Fourth User Defined Tone Event Profile Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tone-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::ToneSeqProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none tone segment profile
| <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
| name : <Gpon::PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::ToneSeqProfPtr>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Description
This command creates a profile that defines a Network Dial Plan.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no nwdial-plan-prof (index) ) | ( nwdial-plan-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
critical-timeout | critical-timeout <Gpon::TimeOut> ] [ no partial-timout | partial-timout <Gpon::TimeOut> ] [ no
format | format <Gpon::PlanFormat> ] [ digitmap1 <Gpon::Digit> ] [ digitmap2 <Gpon::Digit> ] [ digitmap3
<Gpon::Digit> ] [ digitmap4 <Gpon::Digit> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.35-1 "GPON Network Dial Plan Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: network dial plan profile
- profile index
- range: [1...20]
Table 36.35-2 "GPON Network Dial Plan Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] critical-timeout Parameter type: <Gpon::TimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 4L
- dial timeout The parameter is not visible
- unit: sec during modification.
- range: [1.000...40.000] critical dial timeout in seconds
[no] partial-timout Parameter type: <Gpon::TimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 16L
- dial timeout The parameter is not visible
- unit: sec during modification.
- range: [1.000...40.000] partial dial timeout in seconds
[no] format Parameter type: <Gpon::PlanFormat> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command creates a RTP profile which provides information required by Real Time Protocol.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no rtp-profile (index) ) | ( rtp-profile (index) name <Gpon::RtpProfileName> [ no
local-port-min | local-port-min <Gpon::LocalPortMin> ] [ no local-port-max | local-port-max
<Gpon::LocalPortMax> ] [ no dscp | dscp <Gpon::Dscp> ] [ no piggy-back-event | piggy-back-event
<Gpon::PiggyBackEvent> ] [ no tone-event | tone-event <Gpon::ToneEvent> ] [ no dtmf-event | dtmf-event
<Gpon::DtmfEvent> ] [ no cas-event | cas-event <Gpon::CasEvent> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.36-1 "Create a RTP profile" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: access identifier of rtp profile
- access identifier
- range: [1...10]
Table 36.36-2 "Create a RTP profile" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Gpon::RtpProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- unique rtp profile name during modification.
- length: 1<=x<=32 unique rtp profile name
[no] local-port-min Parameter type: <Gpon::LocalPortMin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 50000L
- Local port The parameter is not visible
- range: [5000...65000] during modification.
base rtp port for voice traffic
[no] local-port-max Parameter type: <Gpon::LocalPortMax> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60000L
- Local port The parameter is not visible
- range: [5000...65000] during modification.
highest rtp port for voice traffic
[no] dscp Parameter type: <Gpon::Dscp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 46L
- dscp setting The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...63] during modification.
Command Description
This command creates a Voice Service profile which provides information required voice service function.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.37-1 "Create a Voice Service profile" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: access identifier of voice service
- access identifier profile
- range: [1...10]
Table 36.37-2 "Create a Voice Service profile" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Gpon::VoiceServiceProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- unique voip media profile name during modification.
- length: 1<=x<=32 unique voice service profile name
[no] securi-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::SecureUriProfilePointer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
( none The parameter is not visible
| <Gpon::SecureUriProfilePointer> during modification.
| name : <PrintableString> ) voice service security profile
Possible values: pointer
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::SecureUriProfilePointer>
- profile index
- range: [0...50]
Command Output
Table 36.37-3 "Create a Voice Service profile" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
securi-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> security profile pointer
- ignored printable string This element is always shown.
toneset-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> tone event profile pointer
- ignored printable string This element is always shown.
ringingset-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> ringing set event profile pointer
- ignored printable string This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command creates a VOIP Application service profile which provides configuration information regarding
calling features.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.38-1 "Create a VOIP Application Service Profile" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: an access identifier index
- access identifier
- range: [1...20]
Table 36.38-2 "Create a VOIP Application Service Profile" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Gpon::VoipAppProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- unique voip app profile name during modification.
- length: 1<=x<=32 unique voip app service profile
Command Output
Table 36.38-3 "Create a VOIP Application Service Profile" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dir-conn-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the secure uri profile
- ignored printable string pointer
This element is always shown.
bridge-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the secure uri profile
- ignored printable string pointer
This element is always shown.
conf-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the secure uri profile
- ignored printable string pointer
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command creates a VOIP media profile which provides information pertaining to voice encoding.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.39-1 "Create a VOIP media profile" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: access identifier of voip media
- access identifier profile
- range: [1...10]
Table 36.39-2 "Create a VOIP media profile" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Gpon::VoipMediaProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- unique voip media profile name during modification.
- length: 1<=x<=32 unique voip media profile name
[no] voiceserviceprof Parameter type: <Gpon::VoiceServiceProfilePointer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
( none The parameter is not visible
| <Gpon::VoiceServiceProfilePointer> during modification.
| name : <PrintableString> ) voice service profile pointer
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon::VoiceServiceProfilePointer>
Command Output
Table 36.39-3 "Create a VOIP media profile" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
voiceserviceprof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> voice service profile pointer
- ignored printable string This element is always shown.
rtp-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> rtp profile pointer
- ignored printable string This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command creates a profile that defines a ringing segment including duration or whether it is silent. Multiple
ringing segment profiles are used to specify the ringing that will be applied to the analog line to ring the phone.
Only two types of ringing are supported ("normal" or "splash") are supported via this method..
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no ring-seg-prof (index) ) | ( ring-seg-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
profile-ring | profile-ring <Gpon::ProfileRing> ] ring-duration <Gpon::RingDuration> )
Command Parameters
Table 36.40-1 "GPON Ringing Pattern Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- profile index
- range: [1...20]
Table 36.40-2 "GPON Ringing Pattern Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] profile-ring Parameter type: <Gpon::ProfileRing> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ringing"
( ringing The parameter is not visible
| silent ) during modification.
Possible values: Ringing sequence profile.
- ringing : supplies ringing
- silent : specifies a silent period
ring-duration Parameter type: <Gpon::RingDuration> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- duration of the tone segment in (msec). during modification.
- unit: msec Valid values are 0 to 65535 (0 to
Command Description
This command creates a profile that defines a ringing sequence by serially identifying ring segment profiles to
associate for a ringing sequence
NOTE: Segment 1 is mandatory to be entered. The remainders are optional. Other than the zero value (profile ID),
the same Ring pattern cannot be referenced more than twice within the same profile. To cause a repeating
sequence, reuse the profile ID from pattern1 or name from that first profile reference to define the looping of ring
segments. These patterns represent the play order of the ring segments
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no ring-seq-prof (index) ) | ( ring-seq-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> pattern1
<Gpon::RingingProf> [ no pattern2 | pattern2 <Gpon::RingingProfPointer> ] [ no pattern3 | pattern3
<Gpon::RingingProfPointer> ] [ no pattern4 | pattern4 <Gpon::RingingProfPointer> ] [ no pattern5 | pattern5
<Gpon::RingingProfPointer> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.41-1 "GPON Ringing Pattern Sequence Profile Configuration Command " Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- profile index
- range: [1...20]
Table 36.41-2 "GPON Ringing Pattern Sequence Profile Configuration Command " Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
pattern1 Parameter type: <Gpon::RingingProf> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( <Gpon::RingIndex> during modification.
Command Description
This command can be used to create a profile that contains the associations of ringing sequence profiles or file ids
to ringing selections. Note, this profile supports either method for making this association (use of the ringing
sequence profile or identifying a file on the ONT that defines the ringing).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no ringing-profile (index) ) | ( ringing-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
ringing-seq-prof | ringing-seq-prof <Gpon::RingingProfPointer> ] [ no ringing-file-prof | ringing-file-prof
<Gpon::RingingfilePointer> ] [ no ringing-repeat | ringing-repeat <Gpon::RingRepeat> ] [ no splash-seq-prof |
splash-seq-prof <Gpon::RingingfilePointer> ] [ no splash-file-prof | splash-file-prof <Gpon::RingingfilePointer> ] [
no splash-repeat | splash-repeat <Gpon::SplashRepeat> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.42-1 "GPON Ring Event Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- profile index
- range: [1...5]
Table 36.42-2 "GPON Ring Event Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] ringing-seq-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::RingingProfPointer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none The parameter is not visible
| <Gpon::RingingSetProfilePtr> during modification.
| name : <AsamProfileName> ) ringing sequence profile
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Command Description
This command creates a profile that defines a set of Feature Access Codes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no feat-acccode-prof (index) ) | ( feat-acccode-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no
cancel-call-wait | cancel-call-wait <Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no hold | hold <Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no park | park
<Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no act-caller-id | act-caller-id <Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no deact-caller-id | deact-caller-id
<Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no act-dnd | act-dnd <Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no deact-dnd | deact-dnd
<Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no dnd-pin | dnd-pin <Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no emergency | emergency
<Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no intercom | intercom <Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no attend-call-trans | attend-call-trans
<Gpon::Accesscode> ] [ no blind-call-trans | blind-call-trans <Gpon::Accesscode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.43-1 "GPON VOIP Feature Access Codes Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: feature access codes profile.
- profile index
- range: [1...20]
Table 36.43-2 "GPON VOIP Feature Access Codes Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] cancel-call-wait Parameter type: <Gpon::Accesscode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- access code The parameter is not visible
- range: [0-9*#] during modification.
- length: x<=5 access code to cancel call
waiting.
Command Description
This command creates the common VoIP configuration for the ONT. It must be created after creating an IP Host
on the ONT. It ties directly to the IP Host via the AID. Note, only one VoIP client can be supported in an ONT at
this time.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no voip-config (voip-index) ) | ( voip-config (voip-index) protocol <Gpon::VoipProtocol> [
no conf-method | conf-method <Gpon::ConfMethod> ] [ no securi-prof | securi-prof <Gpon::SecuriProf> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.44-1 "GPON Common VOIP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(voip-index) Format: a unique interface index
ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::IpHostID>
- iphost id
Table 36.44-2 "GPON Common VOIP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
protocol Parameter type: <Gpon::VoipProtocol> mandatory parameter
Format: protocol
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PM Mode of ONT POTS Rtp monitoring.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.45-1 "GPON Voice ONT POTS Rtp PM Mode Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-index) Format: gpon ont port index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
- Gpon Ont Pots Port
- range: [1...24]
Table 36.45-2 "GPON Voice ONT POTS Rtp PM Mode Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Command Description
This command creates the SIP configuration for the ONT. It must be created after creating a VOIP Configuration
on the ONT. Note, only one VoIP client can be supported in an ONT at this time.
NOTE:
OLT prohibits the entry of the following range of well-known IP addresses for the parameters primary-dns and
secondary-dns:
224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 (multicast)
127.0.0.0 to 127.255.255.255 (loopback)
255.255.255.255 (broadcast)
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont ( no sip-config (sip-index) ) | ( sip-config (sip-index) [ no proxyserv-prof | proxyserv-prof
<Gpon::AsamProfile> ] [ no outproxyserv-prof | outproxyserv-prof <Gpon::AsamProfile> ] [ no primary-dns |
primary-dns <Gpon::IpAddress> ] [ no secondary-dns | secondary-dns <Gpon::IpAddress> ] [ no reg-expire-time |
reg-expire-time <Gpon::RegExpireTime> ] [ no re-reg-head-start | re-reg-head-start <Gpon::ReRegHeadStart> ] [
no aor-host-prt-prof | aor-host-prt-prof <Gpon::AsamProfile> ] [ no registrar-prof | registrar-prof
<Gpon::RegAsamProfile> ] [ no soft-sw-vendor | soft-sw-vendor <Gpon::SwVendor> ] [ no opt-tx-cntrl |
opt-tx-cntrl <Gpon::OpticalTxCntrl> ] [ no uri-format | uri-format <Gpon::UriFormat> ] [ no dscp | dscp
<Gpon::SigDscp> ] [ no udp-port | udp-port <Gpon::SipUdpPort> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 36.46-1 "GPON ONT SIP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sip-index) Format: SIP ONT index
ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 36.46-3 "GPON ONT SIP Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
proxyserv-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the URI profile that
- ignored printable string contains the ip address of the SIP
proxy server for SIP signaling
messages.
This element is always shown.
outproxyserv-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the URI profile that
- ignored printable string contains the ip address of the
outbound SIP proxy server for
SIP signaling messages.
This element is always shown.
aor-host-prt-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the URI profile that
- ignored printable string contains the host or domain part
of the SIP address of record.
This element is always shown.
registrar-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the secure URI profile
- ignored printable string that contains the IP address of the
registrar server.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PM Mode of ONT SIP Agent monitoring.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.47-1 "Voice Ont SIP Agent PM Mode Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-index) Format: ont index
ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::IpHostID>
- iphost id
Table 36.47-2 "Voice Ont SIP Agent PM Mode Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::PmEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable performance mode state
| enable )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PM Mode of ONT SIP Agent Call monitoring.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.48-1 "Voice Ont SIP Agent Call PM Mode Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-index) Format: ont index
ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::IpHostID>
- iphost id
Table 36.48-2 "Voice Ont SIP Agent Call PM Mode Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::PmEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable performance mode state
Command Description
This command edits a POTs port's SIP parameter for those line using SIP insted of MGC.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice ont voice-sip-port (pots-index) [ no user-aor | user-aor <Gpon::UserAddress> ] [ no display-name
| display-name <Gpon::DisplayName> ] [ no val-scheme | val-scheme <Gpon::AuthSecValScheme> ] [ no
user-name | user-name <Gpon::AuthUserName> ] [ no password | password <Gpon::AuthPasswd> ] [ no realm |
realm <Gpon::Realm> ] [ no voice-mail-prof | voice-mail-prof <Gpon::VoiceMailProfilePointer> ] [ no
voice-mail-to | voice-mail-to <Gpon::VoiceMailTo> ] [ no ntwk-dp-prof | ntwk-dp-prof
<Gpon::NetDialPlanProfilePointer> ] [ no app-serv-prof | app-serv-prof <Gpon::AppServProfilePointer> ] [ no
ac-code-prof | ac-code-prof <Gpon::AccessCodeProfilePointer> ] [ no rlstimer | rlstimer <Gpon::RlsTimer> ] [ no
rohtimer | rohtimer <Gpon::RohTimer> ]
Command Parameters
Table 36.49-1 "Configure ont POT SIP" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pots-index) Format: an ontpots access identifier index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
- Gpon Ont Pots Port
- range: [1...24]
Command Output
Table 36.49-3 "Configure ont POT SIP" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ntwk-dp-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the authentication
- ignored printable string security profile pointer
This element is always shown.
app-serv-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the authentication
- ignored printable string security profile pointer
This element is always shown.
ac-code-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the authentication
- ignored printable string security profile pointer
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command creates the MEGACO configuration of the ONT
NOTE: Only one VoIP client can be supported in an ONT at this time
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.50-1 "Voice ONT MGC Configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: ifindex of iphost uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::IpHostID>
- iphost id
Table 36.50-2 "Voice ONT MGC Configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pri-mgcuri-profid Parameter type: <Gpon::UriProfId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
Command Output
Table 36.50-3 "Voice ONT MGC Configuration command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
pri-mgcuri-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the primary uri profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sec-mgcuri-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the primary uri profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
conf-mgcuri-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the primary uri profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command sets the PM Mode of ONT MGC Agent monitoring
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.51-1 "Voice ONT MGC PM monitoring command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(voip-index) Format: a unique voip ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::VoipID>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::VoipID>
- Gpon voip Port
- range: [1]
Table 36.51-2 "Voice ONT MGC PM monitoring command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::PmEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable This indicates whether MGC
| enable ) Performance Monitors should be
Possible values: collected for this MGC Config
- disable : disable the collection instance
- enable : enable the collection
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PM Mode of ONT POTS Call monitoring
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.52-1 "Voice Ont Pots Call PM Mode Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the ont interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPotsPortId>
- Gpon Ont Pots Port
- range: [1...24]
Table 36.52-2 "Voice Ont Pots Call PM Mode Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Debug Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----debug-trace
----[no] protocol-trace
- (trace-subject)
- protocol
- syslog
- [no] events
- [no] packet-summary
Command Description
This commands allows the operator to enable/disable protocol tracing. The operator can enter the protocol, port
and level of detail for which tracing can be enabled. It is mandatory to enable/disable atleast one of the tracings,
events or packet-summary.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.2-1 "Protocol Tracing Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(trace-subject) Format: subject for which tracing is
( dsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / enabled(e.g ADSL line,PVC)
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId> :
<Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> : <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| uni : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| voip : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> )
Possible values:
- dsl-line : the xDSL line
- atm-pvc : the PVC of the ADSL line
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- ethernet-line : a native ethernet line interface
- uni : GPON ONT uni interface
- voip : virtual uni identifier
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ethernet
----line
- (if-index)
- port-type
- [no] admin-up
----tca-line-threshold
- [no] enable
- [no] los
- [no] fcs
- [no] los-day
- [no] fcs-day
----mau
- (index)
- type
- power
- [no] speed-auto-sense
- [no] autonegotiate
- [no] cap1000base-xfd
- [no] cap1000base-tfd
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ethernet line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.2-1 "Ethernet Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 38.2-2 "Ethernet Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
port-type Parameter type: <ETHITF::PortType> optional parameter
Format: the whole network service model
( uni based on this interface
| nni
| hc-uni )
Possible values:
- uni : uni port type
- nni : nni port type
- hc-uni : hicap uni port type
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per ethernet line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.3-1 "Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 38.3-2 "Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the reporting of TCA's for
this ethernet line
[no] los Parameter type: <ETHITF::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable loss of signal error in 15 minute
- range: [0...900]
[no] fcs Parameter type: <ETHITF::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Mau. The configuration is specific per ethernet line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet line (if-index) mau (index) [ type <Ether::MAUType> ] [ power <ETHITF::Power> ] [ [ no ]
speed-auto-sense ] [ [ no ] autonegotiate ] [ [ no ] cap1000base-xfd ] [ [ no ] cap1000base-tfd ]
Command Parameters
Table 38.4-1 "Ethernet Line Mau Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(index) Format: identify MAU, among others
- port to which the MAU is connected connected to same interface
- range: [1...2147483647]
Table 38.4-2 "Ethernet Line Mau Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Ether::MAUType> optional parameter
Format: the mau type
( 10baset
| 100basetxhd
| 100basetxfd
| 100basefxhd
| 100basefxfd
| 1000basexhd
| 1000basexfd
| 1000baselxhd
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ONT Ethernet Port Configuration Command".
Command Tree
----configure
----ethernet
----ont
- (uni-idx)
- [no] cust-info
- auto-detect
- [no] power-control
- [no] pse-class
- [no] pwr-override
- [no] admin-state
----port
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command allows the operator to modify ONT Ethernet port provisioning data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet ont (uni-idx) [ no cust-info | cust-info <Gpon::CustInfo> ] [ auto-detect <Gpon::AutoDetect> ]
[ no power-control | power-control <Gpon::PowerControl> ] [ no pse-class | pse-class <Gpon::PSEClass> ] [ no
pwr-override | pwr-override <Gpon::PowerShedOverride> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state <Gpon::ItfAdminStatus>
]
Command Parameters
Table 39.2-1 "ONT Ethernet Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 39.2-2 "ONT Ethernet Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] cust-info Parameter type: <Gpon::CustInfo> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
Command Output
Table 39.2-3 "ONT Ethernet Port Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> the operational state of the
( up interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable PM on the eth ports
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 39.3-1 "ONT Ethernet Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 39.3-2 "ONT Ethernet Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Epon Ont Ethernet Configuration Command".
Command Tree
----configure
----ethernet
----eont
----[no] port
- (uni-index)
----[no] filter
- (filterid)
- profileid
- precedence
- [no] acl
- [no] dot1p
- [no] llid
- queueid
----[no] snoopmcastvlan
- (vlanid)
----[no] usercvlan
- (usercvlanid)
- networkcvlan
----[no] mcastvlan
- (mcastvlanid)
- uservlan
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure ethernet parameters of ONT physical UNI
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.2-1 "Epon Ont ethernet Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-index) Format: ONT UNI interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::EontSlot> /
<Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
- Epon Ont Port
- range: [1...64]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure traffic flows at ONT physical UNI
Note: The ont flow can be created or deleted, but cannot be modified
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet eont port (uni-index) ( no filter (filterid) ) | ( filter (filterid) profileid <Epon::ProfileId>
precedence <Epon::Precedence> [ no acl | acl <Epon::Acl> ] [ no dot1p | dot1p <Epon::FilterPBit> ] [ no llid | llid
<Epon::Llid> ] queueid <Epon::QueueId> )
Command Parameters
Table 40.3-1 "Epon Ont Flow Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-index) Format: ONT UNI interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::EontSlot> /
<Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
- Epon Ont Port
- range: [1...64]
(filterid) Format: Filter identifier
- Filter ID
- range: [1...8]
Table 40.3-2 "Epon Ont Flow Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure multicast vlan allowed for Ethernet port.
Note:The multicast vlan for port cannot be modified.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet eont port (uni-index) ( no snoopmcastvlan (vlanid) ) | ( snoopmcastvlan (vlanid) )
Command Parameters
Table 40.4-1 "Epon Ont Ethernet Multicast Vlan Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-index) Format: ONT UNI interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::EontSlot> /
<Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
- Epon Ont Port
- range: [1...64]
(vlanid) Format: multicast vlan id allowed for port
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure vlan translation for tagged packet on ont Ethernet port.
Note: The networkcvlan cannot be modified
Note: This command should be shown only if the vlanmode of the Ethernet port is translation, trunk or
aggregation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet eont port (uni-index) ( no usercvlan (usercvlanid) ) | ( usercvlan (usercvlanid) [ networkcvlan
<Epon::NwCvlanId> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 40.5-1 "Epon Ont Ethernet Vlan Translation Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-index) Format: ONT UNI interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::EontSlot> /
<Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
- Epon Ont Port
- range: [1...64]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure multicast vlan translation if multiconf for this port is translation.
Note: the uservlan cannot be modified.
Note: This command should be shown only if the multiconf of the Ethernet port is translation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet eont port (uni-index) ( no mcastvlan (mcastvlanid) ) | ( mcastvlan (mcastvlanid) uservlan
<Epon::uservlan> )
Command Parameters
Table 40.6-1 "Epon Ont Ethernet Multicast Vlan Translation Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-index) Format: ONT UNI interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::EontSlot> /
<Epon::EontPort>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::EontSlot>
- Epon Ont Slot
- range: [1...16]
Field type <Epon::EontPort>
- Epon Ont Port
- range: [1...64]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Efm Oam Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----efm-oam
----interface
- (interface)
- [no] admin-up
- [no] passive-mode
- [no] keep-alive-intvl
- [no] response-intvl
- [no] data-length
- [no] bitrate
- [no] smac
- [no] dmac
Command Description
This command will allow the operator to enable/disable EFM OAM on the specified Ethernet-like interface and
configure the mode, alive timer and response timer intervals. In addition also the internal traffic generator data
applicable to this interface can be configured.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.2-1 "Efm Oam Interface ConfigurationCommand" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 41.2-2 "Efm Oam Interface ConfigurationCommand" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable efm oam
[no] passive-mode Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
oam mode is passive
[no] keep-alive-intvl Parameter type: <Ether::KeepAliveTimeTicks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- a timeout value expressed in seconds keep alive time interval
- unit: seconds
- range: [1...300]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CFM Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----cfm
----[no] domain
- (domain-index)
- name
- level
----[no] association
- (association-index)
- [no] bridgeport
- [no] vlan
- [no] mhf-creation
- [no] name
- [no] ccm-interval
- [no] ccm-aware
- [no] ccm-admin-state
----[no] mep
- (mepid)
- location
- [no] cci-enable
- [no] ccm-priority
- [no] low-pri-defect
- [no] fng-alarm-time
- [no] fng-reset-time
----[no] remote-mep
- (rmepid)
Command Description
This command is used to define a Maintenance Domain (MD) at particular maintenance level. There are 8 possible
levels. Note that once created, the MD cannot be modified. To modify, delete the entry and create a new one.
Note that, if an MD is deleted, any subtending Maintenance Associations (MAs), and their subtending Maintenance
Points (MPs), will be automatically deleted only if CCM Admin State is locked for all of the MAs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure cfm ( no domain (domain-index) ) | ( domain (domain-index) name <Cfm::FormatedName> level
<Cfm::MdLevelType> )
Command Parameters
Table 42.2-1 "Maintenance Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
Table 42.2-2 "Maintenance Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Cfm::FormatedName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( dns : <Cfm::PrintableString> during modification.
| mac : <Cfm::MacAddress> Maintenance Domain (MD) name
| string : <Cfm::PrintableString> type and unique name
| none )
Possible values:
- dns : DNS name (e.g. alcatel.com)
- mac : MAC address plus 2 hex octets, e.g.
11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88
- string : A character string (e.g. operator)
- none : No MD name.
Field type <Cfm::PrintableString>
- all characters except for characters 0 to 31
- length: 1<=x<=43
Field type <Cfm::MacAddress>
- MAC address plus 2 hex octets, e.g.
11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88
Command Description
This command is used to create or modify a Maintenance Association (MA). Only modification of the
MHFCreation is allowed. As a result, the VlanId has been made optional in the Command Syntax as VlanId is
mandatory for creation and is not applicable for modification. Each Maintenance Domain (MD) can have one or
more MAs.
Note that, if an MA is deleted, any subtending Maintenance Points (MPs) will automatically be deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.3-1 "Maintenance Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
(association-index) Format: Maintenance Association (MA)
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an index. Unique within an MD
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
Table 42.3-2 "Maintenance Association Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] bridgeport Parameter type: <Cfm::InterfaceZeroIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none The parameter is not visible
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / during modification.
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> / IfIndex of UNI
<Eqpt::OntPortId> )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command is used to configure a Maintenance association End Point (MEP) within a Maintenance Association
(MA). Each MA can have zero or more MEPs. Once a MEP is created, it cannot be modified. To modify the MEP,
delete the entry and create a new one.
Note that there are correlations between a MEP and a VLAN port location. To create a MEP, the MEP's MA must
be associated with the port location's VLAN. Also if the port location is deleted, the related MEP(s) will
automatically be deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure cfm domain (domain-index) association (association-index) ( no mep (mepid) ) | ( mep (mepid)
location <Cfm::location> [ [ no ] cci-enable ] [ no ccm-priority | ccm-priority <Cfm::MepCcmPriority> ] [ no
low-pri-defect | low-pri-defect <Cfm::MepLowPriorityDefect> ] [ no fng-alarm-time | fng-alarm-time
<Cfm::MepFngAlarmTime> ] [ no fng-reset-time | fng-reset-time <Cfm::MepFngResetTime> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 42.4-1 "Maintenance Association End Point Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
(association-index) Format: Maintenance Association (MA)
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an index. Unique within an MD
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
(mepid) Format: MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique
- MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique within an MA within an MA
- range: [1...8191]
Table 42.4-2 "Maintenance Association End Point Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
location Parameter type: <Cfm::location> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( user : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / during modification.
Command Description
This command is used to configure a Remote Maintenance association End Point (RMEP) within a Maintenance
Association (MA). Once a RMEP is created, it cannot be modified. To modify the RMEP, delete the entry and
create a new one.
Note
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure cfm domain (domain-index) association (association-index) ( no remote-mep (rmepid) ) | ( remote-mep
(rmepid) )
Command Parameters
Table 42.5-1 "Remote Maintenance Association End Point Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
(association-index) Format: Maintenance Association (MA)
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an index. Unique within an MD
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
(rmepid) Format: Remote MA End Point (MEP)
- MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique within an MA ID. Unique within an MA
- range: [1...8191]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trouble-Shooting Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----trouble-shooting
----statistics
----[no] interface
- (if-index)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the extensive trouble-shooting counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 43.2-1 "Trouble-shooting Interface Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Possible values:
- voip : virtual uni identifier
obsolete alternative replaced by vuni
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trouble-Shooting Pon Interface Configuration
Command".
Command Tree
----configure
----trouble-shooting
----pon
----statistics
----[no] interface
- (if-index)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the extensive trouble-shooting counters over a Pon Line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.2-1 "Trouble-shooting Pon Interface Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the pon port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IPoA/E IW Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ipoa/e-iw
----[no] port
- (interworking-port)
- user-ip
- gw-ip
----[no] gateway
- (vlanid)
- gw-ip-addr
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the parameter on the IPOA L2 interworking port level
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.2-1 "IPoA/E IW Interworking Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interworking-port) Format: index of rack/shelf/slot/port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-bridgeport
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 45.2-2 "IPoA/E IW Interworking Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
user-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter
Format: ip address for user
- IPv4-address
gw-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter
Format: ip address for next-hop gateway
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure gateway address per L2 forwarder vlan
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.3-1 "IPoA/E IW Gateway Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 45.3-2 "IPoA/E IW Gateway Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
gw-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> mandatory parameter
Format: the gateway ip address
- IPv4-address
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "LineTest Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----linetest
----cluster
- (cluster-id)
----ltsession
- (sessionid)
- session-cmd
- ownerid
- timeout-period
- line-num
- type-high
- type-low
- test-parm-num
- test-mode
----ltline
- (sessionid)
- lineid
- line-status
----ltparm
- (sessionid)
- test-name(unit)
- value1
- value2
- value3
- value4
- value5
----single
----ltsession
- (sessionid)
- session-cmd
- ownerid
- timeout-period
- line-num
- type-high
- type-low
- test-parm-num
- test-mode
- inactive-timer
- type-extend
- [no] group-opt
----ltline
- (sessionid)
- lineid
- line-status
----ltparm
- (sessionid)
- test-name(unit)
- value1
- value2
- value3
- value4
- value5
- min-threshold
- max-threshold
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MEGACO LineTest session parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.2-1 "Megaco LineTest Session Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
Table 46.2-2 "Megaco LineTest Session Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
session-cmd Parameter type: <LineTest::SessCmdForConfig> optional parameter
Format: the linetest session command
( create
| starttest
| sendinfo
| startinfo
| destroy
| recv-subtest
| start-subtest
| repeat
| endtest )
Possible values:
- create : create a test session
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MEGACO LineTest line parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure linetest cluster (cluster-id) ltline (sessionid) lineid <Itf::LineTestMegacoLineId> [ line-status
<LineTest::LineStatusForConfig> ]
Command Parameters
Table 46.3-1 "Megaco LineTest Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
lineid Parameter type: <Itf::LineTestMegacoLineId> Identify of line
Format:
<Eqpt::NodeId> / <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::NewSlotId> / <Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::NodeId>
- the Node number
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
- the port number of Megaco
Table 46.3-2 "Megaco LineTest Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
line-status Parameter type: <LineTest::LineStatusForConfig> optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage megaco linetest parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure linetest cluster (cluster-id) ltparm (sessionid) test-name(unit) <LineTest::TestTypeMegaco> [ value1
<LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value2 <LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value3 <LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value4
<LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value5 <LineTest::ExtRpVal> ]
Command Parameters
Table 46.4-1 "MEGACO LineTest Param Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1...16]
test-name(unit) Parameter type: <LineTest::TestTypeMegaco> test type
Format:
( feeded-ac-tr(mv)
| feeded-ac-tg(mv)
| feeded-ac-rg(mv)
| foreign-ac-tr(mv)
| foreign-ac-tg(mv)
| foreign-ac-rg(mv)
| feeded-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tg(mv)
| foreign-dc-rg(mv)
| feed-current(ua)
| feeded-dc-rt(mv)
| resist-tr(ohm)
| resist-rt(ohm)
| resist-tg(ohm)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the single LineTest session parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip , xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with sip , xdsl
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.5-1 "SINGLE LineTest Session Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1...16]
Table 46.5-2 "SINGLE LineTest Session Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
session-cmd Parameter type: <LineTest::SessCmdForConfig> optional parameter
Format: the linetest session command
( create
| starttest
| sendinfo
| startinfo
| destroy
| recv-subtest
| start-subtest
| repeat
| endtest )
Possible values:
- create : create a test session
- starttest : transfer data done, start a test
- sendinfo : start to transfer info data for an underway test
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the single LineTest line parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip , xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with sip , xdsl
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.6-1 "SINGLE LineTest Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1...16]
lineid Parameter type: <Itf::LineTestSingleLineId> Identify of line
Format:
<Eqpt::NodeId> / <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::NodeId>
- the Node number
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 46.6-2 "SINGLE LineTest Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
line-status Parameter type: <LineTest::LineStatusForConfig> optional parameter
Format: status of line for test
( intest
| testover
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage single linetest parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip , xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with sip , xdsl
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.7-1 "SINGLE LineTest Param Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1...16]
test-name(unit) Parameter type: <LineTest::TestTypeSip> test type
Format:
( feeded-ac-tr(mv)
| feeded-ac-tg(mv)
| feeded-ac-rg(mv)
| foreign-ac-tr(mv)
| foreign-ac-tg(mv)
| foreign-ac-rg(mv)
| feeded-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tg(mv)
| foreign-dc-rg(mv)
| feed-current(ua)
| feeded-dc-rt(mv)
| resist-tr(ohm)
| resist-rt(ohm)
| resist-tg(ohm)
| resist-rg(ohm)
| resist-tbat(ohm)
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "LACP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----link-agg
----general
- [no] priority
----port
- (port)
- [no] passive-lacp
- [no] short-timeout
- [no] actor-port-prio
----group
- (group)
- load-sharing-policy
- [no] max-active-port
- mode
----[no] port
- (port)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the general LACP parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.2-2 "LACP general configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Lacp::SysPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the lacp system priority the lacp system priority
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the link aggregation port parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.3-1 "LACP port configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 47.3-2 "LACP port configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] passive-lacp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
set lacp inactive for the actor
[no] short-timeout Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
short timeout for the lacp
protocol
[no] actor-port-prio Parameter type: <Lacp::ActorPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1"
- la aggregate port priority port priority for the actor
- range: [0...255]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the link aggregation group parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.4-1 "LACP group configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group) Format: interface index of the link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / aggregation group
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 47.4-2 "LACP group configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
load-sharing-policy Parameter type: <Lacp::LoadSharingPolicy> optional parameter
Format: link aggregation load sharing
( mac-src policy
| mac-dst
| mac-src-dst
| ip-src
| ip-dst
| ip-src-dst )
Possible values:
- mac-src : source mac based
- mac-dst : destination mac based
- mac-src-dst : source and destination mac based
- ip-src : source ip based
- ip-dst : destination ip based
Command Description
This command allows the operator to add/remove link aggregation group member ports.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.5-1 "LACP Group Port configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group) Format: interface index of the link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / aggregation group
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: Interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "MSTP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----xstp
----general
- [no] enable-stp
- [no] priority
- [no] max-instance-num
- [no] max-age
- [no] hello-time
- [no] forward-delay
- [no] version
- [no] tx-hold-count
- [no] path-cost-type
- [no] max-hop-count
- region-name
- [no] region-version
- [no] config-id-sel
----[no] instance
- (instance)
- [no] priority
----[no] associate-vlan
- (vlan)
----port
- (port)
- [no] priority
- [no] enable-stp
- path-cost
- [no] edge-port
- [no] admin-p2p
- [no] hello-time
----port-instance
- (port)
- instance
- [no] priority
- [no] enable-stp
- path-cost
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the general MSTP parameters .The configuration of the parameters
apply for the whole bridge.
The port, instance and port-instance specific MSTP parameters are in subsequent chapters.
The bridge max-age value should be less than or equal to (2 * ((forward-delay/100)-1) and should be greater than
or equal to (2 * ((Port hello-time/100) + 1)).
The bridge hello-time is only applicable when the version is stp/rstp, in case of version mstp the port hello-time is
used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with mstp privileges, and executed by operators with mstp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 48.2-2 "MSTP general configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable-stp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
all stp protocol operations start
[no] priority Parameter type: <Mstp::StpPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 32768
- stp bridge priority(n*4096) stp bridge priority(n*4096)
- range: [0...61440]
[no] max-instance-num Parameter type: <Mstp::StpMaxInstanceNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65
- the max spanning trees number the maximun number of spanning
- range: [1...65] trees to be allowed
[no] max-age Parameter type: <Mstp::StpMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2000
- stp bridge priority(n*100) stp max-age for
- unit: 10msec root-bridge(n*100)
- range: [600...4000]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MSTP parameters for a specific MSTP instance.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with mstp privileges, and executed by operators with mstp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xstp ( no instance (instance) ) | ( instance (instance) [ no priority | priority <Mstp::StpPriority> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 48.3-1 "MSTP Instance configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(instance) Format: MSTP instance
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...64]
Table 48.3-2 "MSTP Instance configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Mstp::StpPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 32768
- stp bridge priority(n*4096) the Bridge Priority(n*4096)
- range: [0...61440]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to map/unmap VLANs to a specific MSTP instance.The VLAN can be associated
with the MSTP instance without being configured first. One or more VLANs can be associated to an instance, but
one VLAN can not be assigned to different instances.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with mstp privileges, and executed by operators with mstp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 48.4-1 "MSTP Vlan-Instance Mapping configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(instance) Format: MSTP instance
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...64]
(vlan) Format: vlan id to be associated with the
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> mstp instance
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the port parameters for the Common Instance.
By default mstp is disabled on the ports.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with mstp privileges, and executed by operators with mstp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xstp port (port) [ no priority | priority <Mstp::MstpPortPriority> ] [ [ no ] enable-stp ] [ path-cost
<Mstp::MstpPathCost> ] [ [ no ] edge-port ] [ no admin-p2p | admin-p2p <Mstp::MstpAdminP2PPort> ] [ no
hello-time | hello-time <Mstp::StpHelloTime> ]
Command Parameters
Table 48.5-1 "MSTP Port configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: Interface index of the lag
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 48.5-2 "MSTP Port configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Mstp::MstpPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- mstp port priority(n*16) mstp port priority(n*16)
- range: [0...240]
[no] enable-stp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
current Msti port state enabled
path-cost Parameter type: <Mstp::MstpPathCost> optional parameter
Format: port path cost
- port path cost
- range: [1...200000000]
[no] edge-port Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MSTP parameters for a specific port-instance configuration. In
order to be able to configure the port-instance parameters, the port must be member of the vlan-port map.This
configuration applies to the Mstp.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with mstp privileges, and executed by operators with mstp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 48.6-1 "MSTP Port-Instance configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: interface index of the lag
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
instance Parameter type: <Mstp::MstpInstance> mstp instance
Format:
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...64]
Table 48.6-2 "MSTP Port-Instance configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Mstp::MstpPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- mstp port priority(n*16) mstp port priority(n*16)
- range: [0...240]
[no] enable-stp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
current Msti port state enabled
path-cost Parameter type: <Mstp::MstpPathCost> optional parameter
Format: port path cost
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Pon Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----pon
----interface
- (pon-idx)
- [no] label
- [no] ber-calc-period
- [no] polling-period
- [no] sig-degrade-th
- [no] sig-fail-th
- [no] fec-dn
- [no] raman-reduct
- [no] closest-ont
- [no] diff-reach
- [no] auth-method
- [no] admin-state
----tc-layer
- [no] pm-collect
----tc-layer-threshold
- [no] error-frags-up
----mcast-tc-layer
- [no] pm-collect
----otdr
- [no] mode
----[no] power-shed-prof
- (profile-idx)
- profile-name
- [no] restore-time
- [no] data-class-time
- [no] voice-class-time
- [no] video-class-time
- [no] dsl-class-time
- [no] ces-class-time
----[no] sec-uri-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] auth-securi-prof
- uri-prof
----[no] auth-sec-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] validation-scheme
- [no] user-name
- [no] password
- [no] realm
----[no] uri-prof
- (index)
- name
- [no] address
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the provisioning data associated with a PON interface.
Note: The value of sig-degrade-th must be greater than sig-fail-th (i.e. sig-degrade-th must represent a lower BER
value)
The value of closest-ont can be changed only after setting the administrative status to down.
The value of diff-reach can be changed only after setting the administrative status to down.
The value of fec-dn can be changed only after setting the administrative status to down. If the FEC change is made
while the admin status is up, then it must be set to down and then put back to up for the change to take place.
The value of auth-method can be changed only after setting the administrative status to down.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure pon interface (pon-idx) [ no label | label <Gpon::Label> ] [ no ber-calc-period | ber-calc-period
<Gpon::BerCalcPeriod> ] [ no polling-period | polling-period <Gpon::PollingPeriod> ] [ no sig-degrade-th |
sig-degrade-th <Gpon::SignalDegThreshold> ] [ no sig-fail-th | sig-fail-th <Gpon::SignalFailThreshold> ] [ no
fec-dn | fec-dn <Gpon::FecDn> ] [ no raman-reduct | raman-reduct <Gpon::RamanReduct> ] [ no closest-ont |
closest-ont <Gpon::OntDistance> ] [ no diff-reach | diff-reach <Gpon::PonDiffReach> ] [ no auth-method |
auth-method <Gpon::AuthMethod> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state <Gpon::ItfAdminStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 49.2-1 "Pon Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon-idx) Format: pon index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 49.2-2 "Pon Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Output
Table 49.2-3 "Pon Interface Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> operational state of the interface
( up This element is always shown.
| down
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
Command Description
This command allows the operator to set the PM mode of OLT side GEM based counters for errored fragments.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.3-1 "Pon GEM Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon-idx) Format: pon index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 49.3-2 "Pon GEM Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmTcaCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "pm-enable"
( none olt-side aggregate TC Layer
| pm-enable performance monitoring
| tca-enable )
Possible values:
- none : no pm
- pm-enable : enable pm
- tca-enable : enable tca
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable configuration of performance Monitoring counter thresholds for
OLT-Side TC-layer errored fragments.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.4-1 "OLT-SIDE TC-layer Performance Monitoring Counter Thresholds Configuration
Command for PON" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon-idx) Format: pon index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 49.4-2 "OLT-SIDE TC-layer Performance Monitoring Counter Thresholds Configuration
Command for PON" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] error-frags-up Parameter type: <Gpon::TcaThresholdValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disabled"
( disabled tca setting for errored gem
| <Gpon::TcaThresholdValue> ) fragments
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the OLT-side Multicast Port Performance Monitor
collection for the PON.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.5-1 "Multicast TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for PON" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon-idx) Format: pon index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 49.5-2 "Multicast TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for PON" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable OLT-side multicast performance
| disable ) monitoring
Possible values:
- enable : enable PM
- disable : disable PM
Command Output
Table 49.5-3 "Multicast TC-layer Performance Monitoring Command for PON" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
interval-no Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of rows currently present
- a signed integer in the
gponMulticastServiceOltsideGemInterva
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the otdr functionality on the given pon.
Besides the enable and disable option, a third option "test" is possible. This option is only to be used in lab
conditions to immediately collect the otdr measurement data and as a result generate load on the i2c bus.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.6-1 "OTDR enable Command for PON" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon-idx) Format: pon index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 49.6-2 "OTDR enable Command for PON" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mode Parameter type: <Gpon::OTDRenable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable enable otdr
| disable
| test )
Possible values:
- enable : otdr enable
- disable : otdr disable
- test : otdr test : only to be used in lab conditions
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Power Shedding Profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.7-1 "Power Shedding Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-idx) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...50]
Table 49.7-2 "Power Shedding Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] name of the profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] restore-time Parameter type: <Gpon::RestoreTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- zero means no-shed, and one means immediate-shed The parameter is not visible
- unit: msecs during modification.
- range: [0...28800] time delay required before
resetting timers to zero after a full
power restore
[no] data-class-time Parameter type: <Gpon::DataClassTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- zero means no-shed, and one means immediate-shed The parameter is not visible
Command Output
Table 49.7-3 "Power Shedding Profile Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
scope Parameter type: <Gpon::Scope> scope of the profile
( local This element is always shown.
| network )
Possible values:
- local : local scope
- network : network wide scope
Command Description
This command creates a Secure URI Profile.
It provides (via pointers to other profiles) both the URI for accessing information plus the security information
necessary to access the information
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.8-1 "Voice ONT Secure URI profile Configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...50]
Table 49.8-2 "Voice ONT Secure URI profile Configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] A string 1..32 characters long
- length: 1<=x<=32 which uniquely identifies this
Secure URI Profile
[no] auth-securi-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::AuthProfPtr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none The parameter is not visible
| <Gpon:AuthProfPtr> during modification.
| name : <AsamProfileName> ) Authentication security profile
Possible values: that contains network address of
- none : no profile to associate the security server
- name : profile name
Field type <Gpon:AuthProfPtr>
Command Output
Table 49.8-3 "Voice ONT Secure URI profile Configuration command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
auth-securi-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the authentication
- ignored printable string security uri profile
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
uri-prof-name Parameter type: <Gpon::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the uri profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command creates the profile for accessing the server storing authentication security information for
contacting network addresses. These profiles are normally associated with Voip Services that must reference
common authentication information.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.9-1 "GPON Authentication Security Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...20]
Table 49.9-2 "GPON Authentication Security Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] validation-scheme Parameter type: <Gpon::AuthSecValScheme> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "md5-digest"
( disabled The parameter is not visible
| md5-digest during modification.
| basic-authentic ) validation scheme required for
Possible values: authentication
- disabled : Validation disabled
- md5-digest : validate using md5 digest authentication
Command Description
This command creates the URI profile for accessing the configuration server. These profiles are normally
associated with Voip Services.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure pon ( no uri-prof (index) ) | ( uri-prof (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no address | address
<Gpon::UriProfileAddress> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 49.10-1 "GPON URI Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: profile index
- profile index
- range: [1...100]
Table 49.10-2 "GPON URI Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- a profile name during modification.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] address Parameter type: <Gpon::UriProfileAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- uri profile address The parameter is not visible
- length: x<=100 during modification.
uri profile address that contains a
Fully Qualified Domain Name
(FQDN) or an IP Address (in dot
notation)
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Uni Ont Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----uni
----ont
----video
- (ont-index)
- [no] pwr-override
- [no] admin-state
----tc-layer
- (ont-index)
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a uni ont video.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 50.2-1 "Uni Ont Video Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-index) Format: gpon ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 50.2-2 "Uni Ont Video Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pwr-override Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
exclude the port from video
overlay class power shedding
[no] admin-state Parameter type: <Gpon::UniAdminState> optional parameter with default
Command Output
Table 50.2-3 "Uni Ont Video Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Gpon::UniOperState> operational state of the video port
( enabled This element is always shown.
| disabled
| unknown )
Possible values:
- enabled : enable the port
- disabled : disable the port
- unknown : unknown state
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a uni ont tc layer counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 50.3-1 "Uni Ont TC layer Ccounters Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-index) Format: gpon ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 50.3-2 "Uni Ont TC layer Ccounters Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::UniPmCollect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CES Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ces
----ont
----[no] profile
- (profile-idx)
- profile-name
- [no] jitter-buff-max
- [no] fill-policy
- [no] rbit-recv-policy
- [no] lbit-recv-policy
----line
- (uni-idx)
- mode
- frame
- [no] encoding
- [no] line-length
- [no] pwr-override
- [no] sst
- [no] admin-state
----port
- [no] pm-collect
----[no] service
- (uni-idx)
- service-nbr
- [no] label
- [no] signaling
- timeslot-map
- payload-size
- pl-encap-delay
- [no] timing-mode
- transmit-ckt-id
- [no] expected-ckt-id
- [no] maintenance-prof
- [no] dest-mac-address
- [no] rtp-enable
- vlan
- [no] admin-up
----tc-layer
- [no] pm-collect
----pseudo-wire
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure CES Maintenance profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ces ont ( no profile (profile-idx) ) | ( profile (profile-idx) profile-name <AsamProfileName> [ no
jitter-buff-max | jitter-buff-max <Ces::JitterBuffMax> ] [ no fill-policy | fill-policy <Ces::FillPolicy> ] [ no
rbit-recv-policy | rbit-recv-policy <Ces::RbitRecvPolicy> ] [ no lbit-recv-policy | lbit-recv-policy
<Ces::LbitRecvPolicy> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 51.2-1 "CES Maintenance Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-idx) Format: ces maintenance profile index
- ces maintenance profile index value value
- range: [1...20]
Table 51.2-2 "CES Maintenance Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: ces maintenance profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] jitter-buff-max Parameter type: <Ces::JitterBuffMax> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0"
- maximum depth for jitter buffer in micro seconds.For maximum depth of the jitter
values except 0 that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up so buffer
that the result is effective range of 1..200 milliseconds
- range: [0...1600]
[no] fill-policy Parameter type: <Ces::FillPolicy> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ont-default"
( ont-default payload bit pattern
| all-ones
| idle )
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure ONT CESUNI port provisioning data.All modifications are service
affecting.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ces ont line (uni-idx) [ mode <Ces::PortStructure> ] [ frame <Ces::Frame> ] [ no encoding | encoding
<Ces::Encoding> ] [ no line-length | line-length <Ces::LineLength> ] [ [ no ] pwr-override ] [ no sst | sst
<Ces::BponLoopBack> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state <Gpon::ItfAdminStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 51.3-1 "CES Service Port Provisioning Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the ces ont uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 51.3-2 "CES Service Port Provisioning Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Output
Table 51.3-3 "CES Service Port Provisioning Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> the operational state of the
( up interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
card-type Parameter type: <Ces::CardConfig> card type
( ds1 This element is always shown.
| e1 )
Possible values:
- ds1 : DS1 card
- e1 : E1 card
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PM Mode of CESUNI ports on a specific ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ces ont line (uni-idx) port [ no pm-collect | pm-collect <Ces::GemPmCollectInd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 51.4-1 "CES Service PM Mode Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the ces ont uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 51.4-2 "CES Service PM Mode Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Ces::GemPmCollectInd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure CES service.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ces ont ( no service (uni-idx) service-nbr <Ces::ServiceNumber> ) | ( service (uni-idx) service-nbr
<Ces::ServiceNumber> [ no label | label <Ces::Label> ] [ no signaling | signaling <Ces::Signalling> ] [
timeslot-map <Ces::TimeSlotMap> ] [ payload-size <Ces::PayloadSize> ] [ pl-encap-delay
<Ces::PayloadEncapDelay> ] [ no timing-mode | timing-mode <Ces::TimingNode> ] transmit-ckt-id
<Ces::TransmitCktId> [ no expected-ckt-id | expected-ckt-id <Ces::ExpectedCktId> ] [ no maintenance-prof |
maintenance-prof <Ces::MaintProfIndex> ] [ no dest-mac-address | dest-mac-address <Ces::DestMacAddress> ] [
no rtp-enable | rtp-enable <Ces::RtpEnable> ] vlan <Vlan::Index> [ no admin-up | admin-up <Ces::AdminState> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 51.5-1 "CES Service Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the ces ont uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
service-nbr Parameter type: <Ces::ServiceNumber> service number
Format:
- interval number
- range: [1]
Command Output
Table 51.5-3 "CES Service Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Ces::OperState> operational state of the service
( enabled This element is always shown.
| disabled
| unknown )
Possible values:
- enabled : enable the service
- disabled : disable the service
- unknown : unknown state
maint-prof-name Parameter type: <Ces::IgnoredPrintableString> ces maintenance profile
- ignored printable string This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure CES gem port performance monitor.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ces ont service (uni-idx)service-nbr <Ces::ServiceNumber> tc-layer [ no pm-collect | pm-collect
<Ces::GemPmCollectInd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 51.6-1 "CES Service Gem Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the ces ont uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
service-nbr Parameter type: <Ces::ServiceNumber> service number
Format:
- interval number
- range: [1]
Table 51.6-2 "CES Service Gem Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure CES pseudo-wire performance monitor.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ces ont service (uni-idx)service-nbr <Ces::ServiceNumber> pseudo-wire [ no pm-collect | pm-collect
<Ces::PwPmCollectInd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 51.7-1 "CES Service Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: interface index of the ces ont uni
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
service-nbr Parameter type: <Ces::ServiceNumber> service number
Format:
- interval number
- range: [1]
Table 51.7-2 "CES Service Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Ces::PwPmCollectInd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ANI ONT Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ani
----ont
----[no] tca-thresh
- (ont-idx)
- [no] lower-optical-th
- [no] upper-optical-th
- [no] rssi-profile
----[no] video
- (ont-idx)
- [no] plnd-agc-mode
- [no] agc-offset
- [no] lower-optical-th
- [no] upper-optical-th
Command Description
This command edits provisioning data associated with an ONT ANI.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ani ont ( no tca-thresh (ont-idx) ) | ( tca-thresh (ont-idx) [ no lower-optical-th | lower-optical-th
<Gpon::Opticalthresh> ] [ no upper-optical-th | upper-optical-th <Gpon::Opticalthresh> ] [ no rssi-profile |
rssi-profile <Gpon::RssiProfileId> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 52.2-1 "ANI ONT Thershold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 52.2-2 "ANI ONT Thershold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] lower-optical-th Parameter type: <Gpon::Opticalthresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0.5
- optical level ONT uses to declare the 1490 nm high/low indicates the optical level the
recieved ONT uses to declare the 1490 nm
- unit: dBm Low received.Value 0.5 dBm
- range: [-127...0.5] means ONT internal choice
which would be MIB default 1
[no] upper-optical-th Parameter type: <Gpon::Opticalthresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0.5
- optical level ONT uses to declare the 1490 nm high/low indicates the optical level the
Command Description
This command edits provisioning data associated with a ONTVIDANI.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ani ont ( no video (ont-idx) ) | ( video (ont-idx) [ no plnd-agc-mode | plnd-agc-mode
<Gpon::AgcMode> ] [ no agc-offset | agc-offset <Gpon::Agcoffset> ] [ no lower-optical-th | lower-optical-th
<Gpon::Vidopticalthresh> ] [ no upper-optical-th | upper-optical-th <Gpon::Vidopticalthresh> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 52.3-1 "ANI ONT Video Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 52.3-2 "ANI ONT Video Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] plnd-agc-mode Parameter type: <Gpon::AgcMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "broad-band-agc"
( no-agc allows provisioning of the ONT's
| broad-band-agc ) AGC capabilities
Possible values:
- no-agc : No AGC is used
- broad-band-agc : Broadband RF AGC is used
[no] agc-offset Parameter type: <Gpon::Agcoffset> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- Offset value to be used for Broadband RF AGC or Optical indicates the offset value to be
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ONT HPNA Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----hpna
----ont
- (uni-idx)
- cust-info
- [no] pwr-override
- [no] master-mode
- [no] admin-state
----port
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command allows the operator to modify ONT HPNA port provisioning data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 53.2-1 "ONT HPNA Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the hpna
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 53.2-2 "ONT HPNA Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
cust-info Parameter type: <Gpon::CustomerInfo> optional parameter
Format: information for HPNA port
- char string
Command Output
Table 53.2-3 "ONT HPNA Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
base-mac-address Parameter type: <Ces::DestMacAddress> base mac address
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) This element is always shown.
- length: 6
port-configuration Parameter type: <Gpon::HpnaConfigStatus> configuration status of hpna uni
( unknown This element is always shown.
| coax_12_28
| phone_12_28 )
Possible values:
- unknown : cant reach the ont or the ont didnt return a
response to the query
- coax_12_28 : not supported
- phone_12_28 : not supported
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> the operational state of the
( up interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable PM on the HPNA ports of the ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 53.3-1 "ONT HPNA Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the hpna
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 53.3-2 "ONT HPNA Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "L2UNI Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----l2uni
----ont
----performance-monitor
- (if-index)
- [no] pm-collect
----tc-layer-threshold
- (if-index)
- [no] dropped-frames-up
- [no] dropped-frames-dn
Command Description
This command sets the PM Mode of ONTL2UNI.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 54.2-1 "L2 UNI ONT Performance Monitor Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 54.2-2 "L2 UNI ONT Performance Monitor Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pm-collect Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPmTcaCollect> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable configuration of performance Monitoring counter thresholds for
ONTL2UNI.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 54.3-1 "TC-layer Performance Monitoring Counter Thresholds Configuration Command for
ONTL2UNI" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 54.3-2 "TC-layer Performance Monitoring Counter Thresholds Configuration Command for
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IpHost Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----[no] iphost
----[no] ont
- (index)
- [no] ip-address
- [no] net-mask
- [no] default-router
- [no] dns-addr
- [no] sec-dns-addr
- [no] dhcp
- [no] dhcp-dscp
- [no] host-id
- [no] ping
- [no] traceroute
- vlan
- [no] admin-state
----performance-monitor
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command creates an IP host in the ONT.It must be created prior to creating services on an ONT that will use
this IP stack.
Prior to entering this command the following must have been already created: S-VLAN to associate for this stack
The ONT for this stack
If DHCP is enabled, the addressed obtain will override manual provisioning of ip-address, net-mask, default-router
NOTE: Allowable range for IP address is 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 OLT prohibits the entry of the following
range of well-known IP addresses: 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 (multicast) 127.0.0.0 to 127.255.255.255
(loopback) 256.256.256.256 (broadcast)
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco,vlan privileges, and executed by operators with
sip,megaco,vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure iphost ( no ont (index) ) | ( ont (index) [ no ip-address | ip-address <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no net-mask |
net-mask <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no default-router | default-router <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no dns-addr | dns-addr
<Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no sec-dns-addr | sec-dns-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no dhcp | dhcp <Gpon::IpHostDhcp> ] [ no
dhcp-dscp | dhcp-dscp <Gpon::SigDscp> ] [ no host-id | host-id <Gpon::ClientID> ] [ no ping | ping <Gpon::Ping>
] [ no traceroute | traceroute <Gpon::Traceroute> ] [ vlan <Vlan::Index> ] [ no admin-state | admin-state
<Gpon::ItfAdminStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 55.2-1 "Voice Ont IP-Host Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique interface index
( ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Possible values:
- ont : ont
- vlanport : vlanport
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Output
Table 55.2-3 "Voice Ont IP-Host Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> operational state of the interface
( up This element is always shown.
| down
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PM Mode of ONT IP Host monitoring
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip,megaco privileges, and executed by operators with sip,megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 55.3-1 "Voice Ont IP-Host PM Mode Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique interface index
( ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::IpHostID>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Possible values:
- ont : ont
- vlanport : vlanport
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Possible values:
- vuni : virtual uni identifier
Field type <Gpon::IpHostID>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ONT VEIP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----veip
----ont
- (uni-idx)
- [no] domain-name
- [no] admin-state
----port
- [no] pm-collect
Command Description
This command allows the operator to modify ONT VEIP port provisioning data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 56.2-1 "ONT VEIP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 56.2-2 "ONT VEIP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] domain-name Parameter type: <Gpon::DomainName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
- to uniquely identify the VEIP Client. Domain Name to identify VEIP
- length: x<=25
Command Output
Table 56.2-3 "ONT VEIP Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> the operational state of the
( up interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable PM on the VEIP ports of the ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 56.3-1 "ONT VEIP Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId> /
<Gpon::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Field type <Gpon::OntPortId>
- Gpon Ont Port
- range: [1...16]
Table 56.3-2 "ONT VEIP Port Performance Monitoring Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Configure NTP parameters on a specific ONT".
Command Tree
----configure
----ntp
----[no] ont
- (ont-idx)
- [no] client-state
- [no] config-mode
- [no] server1-ip-addr
- [no] server2-ip-addr
- [no] server3-ip-addr
- [no] oper-mode
- [no] key-identifier
- [no] key
Command Description
This command sets the NTP parameters on a specific ONT,in case of server1-ip-addr, server2-ip-addr and
server3-ip-addr, following range of ip-addresses are not allowed:127.0.0.0 to 127.255.255.255 (loopback)
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ntp ( no ont (ont-idx) ) | ( ont (ont-idx) [ no client-state | client-state <Gpon::ClientState> ] [ no
config-mode | config-mode <Gpon::ConfigMode> ] [ no server1-ip-addr | server1-ip-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no
server2-ip-addr | server2-ip-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no server3-ip-addr | server3-ip-addr <Gpon::Ipaddr> ] [ no
oper-mode | oper-mode <Gpon::OperMode> ] [ no key-identifier | key-identifier <Gpon::KeyIdentifier> ] [ no key |
key <Gpon::OntNtpKey> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 57.2-1 "Configure NTP parameters on a specific ONT" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of the ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Table 57.2-2 "Configure NTP parameters on a specific ONT" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] client-state Parameter type: <Gpon::ClientState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "on"
( on indicates whether ntp client
| off ) should be on or off
Possible values:
- on : indicates ntp Client On
- off : indicates ntp Client Off
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Epon Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----epon
----[no] interface
- (epon-idx)
- [no] polling-period
- [no] dba-polling0
- [no] dba-polling1
- [no] dba-polling2
- [no] dba-polling3
- [no] dba-polling4
- [no] dba-polling5
- [no] dba-polling6
- [no] dba-polling7
- [no] auth-mode
- [no] pm-collect
- [no] fec-dn
- [no] rssi
- [no] rx-pwr-low
- [no] rx-pwr-high
- [no] op-module-type
- [no] pon-port-mode
- [no] idlepwrtca
- [no] idlepwrthreshold
----otdr
- [no] mode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the provisioning data associated with a EPON interface.
Note: The value of sig-degrade-th must be greater than sig-fail-th (i.e. sig-degrade-th must represent a lower BER
value).
The value of closest-ont can be changed only after setting the administrative status to down.
The value of fec-dn can be changed only after setting the administrative status to down. If the FEC change is made
while the adm in status is up, then it must be set to down and then put back to up for the change to take place.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 58.2-1 "Epon Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: Pon interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the otdr functionality on the given epon.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 58.3-1 "OTDR enable Command for PON" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(epon-idx) Format: Pon interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Table 58.3-2 "OTDR enable Command for PON" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mode Parameter type: <Epon::OTDRenable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable enable otdr
| disable
| test )
Possible values:
- enable : otdr enable
- disable : otdr disable
- test : otdr test
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Epon Profile Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----epon
----profiles
----[no] filter
- (profile-idx)
- profile-name
- classfandv1
- classac1
- classfandv2
- classac2
- classfandv3
- classac3
- classfandv4
- classac4
----[no] digitmap
- (profile-idx)
- substr-idx
- profile-name
- substring
----[no] ontalarm
- (name)
- [no] equip-alrm
- [no] power-alrm
- [no] batt-miss
- [no] batt-fail
- [no] batt-volt-low
- [no] phy-intr-alrm
- [no] selftest-fail
- [no] otemp-hi-alrm
- [no] otemp-lo-alrm
- [no] iad-conn-fail
- [no] pon-ifswitch
- [no] rxpow-hi-alrm
- [no] rxpow-lo-alrm
- [no] txpow-hi-alrm
- [no] txpow-lo-alrm
- [no] txbi-hi-alrm
- [no] txbi-lo-alrm
- [no] vcc-hi-alrm
- [no] vcc-lo-alrm
- [no] temp-hi-alrm
- [no] temp-lo-alrm
- [no] rxpow-hi-warn
- [no] rxpow-lo-warn
- [no] txpow-hi-warn
- [no] txpow-lo-warn
- [no] txbi-hi-warn
- [no] txbi-lo-warn
- [no] vcc-hi-warn
- [no] vcc-lo-warn
- [no] temp-hi-warn
- [no] temp-lo-warn
- [no] ethp-aneg-fl
- [no] ethp-los
- [no] ethp-fail
- [no] ethp-loopback
- [no] ethp-conges
- [no] potsp-fail
- [no] e1port-fail
- [no] e1-tim-unlock
- [no] e1-los
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configures an ont filter profile.
Note: The profile could not to be modified.
This object contains a table for defining classfication and filter rules by operator. The max field for one rule could
be specified is 4.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure epon profiles ( no filter (profile-idx) ) | ( filter (profile-idx) profile-name <AsamProfileName> [
classfandv1 <Epon::ClassVal> ] [ classac1 <Epon::ClassAc> ] [ classfandv2 <Epon::ClassVal> ] [ classac2
<Epon::ClassAc> ] [ classfandv3 <Epon::ClassVal> ] [ classac3 <Epon::ClassAc> ] [ classfandv4
<Epon::ClassVal> ] [ classac4 <Epon::ClassAc> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 59.2-1 "Epon Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-idx) Format: index to the Profile
- a profile index
- range: [1...250]
Table 59.2-2 "Epon Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: A string 1..32 characters long
- a profile name which uniquely identifies this
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] Profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
classfandv1 Parameter type: <Epon::ClassVal> optional parameter
Format: field and value for classification
( dmac : <Epon::Mac16Addr>
| smac : <Epon::Mac16Addr>
| vlanpriority : <Epon::ClassVal>
| vlanid : <Epon::ClassVal>
| ethtype : <Epon::EthHexType>
| dip : <Epon::IpAdd>
| sip : <Epon::IpAdd>
| ipversion : <Epon::ClassVal>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a sip digit map profile.
profile-name - A string 1..32 characters long which uniquely identifies this Profile.
substring - SIP Digit Map string.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure epon profiles ( no digitmap (profile-idx) substr-idx <AsamProfileIndex> ) | ( digitmap (profile-idx)
substr-idx <AsamProfileIndex> profile-name <AsamProfileName> substring <Epon::substring> )
Command Parameters
Table 59.3-1 "Epon Digit Map Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-idx) Format: index to the
- a profile index eponSIPDigitMapProfileTable
- range: [1...250]
substr-idx Parameter type: <AsamProfileIndex> sub-string index to the
Format: eponSIPDigitMapProfileTable
- a profile index
- range: [1...250]
Table 59.3-2 "Epon Digit Map Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: A string 1 to 32 characters long
- a profile name which uniquely identifies this
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] Profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
substring Parameter type: <Epon::substring> mandatory parameter
Format: SIP Digit Map string
- sub string index to the SIP Digit Map Profile
- length: x<=256
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configures an ont alarm control profile.
Note: The profile can be modified.
This object contains a table for defining alarm control bitmap by operator. Each bit indicates a sort of ONU alarm
is enable or disable
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure epon profiles ( no ontalarm (name) ) | ( ontalarm (name) [ [ no ] equip-alrm ] [ [ no ] power-alrm ] [ [
no ] batt-miss ] [ [ no ] batt-fail ] [ [ no ] batt-volt-low ] [ [ no ] phy-intr-alrm ] [ [ no ] selftest-fail ] [ [ no ]
otemp-hi-alrm ] [ [ no ] otemp-lo-alrm ] [ [ no ] iad-conn-fail ] [ [ no ] pon-ifswitch ] [ [ no ] rxpow-hi-alrm ] [ [ no
] rxpow-lo-alrm ] [ [ no ] txpow-hi-alrm ] [ [ no ] txpow-lo-alrm ] [ [ no ] txbi-hi-alrm ] [ [ no ] txbi-lo-alrm ] [ [ no
] vcc-hi-alrm ] [ [ no ] vcc-lo-alrm ] [ [ no ] temp-hi-alrm ] [ [ no ] temp-lo-alrm ] [ [ no ] rxpow-hi-warn ] [ [ no ]
rxpow-lo-warn ] [ [ no ] txpow-hi-warn ] [ [ no ] txpow-lo-warn ] [ [ no ] txbi-hi-warn ] [ [ no ] txbi-lo-warn ] [ [ no
] vcc-hi-warn ] [ [ no ] vcc-lo-warn ] [ [ no ] temp-hi-warn ] [ [ no ] temp-lo-warn ] [ [ no ] ethp-aneg-fl ] [ [ no ]
ethp-los ] [ [ no ] ethp-fail ] [ [ no ] ethp-loopback ] [ [ no ] ethp-conges ] [ [ no ] potsp-fail ] [ [ no ] e1port-fail ] [ [
no ] e1-tim-unlock ] [ [ no ] e1-los ] )
Command Parameters
Table 59.4-1 "Epon Alarm Control Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- name of the Alarm Control profile
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 59.4-2 "Epon Alarm Control Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] equip-alrm Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable EquipmentAlarm
[no] power-alrm Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable PowerAlarm
[no] batt-miss Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable BatteryMissing
[no] batt-fail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Epon Profile Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----epon
----alarm
----[no] flag
- (alarm-idx)
- software-version
- [no] fireware-version
- flag-alarm-state
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the otdr functionality on the given epon.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure epon alarm ( no flag (alarm-idx) ) | ( flag (alarm-idx) software-version <Epon::SoftWareVersion> [ no
fireware-version | fireware-version <Epon::FireWareVersion> ] flag-alarm-state <Epon::FlagAlarmState> )
Command Parameters
Table 60.2-1 "OTDR enable Command for PON" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(alarm-idx) Format: index to the alarm
- the epon alarm flag index
- range: [1...250]
Table 60.2-2 "OTDR enable Command for PON" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
software-version Parameter type: <Epon::SoftWareVersion> mandatory parameter
Format: the software version
- Epon alarm sw version
- length: x<=16
[no] fireware-version Parameter type: <Epon::FireWareVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- Epon alarm fw version the fireware version
- length: x<=16
flag-alarm-state Parameter type: <Epon::FlagAlarmState> mandatory parameter
Format: the flag alarm state
( sameasctc21
| diffwithctc21 )
Possible values:
- sameasctc21 : alarm state is same as ctc
- diffwithctc21 : alarm state is not same as ctc
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Application Intelligence Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----[no] ai
----[no] application
- (application)
- [no] uri
----[no] platform
- (slot)
- virtualplatform
- [no] adminstate
- [no] oamadminstate
- [no] mngtvlan
- [no] ipaddresstype
- [no] ipaddressandmask
- [no] defaultgateway
----[no] application
- (application)
- [no] adminstate
Command Description
This command is used to register an Application and the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) from where it can be
downloaded.
Obviously a correct URI is essential to have a successful download.
Typical examples for a URI: http://<some-address> or ftp://<some-address>
The system does not perform a URI syntax / semantic check at Application configuration time.
Instead the URI will be used only at the time an Application is configured to be installed on a specific AI Platform
and failures will be reported at that time.
Note that this data can not be changed when the Application is planned for download and installation on an AI
Platform.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.2-1 "Application configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(application) Format: The name of the Application
- a name for the Application
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9!#$%&()*+-./:;=?@[]_~]
- length: 1<=x<=31
Table 61.2-2 "Application configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] uri Parameter type: <AI::Uri> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a uri name name of the Uniform Resource
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9!#$%&()*+-./:;=?@[]_~] Identifier (URI). Typical
- length: x<=255 examples for a URI:
http://<some-address> or
ftp://<some-address>
Command Description
This command is used to administratively (un)lock an AI Platform and to configure the parameters that will allow
external OAM access to it.
Unlocking the platform causes the platform to start up.
Locking the AI Platform results in bringing it down which means also that all Applications are down.
Note that a modify of OAM parameters requires the locking of the external OAM parameters which makes the
external OAM access unavailable.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.3-1 "AI Platform configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: slot Id of the AI Platform
( nt-a
| nt-b )
Possible values:
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
virtualplatform Parameter type: <AI::VirtualPlatform> virtual Id within the slot of the AI
Format: Platform
- AI Virtual Platform Index within the Slot
- range: [1]
Table 61.3-2 "AI Platform configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] adminstate Parameter type: <AI::AdminState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "locked"
( unlocked determines if the AI Platform
| locked ) shall be started up
Possible values:
Command Description
This command is used to configure the Applications to be downloaded and installed on a specified AI Platform.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.4-1 "Application 'download and installation' configuration command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: slot Id of the AI Platform
( nt-a
| nt-b )
Possible values:
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
virtualplatform Parameter type: <AI::VirtualPlatform> virtual Id within the slot of the AI
Format: Platform
- AI Virtual Platform Index within the Slot
- range: [1]
(application) Format: the unique Application name
- a name for the Application
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9!#$%&()*+-./:;=?@[]_~]
- length: 1<=x<=31
Table 61.4-2 "Application 'download and installation' configuration command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] adminstate Parameter type: <AI::AdminState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "locked"
( unlocked determines if the Application
| locked ) shall be downloaded and installed
Possible values:
- unlocked : The identified resource is allowed to be used
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Tr069 Server Management Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----tr069serv
----[no] ont
- (uni-idx)
- [no] securi-prof
- [no] vlan
- [no] pbit
- [no] admin-state
Command Description
This command allows the operator to set ONT Tr069 provisioning data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 62.2-1 "ONT Tr069 Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
Table 62.2-2 "ONT Tr069 Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] securi-prof Parameter type: <Gpon::SecureUriProfilePointer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
( none Tr069 server security profile
| <Gpon::SecureUriProfilePointer> pointer
| name : <PrintableString> )
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Snmp Agent Management Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----snmp-agent
----[no] ont
- (uni-idx)
- [no] read-community
- [no] write-community
- [no] iphc-vlan
Command Description
This command allows the operator to set ONT Snmp-agent provisioning data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.2-1 "ONT Snmp-agent Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(uni-idx) Format: identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
Table 63.2-2 "ONT Snmp-agent Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] read-community Parameter type: <Gpon::CommunityString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "public"
- ont community string read community for snmp agent
- length: 1<=x<=24
[no] write-community Parameter type: <Gpon::CommunityString> optional parameter with default
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Distributed Router Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----dist-router
----[no] interface
- (lt-vlan)
- [no] addrtype
- ip-address
- [no] mpls
----mpls
----[no] interface
- (index)
- label-map
----[no] static-lsp
- (lsp-name)
- interface
- push
- [no] nexthopaddrtype
- nexthop
----[no] sdp
- (sdp-id)
- lsp-name
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a distributed router IP interface on a linecard and assign an IP
address.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.2-1 "Drouter IP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(lt-vlan) Format: lt-vlan index
( slot-vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| slot-stacked : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- slot-vlan : slot unstacked
- slot-stacked : slot stacked
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 64.2-2 "Drouter IP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] addrtype Parameter type: <Drouter::IpAddressType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ipv4"
( ipv4 specify the type of IP address
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an inbound MPLS LSP, include the MPLS label of an incoming
MPLS tunnel.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure dist-router mpls ( no interface (index) label-map <Drouter::InSegLabel> ) | ( interface (index)
label-map <Drouter::InSegLabel> )
Command Parameters
Table 64.3-1 "Inbound MPLS LSP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: MPLS enabled ip interface index
( slot-vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| slot-stacked : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- slot-vlan : slot unstacked
- slot-stacked : slot stacked
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
label-map Parameter type: <Drouter::InSegLabel> Specify incoming MPLS label
Format:
- MPLS Insegment label
- range: [32...1023]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a static outbound MPLS LSP, include the MPLS label and nexthop
of an outgoing MPLS tunnel.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure dist-router mpls ( no static-lsp (lsp-name) ) | ( static-lsp (lsp-name) interface <Drouter::IfIndex> push
<Drouter::OutLabel> [ no nexthopaddrtype | nexthopaddrtype <Drouter::IpAddressType> ] nexthop
<Ip::V4AddressHex> )
Command Parameters
Table 64.4-1 "Static Outbound MPLS LSP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(lsp-name) Format: Administrative name for the LSP
- LSP name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 64.4-2 "Static Outbound MPLS LSP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
interface Parameter type: <Drouter::IfIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: specify the outgoing interface
( slot-vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| slot-stacked : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- slot-vlan : slot unstacked
- slot-stacked : slot stacked
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SDP(typically corresponding to an MPLS tunnel).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.5-1 "SDP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sdp-id) Format: SDP Identifier
- SDP ID
- range: [1...17407]
Table 64.5-2 "SDP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
lsp-name Parameter type: <Drouter::MplsLspName> mandatory parameter
Format: LSP name to set the LSP list
- LSP name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Distributed Service Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----[no] dist-service
- (service-id)
- [no] service-type
- [no] qos-profile
----[no] sdp
- (spoke-sdp-id)
- egress-vc-label
- ingress-vc-label
----apipe-sdp
- (spoke-sdpid)
- [no] max-cells
- [no] max-delay
----[no] apipe-pvc
- (atm-pvc)
- in-mapped-vpi
- in-mapped-vci
- out-mapped-vpi
- out-mapped-vci
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a distributed service.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 65.2-1 "Distributed Service Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(service-id) Format: Service Identifier
- Service ID
- range: [1...2147483647]
Table 65.2-2 "Distributed Service Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] service-type Parameter type: <Drouter::ServiceType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "apipe"
( unknown Service type to be configured
| epipe
| p3pipe
| tls
| vprn
| ies
| mirror
| apipe
| fpipe
| ipipe
| cpipe )
Possible values:
- unknown : unknown
- epipe : epipe
- p3pipe : p3pipe
- tls : tls
- vprn : vprn
- ies : ies
- mirror : mirror
Command Description
This command allows the operator to associate an SDP(typically corresponding to an MPLS tunnel) to a service.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 65.3-1 "SDP Binding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(service-id) Format: Service Identifier
- Service ID
- range: [1...2147483647]
(spoke-sdp-id) Format: SDP Identifier
id : <Drouter::SdpId>
Possible values:
- id : SDP ID
Field type <Drouter::SdpId>
- SDP ID
- range: [1...17407]
Table 65.3-2 "SDP Binding Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
egress-vc-label Parameter type: <Drouter::EgressLabel> mandatory parameter
Format: MPLS label used by this device
- MPLS Egress label to send packets out
- range: [1...1048575]
ingress-vc-label Parameter type: <Drouter::IngressLabel> mandatory parameter
Format: MPLS label used by the far-end
- MPLS ingress label device
- range: [2048...18431]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the particular association between an SDP(typically corresponding
to an MPLS tunnel) and an APIPE service, including the specific handling of upstream cell concatenation. It is
used to configure an ATM Pseudowire on a linecard.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 65.4-1 "APIPE SDP Binding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(service-id) Format: Service Identifier
- Service ID
- range: [1...2147483647]
(spoke-sdpid) Format: SDP Identifier
id : <Drouter::SdpId>
Possible values:
- id : SDP ID
Field type <Drouter::SdpId>
- SDP ID
- range: [1...17407]
Table 65.4-2 "APIPE SDP Binding Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-cells Parameter type: <Drouter::MaxCells> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- Maximum number of ATM cells to accumulate into a Maximum number of ATM cells
MPLS packet to accumulate into a MPLS
- range: [1...8] packet
[no] max-delay Parameter type: <Drouter::MaxDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 4
- Maximum amount of time to wait while performing ATM Maximum amount of time to wait
cell concatenation into an MPLS packet while performing ATM cell
- unit: msec concatenation into an MPLS
- range: [1...10] packet
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an ATM cross-connect between an ATM PVC on the DSL line and
the ATM VPI/VCI value used in an ATM Pseudowire.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with drouter privileges, and executed by operators with drouter
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 65.5-1 "VCL Binding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(service-id) Format: Service Identifier
- Service ID
- range: [1...2147483647]
(atm-pvc) Format: atm pvc index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 65.5-2 "VCL Binding Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
in-mapped-vpi Parameter type: <Drouter::InMappedVpi> mandatory parameter
Format: atm inmapped vpi value for the
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "BCMP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----bcmp
----system
- [no] adminstate
- [no] serveripaddr
- [no] serverudpport
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the BCMP system parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 66.2-2 "BCMP system Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] adminstate Parameter type: <bcmp::bcmpAdminState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable-bcmp"
( enable-bcmp the switch to specify the admin
| disable-bcmp ) state of BCMP subsystem
Possible values:
- enable-bcmp : start bcmp protocol handling in the system
- disable-bcmp : stop bcmp protocol handling in the system
[no] serveripaddr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "192.168.100.100"
- IPv4-address the IP address of BCMP server
[no] serverudpport Parameter type: <bcmp::bcmpServerUdpPort> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5000
- the Bcmp Server Udp port the Socket UDP port of BCMP
- range: [1...65535] server
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----equipment
----slot
- (slot)
----capab-profile
- (profilename)
----applique
- (applique)
----shelf-summary
- (shelf)
----protection-element
- (slot-id)
----protection-group
- (prot-group-id)
----external-link-host
- (faceplate-number)
----external-link-remote
- (exp-slot)
----diagnostics
----sfp
- (position)
----rssiprof
- (index)
----temperature
- (slot)
- sensor-id
----transceiver-inventory
- (index)
----isam
----rack
- (rack)
----shelf
- (shelf)
Command Description
This commands shows the slot status. The following information is shown for each slot:
• type : describes the type of the unit that is currently present in the slot.
• capab-profile: capabilty profile assigned to the slot, applicable for line boards only.
• oper-status: describes whether the unit is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the unit.
• manufacturer: provides an identification of the unit manufacturer.
• inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel-Lucent Printed Board Assembly code of the unit.
• inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel-Lucent Printed Board Assembly code of the unit which also identifies the
boot software.
• inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the unit.
• inventory-clei: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the unit.
• serial-no: provides the serial number of the board.
• failed-test: provides identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.2-1 "Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| nt
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Output
Table 67.2-2 "Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::BrdType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is planned in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is only shown in
and software. detail mode.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ActBoardType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is actually present in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is always shown.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
oper-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit
short name: enabled ( ( enabled | yes ) is able to perform its normal
| ( disabled | no ) ) operation.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- enabled :
- yes :
- disabled :
- no :
error-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the
( no-error board is not operational. These
| type-mismatch values correspond with the
| board-missing alarms which are generated in
| no-installation case of a failure.
| no-planned-board This element is always shown.
| waiting-for-sw
| init-boot-failed
| init-download-failed
| init-connection-failed
| configuration-failed
| board-reset-protection
| invalid-parameter
| temperature-alarm
Command Description
This commands displays the information related to a profile. The following information is shown for each profile:
• profile-id : displays the profile-id associated with a profile name
• description :displays the description of the profile.
• board-type: displays the board type associated with a given profile
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.3-1 "Profile Description Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profilename) Format: the profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 67.3-2 "Profile Description Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
profile-id Parameter type: <AsamProfilePointer> The profile id of the
- a pointer to a profile or profile index corresponding profile name.
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
description Parameter type: <PrintableString> Description of the profile
- printable string This element is always shown.
board-type Parameter type: <Equipm::Profile> Description of the profile
Data driven field type This element is always shown.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Description
This command shows the applique status. The following information is shown for each applique slot:
• type: provides the type of the applique that is currently present in the slot.
• oper-status: describes whether the applique is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: describes the reason why the applique is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the applique.
• manufacturer: provides an identification of the applique manufacturer.
• inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel-Lucent Printed Board Assembly code of the applique.
• inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel-Lucent Printed Board Assembly code of the applique which also identifies
the boot software.
• inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the qpplique.
• inventory-clei: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the applique.
• serial-no: provides the serial number of the applique.
• failed-test: provides the identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.4-1 "Applique Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(applique) Format: the physical applique position
( iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
| ntio-1
| ntio-2 )
Possible values:
- iont : an nt applique slot
Command Output
Table 67.4-2 "Applique Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::AppliqueType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is planned in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is only shown in
and software. detail mode.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::AppliqueType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is actually present in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is always shown.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
oper-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit
short name: enabled ( ( enabled | yes ) is able to perform its normal
| ( disabled | no ) ) operation.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- enabled :
- yes :
- disabled :
- no :
error-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the
( no-error board is not operational. These
| type-mismatch values correspond with the
| board-missing alarms which are generated in
| no-installation case of a failure.
| no-planned-board This element is always shown.
| waiting-for-sw
| init-boot-failed
| init-download-failed
| init-connection-failed
| configuration-failed
| board-reset-protection
| invalid-parameter
| temperature-alarm
| tempshutdown
| defense
| board-not-licensed
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| incompatible-slot
| download-ongoing
Command Description
This commands shows a summary of the slots in a shelf.
The least significant bit of the first byte shown corresponds to the slot position 1.
User Level
none
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.5-1 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: the physical shelf position
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Output
Table 67.5-2 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
changes Parameter type: <Counter> Number of configuration or status
- counter changes for slots/boards within
this shelf.
This element is always shown.
occupied-slots Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the occupation of slots.
- a binary string This element is only shown in
- length: 8 detail mode.
admin-unlocked Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the administrative state
- a binary string of the boards whether it is locked
- length: 8 or not.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
oper-unlocked Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the operational state of
- a binary string the boards whether it is locked or
Command Description
This command shows the protected element-related parameter of the equipment.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.6-1 "Protection Element Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot-id) Format: Index in eqpt Prot Element Table
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 67.6-2 "Protection Element Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
standby-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ProtElementStandbyStatus> The standby status of the
( providing-service protection group element.
| hot-standby This element is always shown.
| cold-standby
| idle )
Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to protection groups.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.7-1 "Protection Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(prot-group-id) Format: Index in eqpt Prot Group Table
- a signed integer
Command Output
Table 67.7-2 "Protection Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> distinguishes the
( unlock administration-status
| lock ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- unlock : unlock
- lock : lock
service-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ServiceStatus> indicate the service status of
( in-service protection group, a protection
| not-in-service ) group and its elements are not
Possible values: configurable when it is out of
- in-service : the protection group is in service service
- not-in-service : the protection group is not in service This element is always shown.
eps-quenchfactor Parameter type: <Equipm::TimeTicks> timervalue of quenching
- timer value for quench mechanish mechanism, 0 is valid value
- unit: 1/100 sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
prot-group-type Parameter type: <Equipm::PortGroupType> distinguishes between 1+1 and
( one-plus-one 1:N protection groups
| one-for-n ) This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the host shelf's external-links status. The following information is
shown for each external-link:
• The SHub/IHub port which the host external link is connected to
• The downlink status
• The slot id of the expansion shelf that is cabled to the host expansion board.
• The output "none" for the display parameter "exp-slot" means the sfp is not connected to any rack/shelf/slot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.8-1 "External-link-host Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(faceplate-number) Format: the external-link faceplate
( <Eqpt::ExtLinkFaceplateNumber> number
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
Possible values:
- sfp : SFP port
- xfp : XFP port
Field type <Eqpt::ShowExtLinkHostPortIndex>
- the external link faceplate number
Field type <Eqpt::ExtLinkFaceplateNumber>
- the external link faceplate number
Command Output
Table 67.8-2 "External-link-host Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shub-port Parameter type: <Equipm::lanxPortNumber> the shub port which the host
- a signed integer external link is connected to
This element is always shown.
downlink-status Parameter type: <Equipm::HostSfpDownlinkStatus> the host expansion card's external
( ok downlink status
| sfp-not-present This element is always shown.
| los
| tx-fail
| invalid-alcatel-id
| unknown
| sfp-control-fail
| uplink
| tx-fail-and-los )
Possible values:
- ok : the downlink is operational
- sfp-not-present : no sfp present for the downlink
- los : los is detected by the host for the downlink
- tx-fail : the downlink tx failed
- invalid-alcatel-id : the downlink sfp plugged does not have
a valid alcatel (-Lucent) id
- unknown : the host expansion card is planned but not
inserted
- sfp-control-fail : sfp not responding or i2c failure
- uplink : the sfp is configured as uplink
- tx-fail-and-los : the downlink tx failed and los detected by
the host for the downlink
exp-slot Parameter type: <Equipm::ExpansionSlotIndex> the slot id of the expansion shelf
<Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> / <Eqpt::ExpSlot> that is cabled to the host
Field type <Eqpt::ExpRack> expansion board
- the physical number of the expansion rack, 0 stands for no This element is always shown.
remote
Field type <Eqpt::ExpShelf>
- physical nbr of expansion shelf within expansion rack, 0
stands for no remote
Field type <Eqpt::ExpSlot>
- the physical number of the slot within expansion shelf, 0
stands for no remote
host-sfp-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SfpType> the host shelf sfp type
( unknown This element is only shown in
| 1000base-sx detail mode.
| 1000base-lx
| 1000base-cx
| 1000base-t
| 100base-lx/lx10
| 100base-fx
| base-bx10
| base-px
| reserved
| 10gbase-ew
| 10gbase-lw
| 10gbase-sw
| 10gbase-lrm
| 10gbase-er
| 10gbase-lr
| 10gbase-sr
| 10gbase-sr-sw
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the remote shelves external-links status. The following information is
shown for each external-link:
• The slot id of the expansion shelf
• The link status
• The faceplate number of the host external-link device in which the expansion shelf's external-link device is
cabled to
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.9-1 "External-link-remote Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(exp-slot) Format: the physical expansion slot
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::ExpSlotId> position
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::ExpSlotId>
- the expansion slot number
Command Output
Table 67.9-2 "External-link-remote Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sfp-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ExpSfpStatus> the status of the expansion shelf
( ok sfp
| sfp-not-present This element is always shown.
| los
| tx-fail
| invalid-alcatel-id
| unknown
| sfp-control-fail
Command Description
This command allows the operator to read real-time diagnostic measurements from the A2 bank of a specified SFP
or lower data bank of XFP. The following information is shown for each specified sfp/xfp:
• The slot index of the sfp
• The number of the sfp cage
• The diagnostics availability: For XFP, AO denotes the upper bank and A2 denotes the lower bank.
• The Loss of Signal status
• The Transmit Fault status
• The transmit power (tx-power): This parameter displays the transmit power of the SFP/XFP.It is a string that
can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing power value ranging from "-40.00 dBm" to "8.16 dBm", in 0.01 dBm increments.
- "No Power" - When no optical power is being transmitted by an sfp.
- "NotApplicable" - This is used for an electrical SFP.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The received power (rx-power): This parameter displays the received power of the SFP/XFP(not applicable for
pon ports). It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing power value ranging from "-40.00 dBm" to "8.16 dBm", in 0.01 dBm increments.
- "No Power" - When no optical power is being received by an sfp.
- "NotApplicable" - This is used for an electrical SFP.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The transmit bias current (tx-bias-current) : This parameter displays the transmit bias current of the SFP/XFP.
It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing a current value ranging from "0.00 mA" to "131.10 mA", in 0.01 mA increments.
- "NotApplicable" - This is used for an electrical SFP.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The transceiver supply voltage (supply-voltage) : This parameter displays the transceiver supply voltage of the
SFP/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing a voltage value ranging from "0.00 VDC" to "6.55 VDC", in 0.01 VDC increments.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The temperature : This parameter displays the temperature of the SFP/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the
following possible values:
- A string containing a temperature value ranging from "-128.00 degrees Celsius" to "128.00 degrees
Celsius" in 0.01 degrees Celsius increments.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
• temperature-tca : This parameter displays the freshly-measured temperature alarm/warning threshold crossing
status of the specified SFP/SFP+/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- "not-available" - the measurement could not be obtained
- "normal-value" - No threshold crossing, present value is within the threshold
- "low-warning-th" - Present value is greater than the low warning level threshold
- "low-alarm-th" - Present value is greater than the low alarm level threshold
- "high-warning-th" - Present value is greater than the high warning level threshold
- "high-alarm-th" - Present value is greater than the high alarm level threshold
• voltage-tca : This parameter displays the freshly-measured voltage alarm/warning threshold crossing status of
the specified SFP/SFP+/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.10-1 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
Command Output
Table 67.10-2 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
diag-avail-status Parameter type: <Eqpt::SfpDiagAvailable> sfp/xfp diagnostics availability
( no-error status. for xfp, a0 denotes the
| cage-no-diag-supp upper bank and a2 denotes the
| cage-empty lower bank
| cage-no-a2-supp This element is always shown.
| a0-read-failed
| a0-checksum-failed
| sfp-no-a2-supp
| a2-read-failed
| a2-checksum-failed )
Possible values:
- no-error : sfp diag is available
- cage-no-diag-supp : cage does not support diag
- cage-empty : cage is empty
- cage-no-a2-supp : cage does not support A2
- a0-read-failed : A0 read failed
- a0-checksum-failed : A0 checksum failed
- sfp-no-a2-supp : SFP does not support A2
- a2-read-failed : A2 read failed
- a2-checksum-failed : A2 checksum failed
los Parameter type: <Eqpt::SfpDiagLos> loss of signal
( los This element is always shown.
| no-los
| not-available )
Possible values:
- los : loss of signal info
- no-los : no los
- not-available : not available
tx-fault Parameter type: <Eqpt::SfpDiagTxFault> sfp/xfp tx fault
( tx-fault This element is always shown.
| no-tx-fault
| not-applicable
| not-available )
Possible values:
- tx-fault : transmit fault info
- no-tx-fault : no tx fault
- not-applicable : not applicable
- not-available : not available
tx-power Parameter type: <PrintableString> the transmit power.
- printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-power Parameter type: <PrintableString> the received power - not
- printable string applicable for PON ports
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-bias-current Parameter type: <PrintableString> the transmit bias current.
- printable string This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the RSSI parameters on SFPs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.11-1 "Sfp RSSI Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: an unique index of the rssi profile
- an unique index value for the rssi profile(1-20 are reserved
for default profile, 21-200 are configurable, 65535 is for
RSSI_AUTO_MODE)
- range: [0...65535]
Command Output
Table 67.11-2 "Sfp RSSI Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <Eqpt::DisplayString> A unique profile name
- string to identify the rssi profile This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=15
ref-count Parameter type: <Eqpt::rssiRefCount> rssi profile reference count
- number of entities using this particular profile This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This commands shows the board temperature status. The following information is shown for each thermal sensor:
• act-temp : actual temperature of thermal sensor; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• tca-low: low thresholds for the alarm "Temperature Exceeded"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• tca-high: high thresholds for the alarm "Temperature Exceeded"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• shut-low: low threshold for the alarm "Temperature Shutdown"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• shut-high: high threshold for the alarm "Temperature Shutdown"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.12-1 "Board Temperature Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| nt
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ntio-1
| ntio-2 )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
- iont : an nt applique slot
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Output
Table 67.12-2 "Board Temperature Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-temperature Parameter type: <SignedInteger> actual temperature of thermal
short name: act-temp - a signed integer sensor; expressed in degrees
Celsius.
This element is always shown.
tca-threshold-low Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Low thresholds for the alarm
short name: tca-low - a signed integer "Temperature Exceeded";
expressed in degrees Celsius.
This element is always shown.
tca-threshold-high Parameter type: <SignedInteger> High thresholds for the alarm
short name: tca-high - a signed integer "Temperature Exceeded";
expressed in degrees Celsius.
This element is always shown.
shut-threshold-low Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Low threshold for the alarm
short name: shut-low - a signed integer "Temperature Shutdown";
expressed in degrees Celsius.
This element is always shown.
shut-threshold-high Parameter type: <SignedInteger> High threshold for the alarm
short name: shut-high - a signed integer "Temperature Shutdown";
expressed in degrees Celsius.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command retrieves the configuration data associated with SFP/SFP+/XFP.The following information is
shown for each specified sfp/sfp+/xfp:
• For the following data, output "not-Available" implies that the the measurement could not be obtained.
• inventory-status - the transceiver inventory status. For XFP, AO denotes the upper bank and A2 denotes the
lower bank.
• alu-part-num - the alcatel lucent part number available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• clei-code - the clei code available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• tx-wavelength - the transmission wavelength available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• fiber-type - the fiber type available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• additional-info - the customer specific additional information of the specified sfp or sfp+ or xfp
• mfg-name - the manufacturer name available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• mfg-oui - the manufacturer code available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• mfg-date - the manufacturer date available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• vendor-serial-num - the vendor serial number available in sfp or xfp eeprom
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.13-1 "Transceiver Inventory Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical sfp or xfp cage
( acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / position
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> : sfp :
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> : xfp :
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| remote-sfp : <Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> : qsfp :
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> /
<Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : qsfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
Command Output
Table 67.13-2 "Transceiver Inventory Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inventory-status Parameter type: <Eqpt::InvStatus> transceiver inventory status. for
Command Description
This command displays the status of the NE.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 67.14-2 "NE Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemType> Specifies the planned isam type.
( laus This element is only shown in
| laeu detail mode.
| leeu
| maus
| leus
| lneu
| leww
| lnww )
Possible values:
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market
- lneu : new equipment practice (NEP)
- leww : large ISAM World wide
- lnww : large ISAM World wide
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemType> A string representing the system
( laus type that is actually present.
| laeu This element is always shown.
| leeu
| maus
| leus
| lneu
| leww
Command Description
This command shows the rack status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.15-1 "Rack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(rack) Format: the rack identifier
<Eqpt::RackId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Output
Table 67.15-2 "Rack Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::RackType> Specifies the planned rack type.
( altr-e This element is only shown in
| altr-a detail mode.
| not-planned
| not-allowed
| empty )
Possible values:
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line termination rack
- not-planned : holder is not planned
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this position
- empty : shelf is empty in this position
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::RackType> A string representing the racktype
( altr-e that is actually present.
| altr-a This element is always shown.
| not-planned
| not-allowed
Command Description
This command shows the shelf status. The following information is shown in addition to configuration information:
• oper-status: describes whether the board is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the board.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 67.16-1 "Shelf Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Output
Table 67.16-2 "Shelf Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> Specifies the planned shelf type.
Data driven field type This element is only shown in
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration detail mode.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> A string representing the
Data driven field type shelftype that is actually present
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration in the rack.
and software. This element is always shown.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::HolderAdminStatus> Specifies the shelf is locked or
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ONT Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----equipment
----ont
----interface
- (ont-idx)
----operational-data
- (ont-idx)
----slot
- (ont-slot-idx)
----sw-ctrl
- (sw-ctrl-idx)
----sw-version
- (sw-ver-id)
----sw-download
- (ont-idx)
----data-store
- (ont-idx)
----optics
- (ont-idx)
----optics-history
- (ont-idx)
----pwr-shed
- (ont-idx)
----tc-layer
----olt-side-on-demand
----current-interval
- (ont-idx)
----previous-interval
- (ont-idx)
- interval-num
----ont-side
----current-interval
- (ont-idx)
----previous-interval
- (ont-idx)
- interval-num
----olt-side
----current-interval
- (ont-idx)
----previous-interval
- (ont-idx)
- interval-num
----mcast-tc-layer
----ont-side
----current-interval
- (ont-idx)
----previous-interval
- (ont-idx)
- interval-no
----fec-tc-layer
----ont-side
----current-interval
- (ont-idx)
----sw-ctrl-list
- (sw-ctrl-idx)
----ethernet
----current-interval
- (ont-idx)
----previous-interval
- (ont-idx)
- interval-num
Command Description
This command reports Interface parameters for the ont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.2-1 "ONT Interface Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.2-2 "ONT Interface Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
eqpt-ver-num Parameter type: <Gpon::SwVer> version number of the ont
- ont sw version This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=14
sw-ver-act Parameter type: <Gpon::SwVer> active software version in the ont
- ont sw version This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=14
sw-ver-psv Parameter type: <Gpon::SwVer> passive software version in the
- ont sw version ont
Command Description
this command reports current operational parameters for the ont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.3-1 "ONT Interface Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.3-2 "ONT Interface Operational Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Gpon::LossOfSignal> loss of signal alarm (los).
( no This element is always shown.
| yes )
Possible values:
- no : no loss of signal
- yes : loss of signal
loss-of-ack Parameter type: <Gpon::LossOfAck> loss of acknowledge alarm (loa).
( no This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command show ont card holder actual information.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.4-1 "ONT Card Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-slot-idx) Format: current operational parameters
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / for the ont
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Gpon::OntSlotId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Gpon::OntSlotId>
- Gpon Ont Slot
- range: [1...14]
Command Output
Table 68.4-2 "ONT Card Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
act-num-data-ports Parameter type: <Gpon::OntCardNoOfPorts> the actual number of data ports
- the actual number of ports for the ont card.
- range: [0...24] This element is always shown.
act-num-voice-ports Parameter type: <Gpon::OntCardNoOfPotsPorts> the actual number of voice ports
- the actual number of ports for the ont card.
Command Description
This command shows an association between an ont hardware version/variant and an ont software version.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.5-1 "ONT Software Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sw-ctrl-idx) Format: ont software control table index
- ont software control table index
- range: [1...250]
Command Output
Table 68.5-2 "ONT Software Control Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-update-time Parameter type: <Gpon::OntLastUpdateTime> last update time of ont software
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) control table.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
num-ref-onts Parameter type: <Gpon::OntNoOfRefONTs> the number of onts that are
- number of onts that are referencing referencing this ont software
- range: [0...4608] control entry.
This element is always shown.
pre-plan-swver Parameter type: <Gpon::OntVersion> the previous planned ont software
- the version number of a card version used when
- length: x<=14 swverplan=auto .
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command reports the ont software version files that are currently resident on the nt file system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.6-1 "ONT Software Version Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sw-ver-id) Format: index of software version file
- software version info index
- range: [1...250]
Command Output
Table 68.6-2 "ONT Software Version Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sw-ver Parameter type: <Gpon::OntVersion> ont software version identifier.
- the version number of a card This element is always shown.
- length: x<=14
sw-ver-size Parameter type: <Gpon::OntSwVerSize> this attribute contains the ont
- ont software file size software file size (in bytes).
- range: [0...4294967295] This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows individual ont fine-grain status asssociated with any sw download activity.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.7-1 "ONT Software Download Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: current operational parameters
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / for the ont
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.7-2 "ONT Software Download Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned Parameter type: <Gpon::notPlnd> ont is not planned.
( no This element is always shown.
| yes )
Possible values:
- no : ont is planned
- yes : ont is not planned
inactive Parameter type: <Gpon::inAct> ont is not active.
( no This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command reports information on the latest ont data dump/save.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.8-1 "ONT Data Store Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: access identifier for the ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.8-2 "ONT Data Store Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ont-status Parameter type: <Gpon::OntDataStatus> current status ont data save.
( unknown This element is always shown.
| notsupported
| reported )
Possible values:
- unknown : unknown (olt has not yet communicated with
ont
- notsupported : ont does not support data store feature
- reported : dumpdate and dumptime reported by the ont
Command Description
This command reports a summary of current optical power levels between the olt and a specific ont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.9-1 "ONT Optics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: access identifier for the ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.9-2 "ONT Optics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-signal-level Parameter type: <Gpon::OntOpticalSignalLevel> indicates the current
( unknown measurement of the ont receive
| unsupported optical signal level at 1490 nm in
| <Gpon::OpticalSignalLevel> ) dBm .
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- unknown : olt has not yet communicated with ont
- unsupported : ont does not support the measurement of this
attribute
Field type <Gpon::OpticalSignalLevel>
Command Description
This command reports the history of optical power levels between the olt and a specific ont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.10-1 "ONT Optics History Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: access identifier for the ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.10-2 "ONT Optics History Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-update-time Parameter type: <Gpon::OntLastUpdateTime> date of the last data dump/save.
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) This element is always shown.
- unit: UTC
ont-rx-signal-level Parameter type: <Gpon::OntOpticalSignalLevel> indicates the current
( unknown measurement of the ont receive
| unsupported optical signal level at 1490 nm in
| <Gpon::OpticalSignalLevel> ) dBm .
Possible values: This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows the power shedding status information of an ont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.11-1 "ONT Power Shedding Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: access identifier for the ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.11-2 "ONT Power Shedding Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ont-status Parameter type: <Gpon::OntPwrStatus> indication of power shedding
( unknown status feature of the ont.
| notsupported This element is always shown.
| supported )
Possible values:
- unknown : unknown (olt has not yet communicated with
ont
- notsupported : ont does not support power shedding feature
- supported : ont supports power shedding status feature and
Command Description
This command retrieves OLT-side TC layer (GEM-based) current interval performance monitoring data for the
ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.12-1 "GPON ont Olt-side on-demand Aggregate gem Current-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.12-2 "GPON ont Olt-side on-demand Aggregate gem Current-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
Command Description
This command retrieves OLT-side TC layer (GEM-based) previous interval performance monitoring data for the
ONT.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show equipment ont tc-layer olt-side-on-demand previous-interval [ (ont-idx) [ interval-num <Gpon::IntervalNo>
]]
Command Parameters
Table 68.13-1 "GPON ont Olt-side on-demand aggregate gem Previous-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
interval-num Parameter type: <Gpon::IntervalNo> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number of a previous interval number
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 68.13-2 "GPON ont Olt-side on-demand aggregate gem Previous-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
lost-frags-down Parameter type: <Counter> count of lost gem fragments
- counter downstream
This element is always shown.
lost-frags-up Parameter type: <Counter> count of lost gem Fragments
- counter upstream
This element is always shown.
receive-frags Parameter type: <Counter> count of recieve gem fragments
- counter This element is always shown.
transmit-frags Parameter type: <Counter> count of transmitted gem
- counter fragments
This element is always shown.
receive-blocks Parameter type: <OctetCounter64> count of recieve gem blocks
- 64 bit counter,range:[0-9223372036854775808] This element is always shown.
transmit-blocks Parameter type: <OctetCounter64> count of transmitted gem blocks
- 64 bit counter,range:[0-9223372036854775808] This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command retrieves ONT-side TC layer (GEM-based) current interval performance monitoring data for the
ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.14-1 "GPON ont Ont-side aggregate gem Current-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.14-2 "GPON ont Ont-side aggregate gem Current-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
Command Description
This command retrieves ONT-side TC layer (GEM-based) previous interval performance monitoring data for the
ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show equipment ont tc-layer ont-side previous-interval [ (ont-idx) [ interval-num <Gpon::IntervalNo> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 68.15-1 "GPON ont Ont-side Aggregate gem Previous-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
interval-num Parameter type: <Gpon::IntervalNo> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number of a previous interval number
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 68.15-2 "GPON ont Ont-side Aggregate gem Previous-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
lost-frags-down Parameter type: <Counter> count of lost gem fragments
- counter downstream
This element is always shown.
lost-frags-up Parameter type: <Counter> count of lost gem fragments
- counter upstream
This element is always shown.
receive-frags Parameter type: <Counter> count of recieve gem fragments
- counter This element is always shown.
transmit-frags Parameter type: <Counter> count of transmitted gem
- counter fragments
This element is always shown.
receive-blocks Parameter type: <OctetCounter64> count of recieve gem blocks
- 64 bit counter,range:[0-9223372036854775808] This element is always shown.
transmit-blocks Parameter type: <OctetCounter64> count of transmitted gem blocks
- 64 bit counter,range:[0-9223372036854775808] This element is always shown.
bad-headers Parameter type: <Counter> count of received gem headers
- counter that are bad
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command reports OLT-side TC layer (GEM-based) current interval performance monitoring data for errored
fragments
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.16-1 "GPON ont Olt-side Always-on Aggregate gem Current-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.16-2 "GPON ont Olt-side Always-on Aggregate gem Current-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
Command Description
This command reports command reports OLT-side TC layer (GEM-based)previous interval performance
monitoring data for errored fragments for ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show equipment ont tc-layer olt-side previous-interval [ (ont-idx) [ interval-num <Gpon::IntervalNo> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 68.17-1 "GPON Ont Olt-side Always-on Aggregate gem Previous-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
interval-num Parameter type: <Gpon::IntervalNo> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number of a previous interval number
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 68.17-2 "GPON Ont Olt-side Always-on Aggregate gem Previous-Interval Performance
Monitoring Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
err-frags-up Parameter type: <Counter> count of errored gem fragments
- counter (upstream)
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays various statistics collected for Multicast ONT TC-layer during the current 15 minute
interval of operation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.18-1 "Multicast TC-layer Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.18-2 "Multicast TC-layer Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
lost-frags-dn Parameter type: <Counter> count of lost gem fragments in
- counter downstream direction
Command Description
This command displays various statistics collected for Multicast ONT TC-layer over the previous 8 hours of
operations which is broken in to 32 completed 15 minute intervals.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show equipment ont mcast-tc-layer ont-side previous-interval [ (ont-idx) [ interval-no <Gpon::IntervalNo> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 68.19-1 "Multicast TC-layer Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
interval-no Parameter type: <Gpon::IntervalNo> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number of a previous interval number
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 68.19-2 "Multicast TC-layer Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
lost-frags-dn Parameter type: <Counter> count of lost gem fragments in
- counter downstream direction
This element is always shown.
receive-frags Parameter type: <Counter> count of received gem fragments
- counter This element is always shown.
receive-blocks Parameter type: <Counter> count of received gem blocks
- counter This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays various statistics collected for Fec ONT TC-layer during the current 15 minute interval of
operation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.20-1 "Fec TC-layer Current Interval Counters Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.20-2 "Fec TC-layer Current Interval Counters Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
corrected-bytes Parameter type: <Counter> A count of number of bytes that
- counter were corrected by the FEC
function
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows an list of ONT associated with the given particular ont software control id. Index is
mandatory parameter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.21-1 "ONT Software Control List Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sw-ctrl-idx) Format: ont software control table index
- ont software control table index
- range: [1...250]
Command Output
Table 68.21-2 "ONT Software Control List Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ont Parameter type: <Gpon::OntIndex> aid of associated onts.
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Description
This command retrieves ONT-side ethernet current interval performance monitoring data for the ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.22-1 "GPON ont pon aggregate ethernet Current-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 68.22-2 "GPON ont pon aggregate ethernet Current-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
Command Description
This command retrieves ONT-side ethernet previous interval performance monitoring data for the ONT
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 68.23-1 "GPON ont pon Aggregate ethernet Previous-Interval Performance Monitoring
Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of ont
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
interval-num Parameter type: <Gpon::IntervalNo> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number of a previous interval number
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 68.23-2 "GPON ont pon Aggregate ethernet Previous-Interval Performance Monitoring
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Epon Ont Status Command".
Command Tree
----show
----equipment
----eont
----interface
- (ont-idx)
----optics
- (ont-idx)
----llid
- (llid-idx)
----sw-version
- (sw-ver-id)
----tc-layer
----current-15min
- (ont-idx)
----current-1day
- (ont-idx)
----previous-15min
- (ont-idx)
----interval-num
- (interval-num)
----previous-1day
- (ont-idx)
----interval-num
- (interval-num)
Command Description
This command displays current operational parameters for the eont.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.2-1 "EONT Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 69.2-2 "EONT Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vendor-id Parameter type: <Epon::OntIden> ONT vendor ID
- Octet String This element is always shown.
- length: x<=4
model-id Parameter type: <Epon::OntIden> ONT model ID
- Octet String This element is always shown.
- length: x<=4
hw-version Parameter type: <Epon::HwVer> ONT hardware version
- Octet String This element is always shown.
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.3-1 "Epon Ont Optics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 69.3-2 "Epon Ont Optics Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: parameter values
name Type Description
ont-tx-sig-lvl 0.1uw Parameter type: <Epon::OpticalSignalLevel> This attribute indicates the
( unknown current measurement of the ONT
| <Epon::OpticalSignalLevel> ) transmit optical signal level at
Possible values: 1490 nm in 0.1 uW steps
- unknown : a valid measurement is currently unattainable This element is only shown in
for some reason detail mode.
Field type <Epon::OpticalSignalLevel>
- olt optical signal level
- unit: 0.1 uW
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.4-1 "Epon Ont LLID Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(llid-idx) Format: Ont llid index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Epon::llid>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Epon::llid>
- Ont llid number
- range: [1]
Command Output
Table 69.4-2 "Epon Ont LLID Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
up-queue-num Parameter type: <Epon::QNum> This attribute indicates the queue
- a signed integer number upstream for LLID.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command reports the ont software version files that are currently resident on the nt file system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.5-1 "EONT Software Version Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sw-ver-id) Format: index of software version file
- software version info index
- range: [1...250]
Command Output
Table 69.5-2 "EONT Software Version Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sw-ver Parameter type: <Epon::EontVersion> eont software version identifier.
- eont sw version This element is always shown.
- length: x<=16
sw-ver-size Parameter type: <Epon::EontSwVerSize> this attribute contains the eont
- eont software file size software file size (in bytes).
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...4294967295]
Command Description
This command indicates the Epon performance counters specific to a PON port on ONT side.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.7-1 "Epon Ont Current 15min Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 69.7-2 "Epon Ont Current 15min Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Elapsed time in interval
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Measured time in interval
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
octets-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> octets transferred in upstream
- Epon Frames counter direction
This element is always shown.
frames-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> Total Frames transferred in
- Epon Frames counter upstream direction
This element is always shown.
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.8-1 "Epon Ont Current 1day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Command Output
Table 69.8-2 "Epon Ont Current 1day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Elapsed time in interval
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Measured time in interval
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
octects-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> octets transferred in upstream
- Epon Frames counter direction
This element is always shown.
frames-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> Total Frames transferred in
- Epon Frames counter upstream direction
This element is always shown.
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.9-1 "Epon Ont Previous 15min Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
(interval-num) Format: Previous interval reference
- Previous interval reference
- range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 69.9-2 "Epon Ont Previous 15min Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Measured time in interval
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
octects-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> octets transferred in upstream
- Epon Frames counter direction
This element is always shown.
frames-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> Total Frames transferred in
- Epon Frames counter upstream direction
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 69.10-1 "Epon Ont Previous 1day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: Ont index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
(interval-num) Format: Previous interval reference
- Previous interval reference
- range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 69.10-2 "Epon Ont Previous 1day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Measured time in interval
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
octects-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> octets transferred in upstream
- Epon Frames counter direction
This element is always shown.
frames-up Parameter type: <Epon::OctetCounter> Total Frames transferred in
- Epon Frames counter upstream direction
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Protection Group Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----port-protection
- (port)
Command Description
This commands shows the protection group status. The following information is shown for each group :
• first-port: describes the port index of the first port in the protection group.
• paired-port: describes the port index of the paired port in the protection group.
• first-state: describes the the operational status of the first port.
• paired-state: describes the operational status of the paired port.
• swo-reason: describes the reason for the last switchover.
• num-swo: describes the number of switchovers that have occurred.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 70.2-1 "Protection Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the port identifier of the first port
pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / in the protection group.
<Eqpt::PonId>
Possible values:
- pon : pon-aid
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Command Output
Table 70.2-2 "Protection Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
paired-port Parameter type: <RedPort::PairedPortIndex> the port identifier of the paired
pon : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / port in the protection group.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----trap
----manager
- (address)
Command Description
This command displays the status of the trap manager queue.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 71.2-1 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the IP address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 71.2-2 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-reset-time Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> time when the buffer has been
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) reset.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
buffer-status Parameter type: <Trap::QueueStatus> specifies whether the trap buffer
( no-traps-lost is overflowed or not.
| traps-lost ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no-traps-lost : the queue did not overflow - no traps were
lost
- traps-lost : the queue did overflow - traps were lost
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Delta Log Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----delta-log
----alarm-changes
----indeterminate
- (index)
----warning
- (index)
----minor
- (index)
----major
- (index)
----critical
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays common values related to the delta alarm log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 72.2-2 "Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
all Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms since startup and is
independent of the alarm severity
level.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
indeterminate since startup.
This element is always shown.
warning Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
warning since startup.
This element is always shown.
minor Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
minor since startup.
This element is always shown.
major Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level major
since startup.
This element is always shown.
critical Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
critical since startup.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the indeterminate alarm delta log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 72.3-1 "Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 72.3-2 "Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndexExt> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the warning alarm delta log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 72.4-1 "Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 72.4-2 "Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndexExt> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the minor alarm delta log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 72.5-1 "Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 72.5-2 "Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndexExt> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the major alarm delta log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 72.6-1 "Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 72.6-2 "Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndexExt> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the critical alarm delta log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 72.7-1 "Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 72.7-2 "Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndexExt> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Log Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----log
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----eqpt-holder-ext
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----xdsl
----misc
- (index)
----near-end
- (index)
----far-end
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----olt-gen
- (index)
----vect-line
- (index)
----vect-board
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----authentication
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----redundancy
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----sfprssi
- (index)
----pppcc-engine-tca
- (index)
----eoltrssi
- (index)
----sfpe1t1-clock
- (index)
----sfpe1t1-framer
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-server
- (index)
----sip-vsp
- (index)
----sip-dial-plan
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination
- (index)
----shdsl
- (index)
----shdsl-isam
- (index)
----megaco-media-gw
- (index)
----megaco-sig-gw
- (index)
----megaco-plug-unit
- (index)
----megaco-term
- (index)
----megaco-sig-lt
- (index)
----ima-group
- (index)
----ima-link
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----ellid
- (alarm-index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----lsmredundancy
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)
----mcsrc
- (index)
----vlanport
- (index)
----bgp
- (index)
----rip
- (index)
----lag
- (index)
----ihub-general
- (index)
----vprn
- (index)
----isis
- (index)
----ospf
- (index)
----ihub-l2forward
- (index)
----vpls
- (index)
----ihub-equip
- (index)
----ihub-link
- (index)
----ldp
- (index)
----mpls
- (index)
----sdp
- (index)
----ihub-ipv6
- (index)
----epipe
- (index)
----pim
- (index)
----li
- (index)
----sync
- (index)
----eqpt-supplemental
- (index)
----otdr
- (index)
----mgmt-sec-access
- (index)
----bfd
- (index)
----ai
- (index)
----ontsnmp
- (index)
----tr069serv
- (index)
----bulk-sync
- (index)
----protection-group
- (index)
----ont
- (index)
----epon
- (alarm-index)
----cfm
- (index)
----eth-cfm
- (index)
----efm-oam
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays the alarm log entries.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.2-1 "Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.2-2 "Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIHUBType> unique id for an alarm.
( equipment This element is always shown.
| eqpt-holder
| plug-in-unit
| atm
| custom
| ima-group
| ima-link
| redundancy
| shdsl
| ether-itf
| traffic-overflow
| qos-queue
| temporal
| spatial
| ( software-mngt | sw-mgmt )
| xdsl
| xdsl-tca
| olt-gen
| eo-conv
Command Description
This command displays the equipment alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.3-1 "Equipment Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.3-2 "Equipment Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) 95% full or less than that
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
- 95%-full : NT disk space is 95% full
- less-nintyfive-perc : NT disk space usage less that 95%
- less-than-95% : NT disk space usage less that 95%
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> status of nt disk space with its
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) previous logged value.
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.4-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.4-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder extended alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.5-1 "Equipment Holder Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.5-2 "Equipment Holder Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
ctl-com-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::ctlComFail> current status of shelf controller
( ( failing | fail ) communication failure.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.6-1 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.6-2 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
| ntio-1
| ntio-2 )
Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.7-1 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.7-2 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the ethernet interface alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.8-1 "Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.8-2 "Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EtherLinkStatus> status of link-down with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : board switched off - excess temperature
- no : board switched on
Command Description
This command displays the software management Alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.9-1 "Software Management Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.9-2 "Software Management Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the slot
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL common alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.10-1 "xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.10-2 "xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
line-config Parameter type: <Alarm::LineConfig> specifies whether line
( config-error configuration data is used or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL near-end alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.11-1 "xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.11-2 "xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> Specifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL far-end alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.12-1 "xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.12-2 "xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes signal occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.13-1 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.13-2 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
Command Description
This command displays the protection group alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.14-1 "Protection Group Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.14-2 "Protection Group Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Gpon::PonIndex> specify which port the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred on.
<Eqpt::PonId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Only Show Details: current alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays the vectoring line alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.15-1 "Vectoring Line Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.15-2 "Vectoring Line Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> specifies where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
xtc-variation-vict Parameter type: <Alarm::VectXtcVariation> excessive : abnormal amplitude
( excessive variation in xtc coefficients
Command Description
This command displays the vectoring board alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.16-1 "Vectoring Board Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.16-2 "Vectoring Board Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-index Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptVpSlotIndex> specifies where the alarm has
( ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
vp-link-index Parameter type: <Alarm::VectVpLinkIdx2> this is the vplink id. This index
- specifies the vp-link on the vp-board or zero has value zero when it is not used
- range: [0,1...8] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the electrical-to-optical conversion alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.17-1 " Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.17-2 " Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the authentication-related alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.18-1 "Authentication Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.18-2 "Authentication Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
vlan-assignment Parameter type: <Alarm::VLANassignment> specifies whether a VLAN for a
short name: vlan-assign ( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user session
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::VLANassignment> status of vlan-assignment with its
( failed previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user session
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding-related alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.19-1 "xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.19-2 "xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the actual
( failure group upstream bit rate is above
Command Description
This command displays the redundancy alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.20-1 "Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.20-2 "Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-swo-cap Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> identify the switchover capability
( loss in a redundant system.
| not-loss ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- loss : system loss of the swichover capability
- not-loss : system not loss of the swichover capability
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> status of the switchover
( loss capability with its previous
| not-loss ) logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- loss : system loss of the swichover capability detail mode.
- not-loss : system not loss of the swichover capability
ping-check Parameter type: <Alarm::PingCheck> identify the ping check in a
Command Description
This command displays the custom alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.21-1 "Custom Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.21-2 "Custom Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> status of customizableAlarm1
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the SFP alarm log status.
For Expander card SFP alarms, the remote LT slot-identifier that corresponds to the SFP is displayed in the output
parameter "alarm index 1", and not the SFP faceplate cage-number identifier.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.22-1 "SFP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.22-2 "SFP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1Type> this is the host sfp faceplate
( <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1> number for host alarms or it is the
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) equipment slot id for expansion
Possible values: shelf alarms
- lt : the lt-slot This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1>
- the host port faceplate number or the equipment slot-id for
Command Description
This command displays the customizable external alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.23-1 "Custom External Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.23-2 "Custom External Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Description
This command displays the SFP RSSI alarm log status.
For NT card SFP alarms, the remote LT slot-identifier that corresponds to the SFP is displayed in the output
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.24-1 "SFP RSSI for NT Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.24-2 "SFP RSSI for NT Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> this is the nt/ntio slot id for host
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarms.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
| ntio-1
Command Description
This command displays the PPP cross-connect engine TCA alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.25-1 "PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Alarm Log Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.25-2 "PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
engine Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> this is the ppp-cc engine number
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is only shown in
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Command Description
This command displays the Epon Olt Sfp RSSI Log alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.26-1 "Epon Olt Sfp RSSI Log Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.26-2 "Epon Olt Sfp RSSI Log Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
epon id Parameter type: <Epon::PonId> this is the epon id for Log alarms.
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PonId> detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Only Show Details: epon olt sfp rssi diagnostic threshold control alarms
Command Description
This command displays the 2xE1/DS1 SFP Clock Alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.27-1 "2xE1/DS1 SFP Clock Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.27-2 "2xE1/DS1 SFP Clock Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> this is the nt/ntio slot id for host
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarms.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
| ntio-1
| ntio-2 )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the 2xE1/DS1 SFP Framer alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.28-1 "2xE1/DS1 SFP Framer Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.28-2 "2xE1/DS1 SFP Framer Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> this is the nt/ntio slot id for host
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarms.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::LtAppliqueSlotId>
| ntio-1
| ntio-2 )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit extended alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.29-1 "Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.29-2 "Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
Command Description
This command displays the SIP server alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.30-1 "SIP Server Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.30-2 "SIP Server Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
transport-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::transportMismatch> specifies isamv and server
( yes transport mismatch or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : mismatch
- no : not mismatch
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::transportMismatch> status of specifies transport
( yes mismatch with its previous
| no ) logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : mismatch detail mode.
- no : not mismatch
dns-lookup-failure Parameter type: <Alarm::dnsLookUpFailure> specifies dns look up fail or not.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fail
- no : not fail
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dnsLookUpFailure> status of specifies dns look up fail
Command Description
This command displays the SIP vsp alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.31-1 "SIP VSP Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.31-2 "SIP VSP Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
none-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noneDNSSRV> specifies none of dns server give
( yes reply to to DNS look up or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : none of dns server give reply to to DNS look up
- no : dns server give reply to to DNS look up
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::noneDNSSRV> status of specifies none of dns
( yes server give reply to DNS look up
| no ) with its previous logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : none of dns server give reply to to DNS look up detail mode.
- no : dns server give reply to to DNS look up
no-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noDNSSRV> specifies no dns server
( yes configured when sip request or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : no dns server configured when sip request detail mode.
- no : dns server configured when sip request
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::noDNSSRV> status of specifies no dns server
Command Description
This command displays the SIP dial plan alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.32-1 "SIP Dial Plan Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.32-2 "SIP Dial Plan Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
bad-digitmap Parameter type: <Alarm::badDigitMap> specifies sip digitmap usable or
( yes not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : digit map unusable
- no : digit map usable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::badDigitMap> status of specifies sip digitmap
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : digit map unusable
- no : digit map usable
Command Description
This command displays the SIP slot alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.33-1 "SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.33-2 "SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
short-res Parameter type: <Alarm::shortResource> sepcifies the call resource short
( yes or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : short call resource
- no : have call resource
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::shortResource> status of specifies call resources
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : short call resource
- no : have call resource
dhcp-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> specifies DHCP server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> status of specifies dhcp server
Command Description
This command displays the SIP termination alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.34-1 "SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.34-2 "SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specfies the sip subscriber
( yes unknow or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> status of specifies subscribers
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of the ground key.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the Shdsl alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.35-1 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.35-2 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
wire-pair Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValuesHigh> identify where the alarm has
- identify where the alarm occurred occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Shdsl alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.36-1 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.36-2 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco media gateway alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.37-1 "Megaco Media Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.37-2 "Megaco Media Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
mgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::mgcUnreachable> specifies the media gateway
( yes controller status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : media gateway controller is unreachable
- no : media gateway controller is reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::mgcUnreachable> status of specifies media gateway
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : media gateway controller is unreachable
- no : media gateway controller is reachable
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco signaling gateway alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.38-1 "Megaco Signaling Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.38-2 "Megaco Signaling Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::sgcUnreachable> specifies the signaling gateway
( yes controller status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : signallling gateway controller is unreachable
- no : signallling gateway controller is reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::sgcUnreachable> status of specifies signaling
( yes gateway with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : signallling gateway controller is unreachable detail mode.
- no : signallling gateway controller is reachable
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco plug unit alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.39-1 "Megaco Plug Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.39-2 "Megaco Plug Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
lcard-unreach-srvcard Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardUnreachSrvCard> specifies the line card with server
( yes card status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : line card is unreachable with server card
- no : line card is reachable with server card
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardUnreachSrvCard> status of line card and server card
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : line card is unreachable with server card
- no : line card is reachable with server card
lcard-type-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardTypeMismathch> specifies the line card type status
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco termination alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.40-1 "Megaco Termination Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.40-2 "Megaco Termination Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
meg-unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoUnknownSubscriber> specifies the megaco subscriber
( yes status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : unknown wrong megaco subscriber
- no : no wrong megaco subscriber
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoUnknownSubscriber> status of the megaco subscriber
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : unknown wrong megaco subscriber
- no : no wrong megaco subscriber
meg-ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::voicePortGroundKey> specifies the voice port ground
( yes key status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco signaling lt alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.41-1 "Megaco Signaling Lt Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.41-2 "Megaco Signaling Lt Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sig-brd-persist-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoSigBoardPersDataLoss> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board persistenet data status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : the voice signaling board persistenet data loss
- no : the voice signaling board persistenet data not loss
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoSigBoardPersDataLoss> status of voice signaling board
( yes persistenet data with its previous
| no ) logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : the voice signaling board persistenet data loss detail mode.
- no : the voice signaling board persistenet data not loss
sig-brd-disk-full Parameter type: <Alarm::voiceSigBoard90PercentFull> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board disk status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Group alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.42-1 "Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.42-2 "Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmImaIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
far-end-start Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndStartup> far-end starting up
( yes This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Link alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.43-1 "Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.43-2 "Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-ima-frm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossImaFrame> loss of ima frame
( yes This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Tca alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.44-1 "Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.44-2 "Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
etca-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> ethernet loss of signal
( yes This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Sfp alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.45-1 "Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.45-2 "Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> ethernet sfp loss of signal
( yes This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the Qos Slot alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.46-1 "Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.46-2 "Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Command Description
This command displays the ellid current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.47-1 "Ellid Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(alarm-index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.47-2 "Ellid Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ellid-index Parameter type: <Itf::ComplexPortType> this is the epon id for Snapshot
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / alarms.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
Command Description
This command displays the Qos Queue alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.48-1 "Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.48-2 "Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
port Parameter type: <Itf::PhyLine> identifies the physical position of
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> )
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Description
This command displays the log status of the file transfer server alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.49-1 "Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.49-2 "Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> this is the server id for file server
- next hop IP address alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer Server unavailable or file transfer detail mode.
failed
- available : file transfer server available
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> status of relay with its previous
Command Description
This command displays the log status of the Lsm Redundancy alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.50-1 "Log Lsm Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.50-2 "Log Lsm Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-station Parameter type: <Equipm::LtSlotIndex> this is the physical number of the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> slot for lsm redundancy alarms
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
loss-lsmswp-cap Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> current status specifing the
( loss switchover capability in a
| not-loss ) redundant system
Command Description
This command displays the log status of the l2 forward alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.51-1 "Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.51-2 "Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bridgeport Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
Command Description
This command displays the external-device alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.52-1 "External Device Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.52-2 "External Device Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> status of env-monitor box
( lost This element is only shown in
| not-lost ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> status of loss-env-mon with its
( lost previous logged value
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
Command Description
This command displays the multicast source alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.53-1 "Multicast Source Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.53-2 "Multicast Source Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
grp-ip-addr Parameter type: <Alarm::IpAddress> identify the mcast address where
- IPv4-address the alarm has occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
slot-id Parameter type: <Equipm::FullLtSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- lt : lt-slot detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Description
This command displays the vlanport alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.54-1 "Vlanport Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.54-2 "Vlanport Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vlanport Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPortInterface> identify the provisioned vlanport
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / where the alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> detail mode.
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
Command Description
This command displays the bgp alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.55-1 "BGP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.55-2 "BGP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
neighbor-idx Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmIdentifIdxOrZero> unique reference for the neighbor
- an unsigned integer where the alarm occurred or zero
when not applicable, neighbor is
further specified in
additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the rip alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.56-1 "RIP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.56-2 "RIP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
instance-down Parameter type: <Alarm::InstanceDown> specifies whether RIP instance is
( yes down or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : RIP instance down
Command Description
This command displays the lag alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.57-1 "LAG Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.57-2 "LAG Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
lag-id Parameter type: <Alarm::LagId> Identifies the lag where the alarm
- link aggregation group id has occurred
- range: [1...64] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sub-group Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmIdentifIdxOrZero> Identifies the subgroup for which
- an unsigned integer the alarm has occurred or zero
when not applicable.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
lag-down Parameter type: <Alarm::EthLagDown> specifies whether the link
( yes aggregation group is down or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the ihub-general alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.58-1 "ihub-general Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.58-2 "ihub-general Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
arp-limit Parameter type: <Alarm::ArpLimit> specifies whether the nbr of ARP
( reached entries has reached the max
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached : ARP tbl threshold reached or exceeded detail mode.
- not-reached : ARP tbl entries below threshold
prev-arp-limit Parameter type: <Alarm::ArpLimit> status of arp-limit with its
( reached previous logged value
| not-reached ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- reached : ARP tbl threshold reached or exceeded
- not-reached : ARP tbl entries below threshold
switch-out-of-res Parameter type: <Alarm::IhubSwitchOutOfResource> specifies whether e.g. storing a
Command Description
This command displays the vprn alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.59-1 "VPRN Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.59-2 "VPRN Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
if-index Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique reference for the interface
- a signed integer for which the alarm occurred or
zero when not applicable.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
interface Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoString> identifies the interface for which
- additional alarm information the alarm occurred or empty
Command Description
This command displays the isis alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.60-1 "ISIS Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.60-2 "ISIS Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
adjacency-index Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique reference for the
- a signed integer adjacency where the alarm
occurred or zero when not
applicable, adjacency is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the ospf alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.61-1 "Ospf Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.61-2 "Ospf Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
neighbor-idx Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique reference for the neighbor
- a signed integer where the alarm occurred or zero
when not applicable, neighbor is
further specified in
additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the ihub-l2forward alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.62-1 "ihub-l2forward Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.62-2 "ihub-l2forward Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Ihub::EtherPortAndLag> identifies the physical position of
( nt-a : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex> the port
| nt-a : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : eth : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| nt-b : eth : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| lag : <Alarm::IhubLagId> )
Possible values:
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
Command Description
This command displays the vpls alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.63-1 "Vpls Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.63-2 "Vpls Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
service-id Parameter type: <Alarm::ServiceId> identifies the vpls service-id
- a profile index value where the alarm has occurred.
- range: [1...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
mac-idx Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique reference for the duplicate
- a signed integer mac alarm and zero for all other
alarms; duplicate mac is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoStringVpls> Additonal information regarding
- additional alarm information duplicate MAC alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays the ihub-equip alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.64-1 "IHUB-Eqip Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.64-2 "IHUB-Eqip Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
slot Parameter type: <Alarm::NtSlotId> identifies the slot where the alarm
( nt-a has been detected.
| nt-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoString> additional information regarding
- additional alarm information the out-of-mem alarm, containing
the name of the Software Module
triggering this alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
peer-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerComm> specifies whether peer-to-peer
Command Description
This command displays the ihub-link alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.65-1 "IHUB-Link Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.65-2 "IHUB-Link Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Ihub::EtherPort> identifies the ihub port where the
( nt-a : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex> alarm has occurred.
| nt-a : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : eth : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| nt-b : eth : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-1 : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-1 : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-2 : sfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| ntio-2 : xfp : <Alarm::FacePlatePortIndex>
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Possible values:
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Command Description
This command displays the Label Distribution Protocol alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.66-1 "LDP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.66-2 "LDP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::baseRouter> identifies the base router
base This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- base : base router
ip-address Parameter type: <Alarm::IPAddressOrZero> identifies the ip-address of the
( not-applicable LDP targeted Peer
| <IPv4::address> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-applicable : not applicable
Field type <IPv4::address>
- IPv4-address
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
instance-down Parameter type: <Alarm::LdpInstanceDown> specifies whether the LDP
( yes instance is down or not
Command Description
This command displays the mpls alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.67-1 "MPLS Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.67-2 "MPLS Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::baseRouter> identifies the base router
base This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- base : base router
lsp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::LspIdOrZero> Lsp id where the alarm occurred
- a signed integer or zero when not applicable, lsp
is further specified in
additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoString> identifies the LSP name where
- additional alarm information the alarm occurred or empty
string if not applicable
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Service Delivery Point alarm log status
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.68-1 "SDP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.68-2 "SDP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sdp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::SdpId> identifies the sdp-id of the sdp
- sdp-id value binding where the alarm has
- range: [1...17407] occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vc-id Parameter type: <Alarm::SvcIdOrZero> identifies the vc-id of the sdp
- vc-id value or zero binding where the alarm occurred
- range: [0,1...4294967295] or zero when not applicable, the
sdp binding is further specified in
additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
instance-down Parameter type: <Alarm::SdpInstanceDown> specifies whether the SDP
Command Description
This command displays the ihub-ipv6 alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.69-1 "IHUB IPV6 Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.69-2 "IHUB IPV6 Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
duplicate-index Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique reference for the duplicate
- a signed integer address for which the alarm
occurred or zero when not
applicable, duplicate address is
further specified in
additional-info.
This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet Pipe alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.70-1 "EPIPE Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.70-2 "EPIPE Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
service-id Parameter type: <Alarm::ServiceId> identifies the epipe service-id
- a profile index value where the alarm has occurred
- range: [1...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
instance-down Parameter type: <Alarm::EpipeInstanceDown> specifies whether the epipe
( yes instance is down or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : epipe service is operationl down
- no : epipe service is operational up or shutdown
prev-instance-down Parameter type: <Alarm::EpipeInstanceDown> status of instance-down with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the PIM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.71-1 "PIM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.71-2 "PIM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
router-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the base router id where
( base the alarm has occurred.
| <Ihub::Router> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- base : base router
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
neighbor-idx Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique reference for the neighbor
- a signed integer where the alarm occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoStringPim> identifies the neighbor/instance
- additional alarm information where the alarm occurred or
empty string if not applicable
Command Description
This command displays the lawful intercept alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.72-1 "IHUB Lawful Intercept Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.72-2 "IHUB Lawful Intercept Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
li-traf-disabled Parameter type: <Alarm::LiTrafficDisabled> specifies whether a lawful
( yes intercept traffic is disabled or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : lawful interception of traffic disabled
- no : lawful interception of traffic enabled
prev-li-traf-disabled Parameter type: <Alarm::LiTrafficDisabled> status of li-traf-disabled with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the synce and bits alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.73-1 "Sync Clock Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.73-2 "Sync Clock Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: slot information
name Type Description
slot Parameter type: <Alarm::SynceSlot> identifies the synce port where
( ntio-1 the alarm has occurred.
| ntio-2 This element is only shown in
| nt-a detail mode.
| nt-b
| nt
| not-used
| nt )
Possible values:
- ntio-1 : an nt applique slot in a single or multiple-ntio-shelf
- ntio-2 : an nt applique slot in a multiple-ntio-shelf
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Command Description
This command displays the equipment supplemental alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.74-1 "Equipment Supplemental Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.74-2 "Equipment Supplemental Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
syslog-upload Parameter type: <Alarm::uploadFailed> current status of the alarm
( failed specifying whether a failure
| ok ) occurred during upload of the
Possible values: NE's system log file to the syslog
Command Description
This command displays the otdr alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.75-1 "Otdr Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.75-2 "Otdr Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: sfp information
name Type Description
ponindex Parameter type: <Itf::ComplexPortType> identifies the spf where the alarm
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / has occurred.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
Command Description
This command displays the management security access alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.76-1 "Management Security Access Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.76-2 "Management Security Access Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ip-address Parameter type: <Alarm::IpAddress> address of the operator
- IPv4-address This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
login-successful Parameter type: <Alarm::MgmtAccess> current status specifying whether
( yes successfully logged in or logged
| no ) out via Management access
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : successfully logged in via management access detail mode.
- no : successfully logged out via management access
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::MgmtAccess> status of mgmt-access with its
Command Description
This command displays the bfd alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.77-1 "IHUB BFD Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.77-2 "IHUB BFD Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vprn-id Parameter type: <Ihub::Router> identifies the vprn service-id or
( base the base router where the alarm
| <Ihub::Router> ) has occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- base : base router detail mode.
Field type <Ihub::Router>
- vprn service-id
- range: [1...2147483647]
bfd-unique-id Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique identification for the
- a signed integer alarm or zero when not
applicable, alarm entry is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoStringBfd> Additional information regarding
Command Description
This command displays the log for the Application Intelligence alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.78-1 "Application Intelligence Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.78-2 "Application Intelligence Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
slot-id Parameter type: <Equipm::NtSlotIndex> identifies the board hosting the
( nt-a AI Platform for which the alarm
| nt-b ) has occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- nt-a : nt-a slot detail mode.
- nt-b : nt-b slot
application-virtplatf Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies the Application and/or
- a signed integer the virtualplatform for which the
alarm occured
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoStringAI> Additional information regarding
Command Description
This command displays the ont snmp alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.79-1 "ONT SNMP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.79-2 "ONT SNMP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
uni-index Parameter type: <Ces::InterfaceIndex> identification of the uni interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / index
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::OntPortId> detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
Command Description
This command displays the tr069 current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.80-1 "Tr069 Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.80-2 "Tr069 Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tr069serv Parameter type: <Ces::InterfaceIndex> identifies the tr069 serv entry
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
Command Description
This command displays the bulk sync alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.81-1 "Bulk Sync Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.81-2 "Bulk Sync Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Gpon::PonIndex> specify which port the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred on.
<Eqpt::PonId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
bsf-dhcpv4-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::BsfDHCPv4> current status of dhcpv4
( ( failing | fail ) bulk-sync failure.
Command Description
This command displays the protection group alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.82-1 "Protection Group Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.82-2 "Protection Group Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Gpon::PonIndex> specify which port the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred on.
<Eqpt::PonId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays the Ont alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.83-1 "Ont Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.83-2 "Ont Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ont Parameter type: <Gpon::OntIndex> identifies the ont entry
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Group alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.84-1 "Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(alarm-index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.84-2 "Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pon-index Parameter type: <Itf::ComplexPortType> identifies the epon where the
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
Command Description
This command displays icam cfm alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.85-1 "LT CFM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.85-2 "LT CFM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-mep-id Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> dot1agCfmMepIdentifier index
- an unsigned integer where the alarm has occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-unique-id Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique identification for the
- a signed integer alarm or zero when not
applicable, alarm entry is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <PrintableString> Additional information regarding
- printable string the cfm alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays ihub cfm alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.86-1 "IHUB CFM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.86-2 "IHUB CFM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-mep-id Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> dot1agCfmMepIdentifier index
- an unsigned integer where the alarm has occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-unique-id Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique identification for the
- a signed integer alarm or zero when not
applicable, alarm entry is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AddInfoStringIhubCfm> Additional information regarding
- additional alarm information the eth cfm alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays the EFM-OAM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 73.87-1 "EFM-OAM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 73.87-2 "EFM-OAM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
line Parameter type: <Itf::EfmEthernetIndex> identifies the physical xdsl line
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PortId> detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::linkFaultType> specifies whether link fault is
( yes present or not.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----snap-shot
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----eqpt-holder-ext
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----xdsl
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----vect-line
- (index)
----vect-board
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----authentication
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----redundancy
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----sfprssi
- (index)
----pppcc-engine-tca
- (index)
----ellid
- (alarm-index)
----sfpe1t1-clock
- (index)
----sfpe1t1-framer
- (index)
----eoltrssi
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-server
- (index)
----sip-vsp
- (index)
----sip-dial-plan
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination
- (index)
----megaco-media-gw
- (index)
----megaco-sig-gw
- (index)
----megaco-plug-unit
- (index)
----megaco-term
- (index)
----megaco-sig-lt
- (index)
----shdsl
- (index)
----shdsl-isam
- (index)
----ima-group
- (index)
----ima-link
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----lsmredundancy
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)
----mcsrc
- (index)
----vlanport
- (index)
----bgp
- (index)
----rip
- (index)
----lag
- (index)
----ihub-general
- (index)
----vprn
- (index)
----isis
- (index)
----ospf
- (index)
----ihub-l2forward
- (index)
----vpls
- (index)
----ihub-equip
- (index)
----ihub-link
- (index)
----ldp
- (index)
----mpls
- (index)
----sdp
- (index)
----ihub-ipv6
- (index)
----epipe
- (index)
----pim
- (index)
----li
- (index)
----sync
- (index)
----eqpt-supplemental
- (index)
----otdr
- (index)
----mgmt-sec-access
- (index)
----bfd
- (index)
----ai
- (index)
----ontsnmp
- (index)
----tr069serv
- (index)
----bulk-sync
- (index)
----protection-group
- (index)
----ont
- (index)
----cfm
- (index)
----eth-cfm
- (index)
----efm-oam
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot alarm entries.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.2-1 "Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.2-2 "Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:general information
name Type Description
timeout-period Parameter type: <IgnoredTimeTicks> specifies the time out of the
- a timeout value snapshot table
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
entries Parameter type: <IgnoredGauge> specifies nbr of entries in the
- gauge snapshot table.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Alarm::IndetSevState> active indeterminate severity
( active levels of the alarms in the
| not-active ) snapshot table.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
warning Parameter type: <Alarm::WarnSevState> active warning severity levels of
( active the alarms in the snapshot table.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
minor Parameter type: <Alarm::MinorSevState> active minor severity levels of the
Command Description
This command displays the equipment snapshot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.3-1 "Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.3-2 "Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
persist-data Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifing persistant
( lost data is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp
( lost communication is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) 95% full or less than that
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
- 95%-full : NT disk space is 95% full
- less-nintyfive-perc : NT disk space usage less that 95%
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot equipment holder alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.4-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.4-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the fuse is broken detail mode.
- ok : the fuse is intact
fan-unit1 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot equipment holder extended alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.5-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Extended Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.5-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Extended Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
ctl-com-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::ctlComFail> status of shelf controller
( ( failing | fail ) communication failure.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : shelf controller communication is failing
- fail : shelf controller communication is failing
- ok : shelf controller communication is ok
bat-a-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::batAFail> status of shelf power source A
( yes failure.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot plug-in unit alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.6-1 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.6-2 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
- ctrl : ctrl-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.7-1 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.7-2 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cell-discard-up Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in upstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the current Ethernet interface alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.8-1 "Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.8-2 "Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot software management status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.9-1 "Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.9-2 "Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the slot
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ctrl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Command Description
This command displays the status of the snapshot xDSL alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.10-1 "Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.10-2 "Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
near-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
near-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame
( yes occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 74.11-1 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 74.11-2 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day